J Neen ete OO
rg chs nares eps onaare ne area EE
re eae nner e rae arn ent tt a a pire Sat a Ce A IRE
Degeneres 2 >
abe poets CE rer:
sa em
a an 4
.... oe Boy
_ Digitized by the Internet /
in 2009 with funding t
f oront
ene
iy
1. oy
ay
he eee 0,
=
Po) We, ea i) eee TIP) ull” ee iS be
MOR as) 0) a et
a) 1 .! : j - | t
7 i? :
@
JOURNAL
OF THE
Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society
VOLUME XXXIV
1918-1919
ISSUED QUARTERLY
z\
4°
ub :
ig Aa
PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
Epwarps & BrouGcHToN PRINTING Co.
RALEIGH
1919
To.¥ ie
CONTENTS
Tur Lacrarras or Nortu Carortrna. W. C. Coker......... 1
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SEVENTEENTH Annuat MEErINnG OF THE
Nortu Carorina ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.:..........--- 65
LuMINESCENCE oF Zrrcons. F. P. Venable..........-.--- 73
Tue Sun’s Ecursz, June 8, 1918: Question. John F.
OTE hc AS oot) O10 C00, AIC OP RCI 76
ALTERNATION AND PartTHENOGENESIS IN Papina. Jas. J.
SIGE) OMe ls. s\-.<-- aber, ¢ oai0is/oahe eyesore Meraenean SeysLANS =e) 78
Tue Amertcan Prrcner-Piants. Roland M. Harper....... 110
Extension OF THE RANGE oF Prunus Umperrata Into Norte
Wxronmpa. J. S. Holmesnsmerecereeece Sar tere 126
Apprrions To THE ARBoRESCENT Frora or NorrH Carona.
TR IS 1 Sc m5 Cac er, Sn, oe ORCL ONCE 130
Report or An INVESTIGATION AS TO THE Cause OF DEATH OF
Cuicks in SuHett iy Artrricran Incusation. H. B.
AAG ae ern CC Ee RR eee its (6) a) a: ais eT 141
Brier Comparison oF THE HerpeToLoaicaL Faunas or Norte
Carorina anp Vireinta. C.S. Brimley.........2.... 146
Eqmunation From anp Appitions To THE NortH CaRoLina
List or Reptiies anpD Ampuipians. C. 8S. Brimley..... 148
AGVaASrrero om Isuanp. W..C. Cokenmaseeee. 2 oe a0 > 150
TET O7TDAT gee eonorel.6 0 00 Olatato aia Be ieilsie, steus aie Googie 154
Inpustriat Appiications or Zirconium AND Irs Compounps.
it”, 12, VG ae coe oc Op Cop oeo OOS es atentexs 157
Tur Hypnums or Nortu Carorina. W. C. Coker......... 163
A New Species or Amanita. H.C. Beardslee............ ; 198
JS SyeY oe See T
anna = OL9T “ON ‘IIGUYVITV SOIYVLOVI
1 ALVId
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norra CaroLina 13
A large, brittle, deeply infundibuliform plant with velvety cap and
stem, distant, cream-colored gills, and white, acrid milk, which slowly
changes to olive and then deeper. It is most like L. vellereus and
L. subvellereus Pk., but is easily distinguished by its decided color,
milk turning olive green then red-brown on exposure, veined gills,
lavender pink tint of stem surface and cut flesh. The dried plants
of all the collections are distinctive in appearance and are unlike
specimens of any form of L. subvellereus or of L. vellereus, particu-
larly in regard to the stem, which is whitish and not rich buff or
cinnamon and lacks the smooth velvety appearance of the others.
The dried gills are a dark reddish-brown with a dull olive tint and
are often very glaucous from the spores.
I take pleasure in naming this species for Mr. H. A. Allard, my
first assistant in botany, who is now with the U. S. Department of
Agriculture.
1154. In hollow southeast of athletic field, July 16, 1914. Two photos.
1176. Near branch, about 200 yards west of Meeting of the Waters, July 21,
1914. Milk becoming a distinct olive green; spores pure white, ellip-
tic or subspherical, usually smooth, 5.5-7 x 7-104.
1178. In hollow southeast of athletic field, July 21, 1914.
1670. In mixed woods not far from Meeting of the Waters Branch, July 28,
1915. Photo. Type.
1726. Sandy soil in woods by branch north of Meeting of the Waters, Septem-
ber 10, 1915. ‘Spores subspherical to short-elliptic, mostly quite
smooth, a few minutely or doubtfully roughened, 6-8 x 7-9 y.
1874. In mossy, shaded, low place by branch, one-quarter miles below Meeting
of the Waters, September 24, 1915. Photo. Three plants exactly
like No. 1670, except that the gills were only sub-distant.
2329. Woods near branch above Meeting of the Waters, June 30, 1916. Ten
fine plants; spores sub-globose, doubtfully roughened under highest
power, 6-7 x 78.54.
2345. Damp woods by road to Scott’s Hole, July 3, 1916.
2446. Deciduous woods north of Mr. M. F. Phillips’, Yadkin College, North
Carolina, about August 15, 1916.
2748. Low woods, Battle’s Park, July 21, 1917.
6. Lactarius deceptivus Pk.
Puates 8, 9, anp 40.
Cap usually about 10-11 em. broad, deeply umbilicate, at first with
the margin arched and strongly inrolled, later more expanded and
14 JOURNAL oF THE MircHELyt Society [June
infundibuliform with the margin uplifted, still inrolled, outline
rather regular, or lobed and unevenly developed on one side; surface
quite glabrous except on the margin, which is typically covered with a
soft, tomentose, cottony roll, appearance of white kid at first, with buff
or brownish-ochraceous or cinnamon stains, then more or less cracking
or roughish and more chalky looking. Flesh about 7 mm, thick at
stem, pure white, elastic, not brittle, rather slowly but decidedly
acrid, and with an unpleasant taste, thinning quickly on the inrolled
portion; smell like sour bread, strong after maturity. Milk white,
unchanging, acrid, sparce.
Gills rather crowded, in age less so, appearing slightly decurrent,
3.5-4.5 mm. wide in center, narrow at each end, white at first, then
pallid cream, with an olive tint as they begin to dry, turning ochra-
ceous or dull brown when bruised, some forked. Margin regular and
even, remarkable for the fine fibers which often stretch across from
gill to gill and are made visible by the spores that stick to them.
They may be seen both in half-grown and mature plants.
Stem about 2-3 em. long and 1.5-2.5 em. thick at top, tapering
downward and firmly attached at the blount base by fine mycelium ;
surface beautifully and densely soft white tomentose all over, quite
firm and solid all through, the flesh like that of the cap, but at times
with ochraceous stains.
Spores (of No. 1877) white, regularly elliptic, distinctly tubercu-
late, 7.4-8 x 10.6-11.2n.
The plants grow among leaves and are often covered by them. The
white mycelium is conspicuous running from the base of the stem.
This species is much like L. velereus, but the cap is not tomentose
as in that species except for the marginal roll, the spores are strongly
warted, and dried plants are much lighter. It is also shaped like
L. piperatus, but is easily distinguished from that species by the
tomentose stem and much deeper and less crowded gills. For an
illustration in color see N. Y. St. Mu. Rep. 54: Pl. 70. 1902.
121. Chapel Hill, October 24, 1910.
558. Pine and oak woods near path south of campus, October 14, 1912.
883. In leaves, mixed woods south of cemetery, October. 5, 1913. Photo.
Spores tuberculate, 6.5-9.2 x 7411 y.
5
PLATE
2749
No.
LACTARIUS DECEPTIVUS.
88 ON ‘SNAILdHOHdC SNIUVLOVT
6 ALVId
hy
1918] Tue Lacrarias or NortH CaroLina 15
1877. Sandy soil in path by branch north of Meeting of the Waters, Septem-
ber 27, 1915. This is L. deceptivus, but is distinguished from the
usual form by the entire absence of tomentum on the margin at all
ages, by the closer and narrower gills. The smooth margin is proba-
bly due to the very dry weather.
2831. Low, damp deciduous woods at foot of Lone Pine Hill, September 14,
1917. Photo. Nearly white, but soon with buffy stains, old wounds
changing to buffy-cinnamon. Spores strongly warted, 6.6-7.8 x 9-11).
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
N. C. mountains, 1,006 to 1,675 meters elevation. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
7. Lactarius rusticanus (Scop.) Burl.
L. pyrogalus Fr.
Prates 10, 11, anv 40.
Cap 10 em. broad, nearly flat, the center depressed. Surface
smooth except for a scurfy appearance from the collapse in places of
the lighter superficial layer; color a peculiar earthy gray-brown (near
light drab—Ridgway) with zones of deeper soaked brown. Flesh
white, thick, firm, unchanging. Milk white, moderately acrid, chang-
ing slowly to a light greenish-brown.
Gills light creamy-white, becoming fleshly-cream and sordid when
bruised, ochraceous-buff at maturity, moderately close, about 4 mm.
deep in center, scarcely pruinose.
Stem very smooth, even, brownish silvery-gray to ochraceous-buff,
solid, 3-4.5 em. long, 1-1.5 em. thick.
Spores (of No. 1166) cream color, spherical, tuberculate, one oil
drop, 6.5-7.4u.
Miss Burlingham gives the range of this species as south only to
Maryland.
1166. In sand in bottom of dry-weather branch, below sphagnum moss bed,
July 20, 1914. Photo.
1615. Damp sandy soil just below Emerson’s Pond, July 16, 1915. Photo.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
16 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Socrery [June
8. Lactarius atroviridis Pk.
Prates 12 anp 40.
A firm heavy plant up to 10 em. in diameter, with very short stem.
Cap covered with a deep green tomentose-fibrous superficial layer
which is distributed in different degrees in expanding: where it is
thinnest the color is less intense. Flesh about cartilage color, scarcely
changing when eut. Milk white, changing after a good while to a
light dull green, very peppery.
Gills reaching stem, and in some cases slightly decurrent, only
3.5-5 mm. deep, not crowded, many short, but no forked ones, pallid
flesh color changing to dull green then dirty earth color when bruised.
Stem short, 2.5-4.6 em. long, 1.5-2.2 em. broad at top, tapering
downward, very fragile, stuffed, but hollowed by grubs. Its surface
is like that of the cap, and it is also blotched in the same way with
deeper and lighter green.
Spores light cream, spherical, distinctly tuberculate, 6.5-7.4 in
diameter.
Not before reported south of the District of Columbia. - For an
illustration in color see Mycologia 8: Pl. 187. 1916.
790. Woods in Battle’s Park, September 19, 1913.
872. About twenty feet from the brook in Battle’s Park, behind Dr.
Wheeler’s house, October 3, 1913. Photo. ‘Spores as above, 5.5-8.3,.
903. Woods, Battle’s Park, September, 1913.
1721. Growing in woods near branch west of Meeting of the Waters, Septem-
ber 9, 1915.
2300. Mixed woods south of Dr. Pratt’s, June 28, 1916.
9. Lactarius torminosus (Schaeff.) Pers.
Prates 13 anv 40.
Cap large, usually 10-12.5 em. broad, strongly depreseed in center
to nearly infundibuliform, the margin involute until full maturity,
surface zonate, dull-ochraceous or lighter creamy-tan with tints of
pink or lavender pink at times, and in our plants always more or less
distinctly zonate, viscid, felted tomentose on the marginal third until
maturity, the margin most felted and remaining visibly so until full
maturity or old age. Flesh only 6-7 mm. thick at stem, white, un-
(391) ST9T Due (}USI1) 99TT “SON “SQNVOILSOUY SNIYUVLOVT
OF HLV Id
,
Z
-
4 Cd
‘
= a aD
sy
ie
Po
=
mH
99TT ON ‘SONVOILSNUY SQAIYUVLOVT
ei ) Wy,
= ~ ~~ ~ a ‘
ae Sa . a =a
= TS = -- SS op
ne = =
ee
It LV Td
PLAGE 12
No. 872
LACTARIUS ATROVIRIDIS.
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norra Carorina iN7
changing or (in a Chapel Hill form) turning when cut (if not too
old) to light pink with or without a light tint of lavender; odor very
slight, pleasant. Milk abundant, light creamy white, not changing,
very acrid, but not otherwise disagreeable.
Gills crowded, narrow, only 3-4 mm. wide, nearly equal, the whole
wavy, attached, some forking at the stem, nearly white, then creamy,
then maize yellow with a distinct flesh tint, turning sordid brown
when bruised.
Stem short, stout, 2.5-3 em. long, and 1.6-2.2 em. thick, usually
equal, minutely pruinose-felted or somewhat smoothish, nearly white
with more or less distinct yellowish scrobiculate spots, and sometimes
with lavender-pink tints, firm and brittle, becoming hollow, the flesh
at times becoming pink when cut.
Spores yellowish, elliptic, strongly tuberculate, 5.5-7.4 x 7.4-9.2h.
Easily recognized by the large size, felted margin, and unchanging
acrid milk. Distinguished from L. cilictoides by zoned cap with
center smooth and less bright color of the gills when dry. It is poi-
sonous, but the poison is said to disappear on cooking (Ford. Jour.
Phar. and Exp. Ther. 2:296. 1911). The species is described as
having unchanging flesh, and this was true of our No. 764. In Nos.
2361 and 2393, on the other hand, the flesh turned pinkish when cut,
though in other respects the plants were just like the typical form.
The colored figure, given in Mycologia 8: Pl. 87. 1916, would give a
very misleading idea of our plant. Dried plants of this species at
the New York Botanical Gardens appear exactly like ours.
764. Woods near Battle’s Brook, Chapel Hill, September 14, 1913. Milk
white, unchanging, decidedly acrid; pock-marks on stem, small and
faint; no forked gills; flesh and gills not turning lilac or pink when
cut or bruished; spores warted and ridged, 6.6-7.5 X 7.5-8.5y- This is
typical L. torminosus.
2361. Under cedars behind President’s house, July 5, 1916. Photo.
2393. Under cedars behind President’s house, July 18, 1916. In this and in
No. 2361, representing numerous plants, the flesh turned light pink
when cut.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
2
18 JOURNAL oF THE MitcHEeLL Socrety [June
10. Lactarius subtorminosus n. sp.
Prate 40.
Cap 5-6 em. broad, irregular, coarsely tomentose, whitish with
creamy or honey-colored zones, margin involute.
Gills crowded, 2-3 mm. broad, a few forked, cream at maturity,
turning pink then light smoky-brown when cut.
Stem 1.5 em. long, tapering downward, 1.1-1.5 cm. thick above,
white with a few creamy dots, densely but minutely tomentose all
over, or with a few scrobiculate spots, hollow.
Milk white, very sparce, quite mild. Taste of flesh like cypress
wood.
Spores moderately warted and ridged, subspherical, 5.8-6.5 x
6.5-Tp.
This differs from L. torminosus (our pink-changing form) in the
quite mild milk and much smaller spores. It differs from L. speci-
osus in change to pink and smoky, not heliotrope, and in the much
smaller spores.
2813. In weeds and shrubs by sidewalk near Mrs. Gore’s house, July 3, 1917- =
Type.
11. Lactarius furcatus n. sp.
Puates 14 anp 40.
Cap 6-10 cm. broad, infundibuliform at maturity with the margin
plane and narrowly revolute; surface with low, felted tomentum all
over and remaining so, moderately viscid when wet, yellowish ochra-
ceous, faintly many-zoned; margin not striate. Flesh white with
distinct zones of dull ochraceous, up to 7 mm. thick near stem; no
decided odor. Milk not abundant, white, then after many minutes a
distinct glaucous green and remaining this color indefinitely ; mod-
erately acrid.
Gills quite crowded, very narrow, only 1.5-1.8 mm. wide, all fork-
ing three or four times, color fleshy-ochraceous with a tint of salmon.
Stem 2-3 em. long and about 1.3 em. thick, firm, solid, and tough,
surface light yellowish with small ochraceous spots.
13
PLATE
2361
No.
LACTARIUS TORMINOSUS.
HdAL ‘3800 ON ‘SOLVOUNM SOIYVLOVT
VE ULV Id
1918] Tue Lactartas or Norto Carorina 19
Spores fleshy-ochraceous, short-elliptic, faintly tuberculate, pointed
and somewhat bent at one end, 3.5-4 x 3.7-6.6p.
This large and very distinct species is decidedly marked by its
crowded, much-forked gills, tomentose cap, and acrid milk which
becomes green. It seems to be related most closely to L. torminosus,
from which it is easily separated by its forked gills, green milk, and
its nearly smooth and much smaller spores.
2232. Bank of New Hope Creek, near Durham bridge, June 24, 1916. Photo.
Type.
12. Lactarius cilicioides Fr.
Prats 15.
Cap 4-9 em. broad, usually about 6-7 em., sharply depressed in
center, usually irregular and lobed; the margin extending beyond the
gills and strongly inrolled when young, becoming plane only at full
maturity or remaining sharply bent down; surface quite viscid, and
often cracked and roughened, azonate, covered with viscid fibers
which are usually stuck together and collapsed on the surface. In
some cases a superficial, thin, viscid, shiny pellicle seems to cover the
fibers. On the incurved margin the tomentum appears as a dense
roll of coarsely woven and partly fused fibers which collapse at ma-
turity. Color rather uniform, being a rather light “orange buff”
or “pale yellow-orange,” the central depression sometimes water
soaked and deeper in color. Flesh about 8 mm. thick near stem, light
and fleshy cream color, very spongy and dry like sponge cake; taste de-
cidedly peppery; milk often entirely absent, even in young plants;
when present very scant, white and remaining so, quite acrid.
Gills rather crowded, very little branched, about 4-6 mm. deep in
middle, narrowing toward the stem and reaching it with a slight
depression, lightly decurrent by lines in most cases; color a light
cream with a pinkish tint at first, becoming a light creamy pinkish
buff when mature. .
Stem very short, varying from 1-2 em. long, and from 8-15 mm.
thick, tapering downward; surface about color of cap, or with a more
20 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [| June
pinkish tint, sometimes marked with darker blotches below, nearly
smooth or with a thin scurfy tomentum especially below. Flesh
solid, colored like that of the cap, but much firmer.
Spores pure white, warted, sperical to short elliptic, +.6-6.4 x 6.4-
9.2p.
In spite of some peculiarities, this plant seems too close to L. silicio-
ides Fr. to be separated, and I shall consider it a short-stemmed form
of that species. In shape, texture of cap, and very short stem it re-
sembles L. atroviridis. Distinguishing qualities are: absence of latex
(or very scant) ; very short stem; surface of dense compacted fibers
which are viscid when wet; inrolled margin covered when young with
a roll of loose and not very long fibers which soon collapse; absence
of zones, and yellowish orange color.
This is the first record of this European plant in the Southern
States, and it has been found only a few times in the North. Dis-
tinctly a boreal species, occurring in cold weather in fall and spring,
and always near pines on uplands.
972. Many plants in all stages, growing among pines in hillside pasture on
west side of Glenn Burnie Farm, November 11, 1913. Two photos.
These plants were found at the same time and place with a large
number of plants of Boletus brevipes, and these two are remarkably”
alike in size, shape, length of stem, and place and time of growth.
There had been hard freezing the preceding two nights and many of
the plants were frozen when found. Microscopic examination of the
flesh of the cap shows very loosely woven fibers with open places
between them and almost no vesicular cells, latex quite absent at all
stages in this lot, none being visible even with a lens in young
plants just collected.
1441. In pines northeast of Piney Prospect, October 28, 1914. Photo.
3015. In sedge among pines near Cobb’s Terrace, April 21, 1918. No visible
milk, spores 5 Xx 6-7y- These plants were typical and showed a very
little milk, which was quite peppery and white and unchanging.
The milk was so scarce as not to be noticed unless carefully looked
for. Spores white, subspherical to elliptic, warted, one large oil
drop, 4.2-5.1 x 5.1-7.6 4. In these plants the fibrous nature of the cap
was not noticeable except near the margin. The surface elsewhere
was shiny and nearly smooth from the collapsed and fused, viscid
fibers.
6146 ‘ON ‘SHCIOIOITIO SNIYVLOVI
St ALV Id
1918 | Tue Lacrarras or Norra Carorra 21
13. Lactarius scrobiculatus (Scop.) Fr.
Prates 16 anp 40.
Cap up to 12 cm. broad, deeply depressed in center and finally in-
fundibuliform, margin even, incurved, distinctly tomentose at first,
glabrous or nearly so at maturity, surface rather light brownish-
yellow or pale buffy-yellow, distinctly or scarcely zoned, the super-
ficial layer a whitish, slightly shining material which seems collapsed
in zones and areas, thus giving the surface a roughish appearance
under a glass, viscid when moist; flesh rather thin, firm, white, turn-
ing yellow when cut, odor noticeable and rather soapy. Milk quite
acrid, white, then changing quickly to sulphur-yellow.
Gills subdistant to rather close, pale creamy-flesh color, turning
sulphur-yellow when cut, then brownish, slightly decurrent, none or
few forked, 5-10 mm. wide in middle.
Stem 3-4.5 em. long, tapering downward, 1-2.8 cm. thick in center,
firm, hollow, surface glabrous, typically marked all over with more or
less cireular or elliptic brownish yellow pits that are usually of very
variable size, surface between them a light cream color or pure white.
Rarely the spots are absent, as in our Coll: No. 1863. The stem is
frequently furnished with a distinct elevated ridge near the top which
represents the collapsed fibers which connected it with the gills in
youth.
Spores (of No. 2371) creamy white, distinctly warted, elliptic,
4.8-6.3 x 6.3-7.4p.
Our Chapel Hill form of this species is a large squat plant that
seems confined to pine or mixed pine and deciduous woods. The
gills are not crowded and are slightly tinted with flesh-color.
1863. On rocky, wooded hillside, Rocky Ridge Farm, September 22, 1915.
Photo. Spores 5-5.5 X 6.6-7.5y- Stem not spotted.
1957. In rather dry soil, pine woods between Strowd’s Spring and Howell's
Branch, November 3, 1915.
1965. Under pines near old “Rock Quarry,’ November 7, 1915. Spores ellip-
tic, tuberculate, 6.2-7.5 x 7-8.2 4.
2371. Pine woods (with oaks) southwest of athletic field, July 5, 1916. Spores
creamy with a faint salmon tint, elliptic, tuberculate, 4.8-6.3 x 6.3-7.4 4.
Gills subdistant, 10 cm. wide.
Asheville. Beardslee.
22 JourNaL oF THE MircuEtnt Socrery [June
14. Lactarius insulsus Fr.
Puatres 17 ann 40.
Cap medium to large, usually about 7-10 em. and up to 15 em. wide,
deepiy depressed in center, smooth all over, moderately viscid when
wet, varying greatly in color, deep orange to pale buff or straw color,
conspicuously and regularly zoned, or very obscurely so, especially
when old and wet, and in pale-colored plants (as in No. 1637). Flesh
white when young, becoming buff in age, up to 6 mm. thick near the
stem, firm; odor somewhat acrid, but not nearly so strong or of the
same character as in Lactarius coleopteris. Milk white, rather slowly
but very acrid, unchanging, sparse.
Gills ochraceous-buff, deeper in color than most other species, ap-
pearing somewhat decurrent by the shape of the cap, nearly equal in
width their whole length, and about 4-7 mm. deep, of unequal length,
rarely forked, rather inconspicuously veined, varying from moder-
ately close to quite distant.
Stem 2.5-5 em. long, varying much in thickness, pointed at base,
light creamy-buff or with a flesh tint, often vaguely spotted, but not
with the conspicuous pock marks of L. scrobiculatus, smooth, stuffed,
or becoming hollow. There is usually a lighter colored ring at the top
of the stem which may remain noticeable in the dried plants. This is
not so conspicuous as in L. coleopteris.
Spores light cinnamon-buff, spherical to subspherical or short-
elliptic, strongly warted and ridged, about 5.5 x 7.
This species can be distinguished in the field from L. scrobiculatus
by the milk not turning yellow, the entire absence of tomentum on the
margin, and the faint or absent pock marks on the stem; from L. tor-
minosus by the absence of the heavy marginal tomentum of that
species; from L. chrysorheus and L. theiogalus by the milk not turn-
ing yellow.
115. Battle’s Park, September, 1908.
492. Near Battle’s Branch, back of Dr. Pratt’s, October 4, 1912. Photo.
1637. Under leaves in an old road in woods, Battle’s Park, July 24, 1915.
Photo. Spores light cinnamon-buff, nearly pale orange-yellow of
Ridgway, subspherical, warted, 6.8-7.8y,.
1792. Mixed woods in pasture back of Pritchard’s, September 16, 1915.
PLATE 16
WH)
\\\ }
\
LACTARIUS SCROBICULATUS. No. 1863
e
1 * :
‘ .
|
'
i
f
:
j gel \ a> 2 a? tek p
: “sk. —_ ; Ft .
tng . r 4 2t e bs ‘
z 2 5 tee opt ae a “i ihe
it aa LES ee Sine
os
N
INSNI SONIYVLOVT
A ALV Id
1918] Tue Lacrarias or Norra Carorina 23
1841. In woods east of cemetery, Rocky Ridge Farm, September 20, 1915.
Milk white, unchanging, peppery, surface slightly viscid, smooth,
orange-yellow, rather faintly zonate, odor faint.
1854. Deep woods near Battle’s Branch, near Stroud’s pasture, September 22,
1915. Cap cinnamon buff with lighter zones, not very viscid, stem
long, not spotted. Milk white, unchanging, peppery, one plant just
like the others, otherwise had distant gills from 2-5 mm. apart except
on the margin.
2369. Deep woods near Meeting of the Waters Branch, July 5, 1916. Spores
elliptic, warted, 4.8-5.9 x 5.9-7.4y.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
15. Lactarius trivialis Fr.
Praters 18 ann 40.
This is a very common, fairly large plant with cap up to 14 em.
(often much smaller), strongly depressed in center, smooth, not
zoned, viscid, the margin strongly inturned until half grown; color
grayish-lead suffused with liver color (fawn color of Ridgway), very
pale where covered with leaves, in old age becoming sordid earth
color.
Gills narrow, only 5 mm. deep, even in large plants, crowded, many
short ones but none forked, color light creamy flesh, becoming yellow-
ish-brown, turning smoky brown when bruised, and quite dark brown
when old. Milk light creamy white, not changing, quite acrid or only
moderately so, and often becoming so only after a quarter or a half
minute, sparse or moderately plentiful, said to turn the gills glaucous
green, but this is scarcely noticeable in our plants.
Stem solid, smooth, nearly white or lightly tinted like the cap or
gills, unpitted, in large plants up to § em. long and 3.5 em. thick.
Spores (of No. 566) grayish brown (dust color), distinctly warted
and ridged, short-elliptic, 7-8 x 8-10, not counting spines.
Flesh white, tinted like cap near surface, not changing color when
cut.
119. Battle’s Park, behind Dr. Wheeler’s, near branch, September 21, 1908.
120. Woods south of Dr. Battle’s yard, Battle’s Park, September 18, 1908.
517. Woods near branch south of campus, October 7, 1912.
24 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL Society [June
566. Near small stream south of campus, October 16, 1912.
770. “Fern Banks” along Bowlin’s Creek, September 14, 1913.
772. Woods near Battle’s Branch. Spores light buff (Ridgway).
1560. In deep woods by path along Meeting of the Waters Branch, June 19,
1915. Spores light ochraceous-buff (Ridgway), spherical, tubercu-
late, about 7.2X9n3 cap light liver color on marginal part, pallid
earth color in center.
1573. On ground in hollow below Stroud’s Spring, June 25, 1915.
2141. Oak woods near northeast foot of Lone Pine Hill, June 18, 1916.
2531. Sandy mixed woods near branch below Meeting of the Waters, June 20,
1917. Photo.
Asheville. Beardslee.
16. Lactarius coleopteris n. sp.
Puates 19 anv 40.
Cap up to 14 em. broad, depressed in center, margin rounded, irreg-
ular, quite smooth, surface very slimy-viscid, deep reddish orange, no
zones except a few faint ones near the margin, marked with low radial
striae like a Russula stem. Flesh 5 mm. thick at stem, firm, brittle,
white; cut surfaces, especially at the stem, after standing a good
while, become more or less ochraceous and in places dull green. Milk
white, unchanging, acrid, sparse.
Gills moderately crowded, of equal width all the way, ending rather
definitely at the stem and slightly decurrent by a short line (they
are usually curved to one side just before reaching the stem so that
the lines do not run straight down the stem, but at an angle), a few
forked near the stem, 4-5 mm. wide, whitish when young, then creamy
buff, when wounded becoming a dull reddish-brown ; fleshy-buff when
dry.
Stem 3-4 em. long, 2-3 em. thick, tapering downwards, smooth,
whitish or straw colored with buffy red stains, a few faint streaks, or
spots, a large cavity in center. There is a pinkish white collar at the
top about 3 mm. wide, which is easily distinct from the rest and does
not change color.
Spores (of No. 1851) buffy-yellow, spherical, minutely warted,
5-6.3 x 6-7.5p¢.
Tése ON ‘SITIVIAIUL SOIYUVLOVTI
8t ALV Id
PLATE 19
iin, MU)
. hs YY
Nelly
LACTARIUS CALEOPTERIS. No. 1851. TYPE
w%
1918] Tue Lacrartas or Norra Carotrya 25
This plant has a strong acrid odor like that of some beetles, much
stronger than in L. theiogalus or L. acris or L. insulsus. In drying,
the gills become a pallid-buff, and there is a distinctly lighter zone at
the top of the stem where the pinkish-white collar has faded. It also
differs from L. insulsus in its slimy, zoneless cap, pink collar on stem,
and acrid odor. Also in L. insulsus the color of the dry gills is very
different—a deep brownish-red with a distinct overcolor of old gold.
From L. hysgenus it differs in its color, pink-collared stem, and acrid
odor. It resembles L. agglutinatus in its somewhat rugose cap, and
strong odor, but it differs from it in much deeper color, pink ring on
stem, and more acrid odor, different color of gills in the dried plant,
and absence of the squamulose appearance of the dried cap.
It is also near L. affinis Pk., but neither Peck nor Miss Burlingham
mention the strong odor or pinkish collar on stem, and the spores are
smaller and darker and the color of the cap deeper than they give for
that species.
1851. On ground in edge of woods south of South Building, September 21,
1915. Photo. Type.
1842. Mixed woods east of cemetery, September 20, 1915. This was exactly
like 1851 in every particular except that there was no trace of zona-
tion on the cap. The same light color at top of stem, and gills bent
sideways on reaching stem. Spores buffy-yellow (about maize-
yellow of Ridgway), spherical, minutely warted, 5.47.24.
1873. In damp shaded place below Meeting of the Waters. These two plants
were exactly like collection 1851. Cap 7 cm. broad, very glutinous,
deep reddish-bay color; milk white, unchanging, very acrid; taste
and odor strong and pungent like that of some beetles; white collar
on stem just below gills; stem cavernous; spores buffy-yellow.
17. Lactarius mucidus Burl.
This species has so far been reported only from Vermont and from
the mountains of North Carolina. As we have not found it in Chapel
Hill, we take the following from Miss Burlingham (Mem. T. B. C.
14:56. 1908):
“Pileus fleshy, rather thin, convex umbilicate, then plane, at length
infundibuliform, warm-sepia (305 t. 2, 3) in the center, putty colored
(311) to stone colored (312) on the extreme margin, azonate, very
26 JouRNAL oF THE MrrcHELti Socrery | June
viscid and shining when wet, glabrous, 3-9 em. broad, margin even at
first, shghtly wavy and striate in old plants; gills white, scarcely
changing color with age, staining blue-greenish-gray where the milk
dries (249 t. 1), sometimes forking near the stem, close, adnate to
slightly decurrent, acute at the inner end, up to 7 mm. broad; stem of
the same color as the pileus or paler, tapering upwards, slightly viscid
when wet, glabrous, sometimes with faint striae, stuffed, then hollow,
4-7 em. long, 7-10 mm. thick at the top, 10-15 mm. at the base; flesh
white, odor none; spores white, broadly elliptical, echinulate, 7-84 x
8-9.54; latex white, drying blue-greenish-gray on the gills and the
broken flesh, acrid.
“Hab.: Under hemlocks, in wet weather. Late August and Sep-
tember.
“DiIsTINGUISHING Fretp-Marxs: This species may be easily re-
cognized by the contrasting dark-sepia color of the center, the whitish
color of the margin of the pileus, and its slimy shining appearance, as
well as by the blue-greenish-gray color of the dried latex. It closely
resembles Lactaria cinerea Pk. in size and texture, but differs in the
habitat, in the color of the pileus, and in the change in color of the
more acrid latex. While L. cinerea is most abundant in August,
L. mucida does not appear until late in August and is most plentiful
in September. I have found it only under hemlock trees, while
LL. cinera seems to grow only under beech trees. From L. trivialis it
may be distinguished by the white spores, the more lax flesh, and the
absence of lilac tints in the color of the pileus, which does not become
yellowish in fading.”
18. Lactarius circellatus Fr.
We have not found this in Chapel Hill, and the following descrip-
tion is prepared by Mr. Beardslee. It has been reported heretofore in
America only from Vermont:
“Cap fleshy, convex, then depressed at the center and infundibuli-
form, opaque and slightly tomentose, brownish-gray, with numerous
narrow, darker lines which form eight to ten zones, margin even, in-
eurved. Milk white, unchangeable, very acrid.
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norra Carorina 27
“Gills close, white, then dingy, forking and unequal.
“Stem short, equal, pallid.
“Spores subglobose, rough, 6-7» long.
“The dull brown pileus and numerous zones mark it.”
Asheville, in woods, not common. Beardslee.
19. Lactarius agglutinatus Burl.
This species has so far been found only in the “Pink Beds” on
Mount Pisgah, and I give below the original description by Miss
Burlingham (Mem. T. B. C. 14:42, fig. 5. 1908) :
“Pileus convex-umbilicate, then depressed in the center with the
margin uplifted, at length infundibuliform, buff (309. t. 4) fading
to buff (310) when mature, slightly zonate when young, scarcely so
when older, slimy-viscid when wet, with subrugose elevations or
papille showing through the gluten, appearing squamulose to squarru-
lose when dry, 6-10 em. broad, margin involute and minutely pubes-
cent at first, the pubescence becoming less noticeable as the margin
unfolds; gills yellowish-buff (310 t. 1), some forking near the stem,
close, slightly decurrent, 2-4 mm. broad; stem of the same color as the
pileus or paler, sometimes spotted, equal or tapering downwards,
viscid when wet, glabrous, firm as though solid, becoming spongy to
hollow, 2.5-4 em. long, 1-1.5 em. thick; spores creamy-white in mass
(10. t. 1, 2), subglobose, echinulate, 7-8; flesh white, odor somewhat
ike raw pumpkin; latex white, unchanging, acrid.
“Hab.: Among dead leaves, in rather sandy soil, oak-chestnut
woods, frequently under the flowering dogwood. August and Sep-
tember.
“Distinevisnine Frerp-Marxs: The medium size, buff color,
and the papilliform and rugose elevations showing through thick,
glistening gluten when wet, and the squamulose appearance of the
pileus when dry. One peculiarity of the pileus is that if it becomes
wet again after having dried, the squamules swell up and the surface
appears papilliform and rugulose as at first.”
Pink Bed Valley. Burlingham.
28 JOURNAL OF THE MrrcHEtt Society [June
20. Lactarius lanuginosus Burl.
Puate 20.
Cap up to 7.5 em. wide, deeply depressed in center, the margin
inrolled until maturity, then expanded or uplifted so as to become
infundibuliform, surface viscid, sparingly and rather coarsely tomen-
tose all over, margin not most so and the tomentum fading away there
towards maturity. Zoned with soaked ochraceous and lighter honey-
colored tints. Flesh 6 mm. thick at stem, thinning regularly to
margin, firm, nearly white, not changing when cut. Milk white and
remaining so, sparse, slightly bitterish-astringent, but scarcely at all
acrid, sometimes quite mild.
Gills narrow, scarcely 3 mm. deep, crowded, many short, none
branched, a clear ochraceous buff at maturity, turning smoky-brown
when bruised.
Stem 1.5-3 em. long, 9-12 mm. thick at stem, tapering strongly
downward, 4-5 mm. at base, surface pure white or stained with buff,
densely soft tomentose all over or the central region becoming less
tomentose in age. Flesh brittle, whitish, hollow. ;
Spores ochraceous-buff, spherical or subspherical, warted, one oil
drop, 5.4-6.54 in diameter.
Distinguished from all our species by white, unchanging, nearly
mild milk; deep ochraceous-buff and crowded gills; short, white-
tomentose, pointed stem. It has been found only on Mount Pisgah
and in Chapel Hill.
559. Low place by Meeting of Waters, October 14, 1912.
569. Low woods near Howell’s Branch, October 18, 1912.
1796. In low place in woods south of Peabody Building, September 15, 1915.
Photo.
1839. Woods by branch south of Raleigh road, Rocky Ridge Farm, September
20, 1915.
Pisgah Forest, North Carolina, under oak, maples, alder, and rhododen-
dron. Burlingham.
21. Lactarius turpis (Weinm.) Fr.
We have not seen this in Chapel Hill, but it is recorded from North
Carolina by Schweinitz and has been found at Asheville by Beardslee.
I SOIUVLOVI
06 WLV Id
1918} Tuer Lacrarras or Norra Caroria 29
The following description is from Miss Burlingham (Mem. T. B. C.
14:44. 1908):
“Pileus fleshy firm, thick, convex-umbilicate, then plane to de-
pressed in the center, yellowish-brown or umber, with olivaceous tinge,
darker in the center, azonate, slimy-viscid in wet weather, glabrous
or agglutinated-fibrous, 6-12 em. broad, margin involute at first and
yellow-villose, then glabrous; gills cream-colored, then darker yellow,
becoming nearly black where bruised, then ash-colored from the
spores, many forking near the stem, close, somewhat decurrent, 3-4
mm. broad; stem of the same color as the pileus, equal or slightly
smaller at the base, viscid when wet, glabrous, smooth or somewhat
serobiculate, or sometimes merely spotted, spots becoming nearly
black in dried specimens, firm, stuffed, occasionally becoming hollow
when old, usually 3-4 em. long, 1.5-2.5 em. thick; flesh whitish, odor
slight; spores white, globose to sub-globose, echinulate, 6.5-84; latex
white, unchanging, acrid. Possibly edible.
“Hab.: On the ground in mixed woods, often near fir or spruce
trees. August and September.
“DistincuisHine Frerp-Marxs: The yellowish-brown or oliva-
ceous color of young plants and the blackish color of mature plants,
the slimy condition of the whole mushroom in wet weather, the black-
ening of the gills with injury or in drying, and in many eases the
grayish color due to the presence of the spores. The pileus may be
covered with villose fibers which are closely stuck to the surface, and
are not easily distinguishable, or it may be practically glabrous. The
yellow down or villosity on the margin disappears in the mature plant,
and is at no time conspicuous.”
Middle district (Schw.) woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.
22. Lactarius speciosus Burl.
Pratzs 21 anp 40.
Cap up to 7.6 cm. in diameter, depressed in center, the margin
strongly inrolled when young and deeply clothed with long, coarse
tomentum just as in L. torminosus, remainder of cap more thinly
30 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELt Sociery [June
furnished with flattened fibers pinched up into scattered squamules
which are somewhat concentrically arranged; color a soaked ochra-
ceous or honey color with lighter zones and with faint heliotrope tints
where bruised ; not viscid. In mature plants the marginal tomentum
collapses and is not so conspicuous as in L. torminosus. Flesh firm,
brittle, white, turning rather slowly to a pretty heliotrope color when
eut. Milk white and remaining so; usually mildly astringent, but
very slightly acrid, or not at all so.
Gills narrow, broadest in center where they are 4 mm. deep, reach-
ing the stem, but not decurrent except by a little tooth, many short,
but no forking ones; cream color to maize yellow, turning heliotrope
when wounded.
Stem up to 4.5 em. long, firm, hollow, tapering slightly downward,
faintly tomentose at very base, only obscurely spotted or more often
marked by many large and small poeck marks, which are brownish
yellow (egg yellow when young) like deeper parts of cap; areas be-
tween pock marks are nearly white or light to strong heliotrope;
flesh except the very dry inside turning heliotrope when cut.
Spores (of No. 2199) pure white, short-elliptic, papillate, 8.5-9.5
x 10.5-11.5p.
This species is like Z. torminosus in its white, unchanging milk
and general appearance; it differs in nearly mild milk, strongly spot-
ted stem, heliotrope change of color, less tomentose margin at matur-
ity, and larger spores. It is like L. scrobiculatus in strongly spotted
stem and not very fibrous margin, but differs in mild, unchanging
milk and heliotrope change in flesh.
This species is so far known only from North Carolina, Virginia,
and Tennessee.
753. Woods east of Graded School, September 13, 1913.
1812. In moss by Howell’s Spring, September 17, 1915. Photo.
1855. In deep woods by Battle’s Branch, near Strowd’s pasture, September
22,1915. Stem strongly spotted, the surface between the ochraceous
spots a bright strong heliotrope.
2199. Wooded pasture southwest of Mr. Pritchard’s, June 22, 1916. Spores
cream color, subspherical to elliptic, distinctly papillate, T4-11y long.
PLATE 21
LACTARIUS SPECIOSUS
No. 753 (above) and No. 1812 (below)
1918] Tue Lacrartas or Norra Carona 31
2343. Woods near Meeting of the Waters, July 1, 1916.
2680. Mixed upland woods, Battle’s Park, July 16, 1917.
2685. Battle’s Grove (oaks), July 12, 1917.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
23. Lactarius croceus Burl.*
Prater 40.
Cap 6.5 cm. broad, depressed in center, the margin rounded and
revolute until full maturity, quite smooth all over and decidedly
viscid, when wet faintly many zonate, the zones not conspicuously
spotted ; color a rather light orange yellow. Flesh firm, rather brit-
tle, about 6 mm. thick near stem and turning slowly to reddish yellow
when wounded. Milk quite sparse, very acrid, most so after several
minutes, white, its change of color not noticeable at once, but after a
time the cut surfaces become a deep reddish yellow.
Gills moderately distant, a few forked or anastomosing, about
5.5 mm. wide beyond the middle, rounded at stem and attached,
color creamy on side view, deeper on edge view, turning deep reddish
yellow when bruished.
Stem 3.5 cm. long, 14 mm. thick at top, tapering downward,
smooth, lighter than cap, a few scrobiculate spots which in this case
were not deeper colored, surface becoming darker when handled;
flesh firm, stuffed.
Spores light ochraceous, short-elliptic, tuberculate, 5.5-6.2x7.5-8.2y.
This species may be distinguished from L. chrysorheus by the dis-
tant gills, darker and more viscid cap, and absence of fishy taste ; from
L. theiogalus by the much more acrid taste, distant gills, ete. It was
found by Miss Burlingham in the Pink Bed Valley, North Carolina
(elevation about 1,000 meters). For an illustration of the species
see Mem. T. B. C. 14: fig. 3. 1908.
2348. Woods near Scott’s Hole, July 3, 1916.
*As Lactaria crocea.
32 JouRNAL oF THE MircHEty Socrery [June
24. Lactarius delicatus Burl.
This species is known only from Mount Pisgah, North Carolina,
and the following is taken from Miss Burlingham’s original descrip-
tion (Mem. Torr. B. C. 14:40,. fig. 4. 1908):
“Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, umbilicate, at length nearly infundi-
bulitorm, maize-yellow (36 t. 3), tinted in the center with yellowish-
salmon (65), faintly but decidedly zonate, viscid and covered with
gluten when wet, glabrous, 8-12 cm. broad, margin involute at first
and covered with coarse short tomentum, then merely deflexed and
glabrous; gills whitish, becoming maize-yellow with age, some forking
near the stem, close, slightly decurrent, 5-7 mm. broad; stem whitish
to maize-yellow tinted with yellowish salmon, more or less scrobicu-
late-spotted, spots of the same color as the rest of the stem or duller,
equal or tapering downwards, glabrous, stuffed, becoming hollow,
4-5 em. long, 1.5-2.5 em. thick; flesh white, odor strong; spores tinted
yellowish-salmon in mass, subglobose, echinulate, 7-8; latex white,
becoming sulphur-yellow, acrid, scanty.
“Hab.: In sandy loam and dense shade, oak and chestnut woods.
July and August.
“Distrncuisuine Frerp-Marxs: The large size, the delicate yel-
lowish-salmon tint over nearly the whole pileus, the faint nearly con-
colorous zones, the short tomentum on the margin of the immature
pileus, the rather persistent viscidity, the lily shape of the mature
pileus, and the change in the color of the latex.”
Pisgah Forest, 1,000 meters elevation. Burlingham.
25. Lactarius deliciosus (L.) Fr.
PratrEe 22.
A good-sized plant that is not rare with us in pine woods in fall.
It varies considerably in color, but is marked by such distinctive
characters as to be easily recognized.
Cap up to about 11 em. broad, deeply depressed in center at ma-
turity and striate on the very margin, or not striate until old, surface
slightly viscid, smooth, but showing inherent fibers, sometimes not
PI AMEEY 22
LACTARIUS DELICIOSUS. No. 601
1918 | Tue Lacrarias or Norra Carona 33
zoned, again with obscure and distant zones. In color the cap may
be yellowish or orange-clay or orange-gray and is nearly always
marked with deep green zones and blotches towards and after
maturity.
Gills a light orange-clay color, soon becoming duller and dotted
with green, then all green in drying, when wounded turning immedi-
ately to the milk color, a deep orange and then green. Milk deep
orange when fresh, then changing to green.
Stem about 3-7.5 em. long and 1.5-2.5 em. thick, nearly equal or
tapering downwards, smooth, hollow in age, orange colored with
nearly white apex and base (in No. 601), or it may be violet-purple,
shading to blue or green below (in No. 107). Flesh a light creamy
orange color and often with greenish tint next the gills, quite mild or
slightly peppery.
Spores (of No. 601) yellowish-cream color, subspherical to short-
elliptic, warted, 6.9 x 7.94.
Our plants might as well be referred, perhaps, to L. Chelidonvum
which seems poorly defined and doubtfully distinct from this.
As the name implies, L. deliciosus is widely known as edible, and
is considered one of the best. For an illustration in color see Gibson,
Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms, Pl. 18; also, N. Y. St. Mu.
Ref. 48: Pl. 29.1897. 2nd ed.
107. Mixed woods, Battle’s Park, October 28, 1910.
601. Low place in woods back of athletic field, October 21, 1912. Photo.
777. ° By Howell’s Brook, September 16, 1913.
896. Woods, fall of 1913. Photo.
1284. On rocky hillside in pasture about one-quarter mile southwest of
Graded School, September 29, 1914. Two photos.
1310. In pine woods along path south of athletic field, October 6, 1914.
1335. Scattered through Battle’s Park in rather dry woods, north of ceme-
tery, October 13, 1914.
1370. In thick woods, hillside, northwest of Glen Burnie Farm, October 17,
1914. Photo. Spores light cinnamon-buff, subspherical to short-
elliptic, tuberculate, a large oil drop; 51-6.8 X 6.8-8.9),.
Low and middle districts, pine woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.
3
34 JOURNAL OF THE MrrcHELnt Society [June
26. Lactarius Chelidonium Pk.
This species has so far been reported from North Carolina only by
Atkinson. I am not sure that it is really distinct from L. deliciosus.
The following description is by Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. B. C.
14: 59. 1908):
“Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, then plane with the center more or
less depressed, ‘grayish yellow or tawny,’ at length stained with
bluish and greenish, usually with two or three narrow zones near the
margin, slightly viscid when wet, glabrous, 5-8 cm. broad, margin
involute at first and naked; gills saffron-yellow mixed with gray,
sometimes forking, close, ‘anastomosing or wavy at the base,’ adnate,
then slightly decurrent, narrow; stem of the same color as the pileus,
nearly equal, glabrous, becoming hollow, 2.5-4 em. long, 10-12 mm.
thick; flesh whitish, staining satfron-yellow from the latex, then be-
coming bluish and at length greenish; spores yellowish, globular to
broadly elliptical, echinulate, 7 x 84 (94 Peck) ; latex saffron-yellow,
mild, scanty. Hdible.
“Hab.: ‘Sandy soil under or near pine trees’ (Peck) ; also in dry
spruce woods.
“DistrnGuisHine Frerp-Marxs: It is a paler yellow and duller
in color than Lactaria deliciosa, the flesh is firm, the pileus scarcely
viscid, the zones marginal, the stem short, the gills narrow, and the
latex saffron-yellow rather than orange. It is usually found in dry
woods in the vicinity of pine trees, while Lactaria deliciosa is most
abundant in mossy wet woods, especially near hemlocks.”
For an illustration of this species see Atkinson, Stud. Am. Fungi,
Pl. 35, fig. 2. 1900; also, see N. Y. St. Mu. Mem. 3: Pl. 53. 1900
(in Bale)
Blue Ridge Mountains, North Carolina. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
27. Lactarius subpurpureus Pk.
Prates 1 anp 40.
be
Cap 5.7 cm. broad, plane on margin, depressed in center, slightly
viscid, light pinkish-buff (nearly white) with distinct zones of rather
faint olive showing through; surface smooth and very much like
PLATE 23
LACTARIUS INDIGO. No. 1345
mi -
= =
f=
.
.
v
i
.
co
nr
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norrn Carorina
L. deliciosus in appearance. Flesh firmly spongy, 4 mm. thick near
stem, very light pinkish near the surface, deep wine color at gills,
after several hours the cut surface becomes greenish.
Gills close, hardly decurrent, many short ones, none branched,
3 mm. deep in center, grayish-pink (hydrangea pink—Ridgway),
much deeper colored in face than surface view, when wounded becom-
ing greenish after several hours. Milk sparse, scarcely peppery,
watery, deep wine color (dark vinaceous of Ridgway).
Stem very short and small, just as in L. virescens; 1.3 em. long,
8 mm. thick, colored very much like the cap, with greenish and red-
dish stains and apparently solid normally, but hollowed by grubs.
Spores creamy white, oval, warted and ridged, one large oil drop,
5.9-6.8 x 6.8-8.5p.
For other illustrations see Mem. Tor. B. C. 14: fig. 8. 1908; also,
N. Y. St. Mu. Rep. 54: Pl. 70. 1902 (in color).
1246. On burnt-over ground under pines, edge of Raleigh road by Judge
Brockwell’s, September 23, 1914. Two photos and painting.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
28. Lactarius Indigo (Schw.) Fr.
Prates 23 anv 40.
A beautiful and conspicuous plant, easily recognized by the fine
indigo color of the cap and flesh and milk.
Cap up to 14.5 em. broad, depressed in center, the margin turned
down or nearly plane, often crenate and irregular; surface viscid,
smooth, covered with a thin white layer through which the deep indigo
color of the flesh shows in distinct zones of indigo, often with deep
green areas where bruised. Flesh firm, deep indigo. Milk deep
indigo, turning dark-green on exposure.
Gills close, attached, 3.5-4 mm. deep and nearly the same width
throughout, distinctly indigo from the flesh showing through the
whitish surface layer, turning deep indigo and then green when
bruised. As the spores ripen a clay color is added to the gill surface.
co
oO
JouRNAL oF THE Mrrcuett Society [June
Stem about 5-8 em. long, usually, and 1.5-2 em. thick, firm, hollow,
color of cap, smooth, equal. Not rarely the stem is lateral and very
short.
Spores warted and ridged, cream colored in mass, 5.6-6.7 x 7.8-8.2.
This species is edible, but is so coarse and so lacking in savor as to
be of little value. While not abundant, it is not rare in summer and
autumn.
111. Battle’s Park, in woods just above Green Bench Spring, October 2, 1909.
112. Top of Lone Pine Hill, Glen Burnie Farm, September 19, 1908.
606. Near Meeting of the Waters, October 22, 1912.
742. Woods near branch east of Meeting of the Waters, September 13, 1913.
Photo.
816. Woods above Howell’s Spring, September 16, 1913.
1172. By path along branches north and west of Meeting of the Waters, July
24, 1914. .
1345. In woods by branch 100 yards west of Meeting of the Waters, October
14, 1914. Photo. Spores subspherical to elliptic, tuberculate, a
large oil drop, 5.1-6.4 x 6.4-8.5).
1365. Battle’s Park, woods northwest of Brockwell’s Spring, October 16, 1914.
1369. In thick woods, hillside northwest of barn, Glen Burnie Farm, October
17, 1914. Photo. ;
Common in woods. Curtis.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
29. Lactarius theiogalus (Bull.) Fr.
PuateE 24,
Cap depressed in center, almost infundibuliform, up to 9.5 em.
wide, in youth pruinose, quite smooth everywhere at maturity, or the
center more or less pitted and roughened, viscid, pale creamy buff
color with ochraceous and pinkish stains, very faintly or not at all
zonate; margin nearly plane, often crenated and lobed. Flesh firm,
then softer, white, turning a clear yellow with greenish tints when cut
and after a time a deeper orange yellow, bitter and then mildly acrid ;
order perfumed-pungent when broken. In age when the milk dis-
appears the flesh becomes a light flesh color and does not change when
cut. Milk white, then deep yellow, bitterish, then moderately acrid.
PLATE 24
LACTARIUS THEIOGALUS. Nos. 1919 AND 1929
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norra Carorima 37
Gills slightly decurrent, rather crowded, only 3-4 mm. wide, creamy
at first then much deeper pinkish-cinnamon on edge view, a lighter
buff color at a strong angle.
Stem about 2.5-4.5 em. long and 1.2-1.8 em. thick, sometimes en-
larging downwards and tending to be fistulose, pruinose when young,
smooth at maturity, but the base sometimes tomentose, whitish but
stains of the cap color or color of cap all over, with small and usually
inconspicuous scrobiculate marks, cavernous inside; flesh firm, brittle,
turning yellow when cut.
Spores distinctly cinnamon (about light pinkish cinnamon of
Ridgway), subspherical, warted, 5.8-6.3 x 5.8-7.2e.
A small plant of low, damp woods, usually about 4 em. broad and
5 em. high. The species differs from L. chrysorheus (see No. 1838)
in zones being much less clear and not spotted, in pungent smell, in
much deeper colored gills and less acrid milk, also in spores being
cinnamon and not white (Miss Burlingham gives the spores of both
L. chrysorheus and L. theiogalus as white, but in our plants the spores
of the latter are distinctly colored).
92. In woods north of cemetery, November 7, 1911. ‘Spores creamy in bulk,
subspherical, 4.6-5.511.
1188. Near branch southeast of Graded School building, July 22, 1914.
1196. In damp, cool hollow south of cemetery, July 238, 1914.
1800. On edge of pine woods near branch above Tenny’s Ravine, September
17, 1915. Zones not dotted, spores spherical to subspherical, warted,
one oil drop, 5.47.24 in diameter.
1840. In damp woods by branch, north side of Rocky Ridge Farm, September
20, 1915. Photo.
1859. Woods north side of Rocky Ridge Farm, September 22,1915. Just like
1840. Cap straw-yellow with faint zones of maize-yellow that are
not dotted. Spores cinnamon, spherical to subspherical, warted,
5.494.
1919. Under pines in pasture near Graded School, October 25, 1915. Spores
light buff, spherical to subspherical, warted, 5-8.
1929. In mixed woods, Battle’s Park, October 25, 1915. Spores light buff,
spherical, low warts, 5.1-7.2y.
1944. In pine woods, near Meeting of the Waters, October 29, 1915.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?). Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
38 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [June
30. Lactarius chrysorheus Fr.
Prates 25 anv 40.
Cap up to 8 cm. broad, deeply depressed in center, often quite
irregular and aborted on one side, margin strongly incurved until
maturity and then not at all incurved, faintly or hardly at all tomen-
tose when young, smooth afterwards, or tomentose on very margin
nearly to maturity; surface viscid, quite smooth, pale maize-yellow
or even lighter with faint zones of a dotted appearance. Flesh about
5 mm. thick near stem, soft but rather rigid and brittle; milk sparse,
white, then greenish-yellow (about sulphur-yellow), very acrid and
with a very disagreeable fishy taste, which is entirely different from
the taste of any of our other species. The odor is similar, but not so
strong.
Gills crowded, slightly decurrent, only 2-4 mm. wide, whitish when
young, turning a rather light creamy buff, with a tint of pink in edge
view.
Stem about 2.5-5 em. long, 1.3-1.8 em. broad at cap, tapering down-
ward, whitish or colored like the cap, smooth, pruinose at top, marked .
by numerous, irregular, serobiculate spots that are scarcely or not at
all darker than the rest, hollow in center.
Spores (of No. 1838) white or faintly creamy, subspherical,
warted, 5.8-6.3 x 5.8-7.2.
The distinctions between this species and L. theiogalus are not con-
spicuous. The gills in the former are lighter, and the zones on the
cap are made up of dots, also the milk is more peppery and with a
very bad fishy taste. The spores also afford a means of distinction;
in L. chrysorheus they are essentially white, in L. theiogalus they are
distinetly cinnamon.
1661. Cool rich woods in Tenny’s Ravine, July 27, 1915. Photo. Spores
subspherical, warted, 6-7.3 x 7.5-8.2 4.
1838. In trash pile by road just east of cemetery, September 20, 1915. Photo.
2386. Thick brush, oak woods on Rocky Ridge Farm, July 18, 1916.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
Common in swamps. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.
PLATE 25
LACTARIUS CHRYSORHEUS. No. 1661
1918] Tue Lacrarias or Norra Carorma 39
30a. Lactarius chrysorheus. Form A, with unchanging milk.
Pirate 40.
In Chapel Hill we have met with a plant in which the milk does
not change color when exposed, but which cannot otherwise be dis-
tinguished from L. chrysorheus. Collection No. 774 was described
as follows:
Cap up to 6.5 em. broad, sharply depressed in center and some-
times with a deep sinus on one side, surface quite glabrous, a light
brownish cream color with superficial layer of white slightly shiny
material. Rather faintly zoned with brownish-cream and nearly
white lines, the darker zones apparently formed by collapse of the
white stuff, the zones, spotted. Flesh chalk white and not changing
when cut. Milk white, not changing, moderately peppery.
Gills changing from white to a flesh-cream color, becoming brown-
ish-yellow when bruised, narrow and close, many short ones and a few
forking, slightly decurrent.
Stem white above, about color of cap elsewhere, marked with dis-
tinet pock-like pits which may or may not not be more deeply colored
than the rest; hollow.
Spores light cream, subspherical, warted, one large oil drop, 6-7.5 x
7.5-94 in diameter. The difference in size of the spores between this
and the typical form as shown in Plate 40, figs. 20 and 21, is not
significant, as the difference is not greater than normal in the species.
The smooth, zonate cap, and persistently white, acrid milk would
indicate a relationship to L. insulsus, but the gills in that species are
much wider and less close and very different in color in both the fresh
and dry state, and the species is larger than L. chrysorheus. Our
dried plants of No. 774 look exactly like dried plants of the latter
species.
774. Near Howell’s Brook, September 16, 1913. Photo.
31. Lactarius quietus Fr.?
Prater 40.
Our one collection that I refer doubtfully to this species is a thin,
broad, low plant, with much more the aspect of a Tricholoma than of
40 JouRNAL oF THE MircuEtn Socrery [June
a Lactarius. Cap up to about 8.5 em. broad, depressed in center, the
margin bent down; surface smooth, dull, dry, and a uniform light
buff. Flesh thin and transparent, white, the grub channels a creamy-
yellow. Milk white, mild, not changing, not very abundant.
Stem only 3.3 em. long, 1.3 em. broad at top, tapering downward,
very fragile, stuffed, hollowed by grubs.
Gills color of cap, 5 mm. deep, wavy, many short and few branched,
reaching the stem but not decurrent.
Spores a warm buff color (Ridgway), spherical, tuberculate and
ridged, 5.5-9.2« in diameter.
The principal difference between our plant and L. quietus is in the
lighter color of the former. This, however, may not be of much con-
sequence. The dried plant is like specimens of L. quietus from Miss
Burlingham, except that the spores average a little smaller in ours.
This plant seems to agree well with L. pallidus, but as there is
doubt about the species being American and as I have no authentic
specimens for comparison, the determination must be uncertain until
further evidence.
789. Near Battle’s Brook, September 19, 1913.
32. Lactarius cyathulus Fr.
L. paludinellus Peck.
This has so far been found in this State only in our mountains.
The following description is by Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. B. C.
14:66. 1908, as L. paludinellus) :
“Pileus fleshy, thin, convex, then plane-umbilicate to depressed in
the center, sometimes with a small umbo, brownish-drab (302 t. 2)
to dark-fawn (307), expallent, slightly viscid when wet, glabrous,
12 mm. to 4 em. broad, margin at length slightly striate; gills white
to cream colored, becoming darker with age, pruinose, many forking
near the stem, close, adnate or slightly decurrent, thin, up to 4 mm.
broad; stem of the same color as the pileus or paler, nearly equal,
glabrous, except at the base, which is slightly villose when growing in
moss, stuffed, sometimes hollow, 2-3 em. long, 3-4 mm. thick; flesh
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Nortu Carorra 41
white or tinted with the color of the surface; spores white, subglobose,
echinulate, 6.5-8.54; latex white, unchanging, mild.
“Hab.: In marshy places in woods, in Sphagnum, or in decaying
leaves.
“DistincuisHine Frerp-Marxs: The sordid-brown color or the
mixture of brownish-drab and yellow-brown, which gives the moist
pileus a mottled, streaked, and subzonate appearance, and the striatu-
late margin. The species is small and is rendered inconspicuous by
its dusky coloring. It occurs only in densely shaded places.”
Professor Beardslee has collected L. cyathula Fr. in Sweden, and
writes me that he has no doubt that Peck’s L. paludinellus is the same.
North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?). Burlingham.
Asheville, common. Beardslee.
33. Lactarius Curtisii n. sp.
PuatEs 26 anv 40.
Cap 1.5-6 cm., usually about 3.5-5 em. wide, deeply depressed
(umbilicate) in center, the margin inrolled until maturity or after,
sometimes expanded in age, rounded or nearly plane, often irregular
and with a deep sinus on one side; surface quite smooth, dry, and
chalky looking, azonate, chalk-white except for the brownish-yellow
stains, turning light or orange salmon when bruised. Flesh quite
firm and solid, about 8 mm. thick near stem in large plants, turning
a deep orange salmon near the gills when cut, light orange salmon
elsewhere, in age not turning salmon; mildly peppery when young,
hardly so when old. Milk scant, a beautiful deep orange salmon,
mildly peppery, disappearing in age.
Gills moderately close to somewhat distant, not forked, slightly de-
current, only about 3 mm. deep in large plants; color when young a
fine orange salmon, after some time turning a smoky olive when
bruised, fading to pallid ochraceous-buff with a tint of organge in age,
smoky-olive in drying.
Stem very short, only 0.6-1.5 em. long, and 7-10 mm. thick at cap,
tapering downward, quite smooth and even, light orange salmon with
42 JOURNAL oF THE MircHELnt Socrery [| June
a whitish pellicle, hollow, often eccentric. Flesh like that of the cap,
turning deep orange salmon near surface when cut.
Spores (of No. 1845) cream color, subspherical to elliptic, dis-
tinetly tuberculate, a large oil drop, 6-6.5 x 7.5-8.7p.
This striking species grows on the ground in pine woods in the fall.
It is probably nearest L. chelidonium Pk., from which it differs in the
dry, white, zoneless cap and orange-salmon color of milk and flesh.
It differs from L. salmoneus Pk. in the deep orange-salmon gills
(salmon-orange to orange-cream of Ridgway), very short stem, ab-
sence of tomentum on cap, and entirely different habitat. This adds
one more to the very small number of species in which the milk is
bright colored from the first.
In looking over the copy, at the New York Botanical Garden, of
Berkeley’s manuscript notes on North American Fungi (mostly tran-
scribed from notes accompanying the collection of Curtis and of
Ravenel) I have recently discovered that this species was collected
by Dr. M. A. Curtis (for whom I have named it) in South Carolina
in the same kind of habitat. For some reason the species was never
published, but Curtis’ notes leave no doubt that he had our plant.
These notes are as follows:
“1364. (Lactarius near to 1293.) Cap clay-white, 1-11% in.
broad, smooth, fleshy (flesh thick, salmon-colored), margin invo-
lute when young, becoming depressed in center. Lam. unequal,
attached, bright salmon-color, rather thick, straight, narrow, not
crowded, occasionally forked, and in the older ones venosely
connected. Sporidia white (?), stipe white or pale salmon col-
ored, short (1% in.), 4 lines thick, hollow at the top, often excen-
tric. Among grass in rather damp pine sandy woods. Sept.”
We also find the following note in the same manuscript:
“2883. (Lactarius deliciosus, var. ut videtur vel nova sp.)
Cap ¥% in. broad, subviscid, with a thin white cuticle, not zoned,
plano-convex, and umbilicate. Substance salmon colored, some-
what pungent. Lam. rich salmon colored, subdistant, not lac-
tescent. Stipe 1 in. long, % in. thick, solid, whitish, fragile.
Spores white!—Aug. Earth in pine woods.”
1437. In grass among scattered pines in hollow exactly east of Piney Pros-
pect, near Raleigh road, October 28, 1914. Photo. Spores 5.1-6.5 x
65.-9,.
be
6
9
uz
4
PLATE
TYPE
Sp. No. 1845
N.
LACTARIUS CURTISITI.
1918 | Tuer Lacrarras or Norru Carona 43
1845. On top of hill southwest of Sparrow’s Mill, in pasture, with small
pines, September 19, 1915. Photo. Type.
1857. In a water run in pines east of Piney Prospect, same place as No. 1437,
September 22, 1915.
Hartsville, South Carolina: Under pines in low sandy woods near
Prestwood’s Lake, July 10, 1916 (W. C. Coker). This is in Darling-
ton County, in which is also Society Hill, the place where Dr. Curtis
first found his plants.
34. Lactarius minusculus Burl.
This is another species not reported in this State except from the
mountains. The following is from Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr.
B. C. 15:65, figs. 9 and 10. 1908) :
“Pileus fleshy, thin, broadly convex, with a small umbo, becoming
plane then somewhat depressed in the center, fulvous in the center,
cinnamon (323. t. 1) toward the still paler margin, azonate, viscid in
wet weather, sometimes shining with viscidity, glabrous, 1-3 em.
broad, margin minutely crenate sometimes suleate, often slightly
wavy, pruinose at first; gills whitish, seldom forking, close, adnate or
decurrent by a tooth, broad for the thickness of the pileus; stem ful-
vous near the base but paler toward the pileus, equal, glabrous, some-
times tomentose at the base when growing in moss, stuffed, becoming
hollow, 2.5-4.5 em. long, 3-4 mm. thick; flesh isabelline-white; spores
white, subglobose, slightly echinulate, 6-84; latex white, unchanging,
acrid.
“Hab.: In moist woods, in moss or on decayed wood, under yellow
birches, black gum, and black oak. July and August.
“Distineuisuine Frerp-Marxs: This species differs from all
others in this group in its small size, crenate margin, and more acrid
latex. It may be distinguished from L. subdulcis by its viscid pileus,
and by being expallent. It is frequently solitary.”
North Carolina, 1,000 meters. Burlingham.
35. Lactarius cinereus Pk.
Prare 27
Cap up to 5.3 em. broad, umbilicate or infundibuliform, the margin
plane, or bent down and distinctly striate ; surface viscid or scarcely
44 JOURNAL OF THE MitrcHELL Sociery [June
so, azonate, smooth but with the fine irregularities of a Russula stem,
and in some plants inherently fibro-squamulose near the margin ; color
pale grayish buff (about tilleul buff of Ridgway) or a somewhat
darker avellaneous color, often with a tint of lilac. Flesh white,
toughish, about 3.5 mm. thick near center, thinning rapidly to 1 mm.
or less. Milk watery white, scarcely peppery, bitterish, not abundant,
searcely any odor.
Gills moderately close, none forked, 5 mm. wide in middle, pointed
at both ends, scarcely decurrent, nearly white when young, then pale
fleshy buff, then slightly darker, pruinose with spores in age, dingy
when wounded.
Stem slender, up to 5.5 em. long, 8 mm. thick at cap, enlarging
downwards or upwards, smooth above, somewhat fibrous below, color
and texture of cap or paler. Flesh white, soft inside, and occasion-
ally partly or decidedly hollow.
Spores (of No. 1928) about straw color, subspherical to short ovate,
warted, 5.9-6.6 x 7.4-8.2n.
311. Very low leafy place near Howell’s Branch, September 29, 1911.
327a. In leaf mold near branch below Howell’s Spring, October 4, 1911. Cap
smooth, lead color with a tint of lilac, somewhat viscid. Spores sub-
spherical, warted, about 4.5-5.4x5.5-6.5, in diameter.
576. On ground in low place near branch below Howell’s Spring, October 17,
1912. Photo.
773. Along Battle’s Branch and Howell’s Branch, September 16, 1913. Photo.
This plant was just as above except cap was not viscid. Spores sub-
spherical, one large oil drop, 5.5-7.4, in diameter.
1928. In thin woods across Battle’s Branch from Indian Spring, October 25,
1915. Photo. One cap had a smaller one growing on it.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?). Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
36. Lactarius helvus Fr.
L. aquifluus Pk.
We have not found in Chapel Hill any plant that we could confi-
dently refer to this species, and take the following from Miss Bur-
lingham (Mem. Tor. Bot. Club 14:74. 1908). For comparison of
this and L. rimosella see under that species.
1918] Tue Lacrartas or Norru CaroLina 45
“Pileus fleshy, fragile, convex, then plane to depressed, subum-
bonate, testaceous to isabelline, expallent, azonate, dry, the whole
surface broken up into floccose-granulose squamules, sometimes rivu-
lose, 5-15 em. broad, margin involute at first, then spreading; gills
white, then tinted with incarnate, finally yellow, often forking, close,
decurrent, 2-3 mm. broad; stem pale-testaceous, equal, pruinose,
pubescent at the base, stuffed, then hollow, 5-8 cm. long, 1 em. or more
thick ; spores globose, echinulate, hyaline, 6-7; flesh of the same color
as the pileus but paler, odor faint, sweet, persistent in drying; latex
white, scanty, subacrid, more often watery and mild or subacrid.
Edible. -
“Hab.: In mossy rather wet woods or marshes. ‘In pines, fre-
quently degenerate in swampy places’ (Fries).
“DistrneuisHine Fieip-Marxs: The rather large size, the tawny
buff colored, dry floccose-squamulose pileus, the usually watery milk,
and the aromatic odor, which persists in drying.”
Middle district (Schw.) woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.
37. Lactarius Peckii Burlg.
Prats 28.
Cap up to 11 em. broad, depressed in center even when quite small,
not umbonate, the margin strongly inrolled up to full growth and then
mostly turned down, usually lobed and crimped at maturity. Sur-
face rather roughly velvety, the margin distinctly tomentose when
young. The color is very striking, a deep red brown (hazel, burnt
sienna and chestnut brown), distinctly zoned or sometimes the zones
searcely visible in young plants. Flesh very firm, a light flesh-brown
color, turning darker when cut. Milk very peppery, watery white,
unchanging, rather scant.
Gills rather crowded, narrow, slightly decurrent, 2-3 mm. wide,
color of cap and becoming a deep rich red-brown with age; pruinose
at maturity, darker when bruised.
Stem quite smooth, tapering downward, 3-6 em. long, about 1.2 em.
thick in center, solid and hard, color of cap, but somewhat lighter,
46 JOURNAL oF THE MitcHELt Society [June
white tomentose at very base (most noticeable on part under the
ground). Flesh like that of cap.
Spores white, spherical, tuberculate, a large oil drop, 5-64. See
drawing.
Gregarious and often cespitose in low, mossy woods; not common.
113. By sphagnum moss bed west of athletic field, September 25, 1908.
1165. Just below sphagnum moss bed, east of athletic field, July 20, 1914.
Photo.
2347. Damp woods by Meeting of the Waters Branch, near Scott’s Hole, July
3, 1916. Photo.
Blowing Rock (as L. rufescens Morgan). Atkinson. (Morgan does
not seem to have ever published his L. rufescens.)
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
38. Lactarius griseus Pk.
Both Atkinson and Miss Burlingham have found this in the North
Carolina mountains, but we have not met with the typical form in
Chapel Hill. Miss Burlingham’s description follows (Mem. Torr.
B. C. 14 :80, fig. 14. 1908) :
“Pileus fleshy, rather thin, firm at first, then lax, broadly convex,
papilate, then depressed in the center, or at length infundibuliform,
with or without papilla, varying from slate-gray (362) to smoke-gray
(363), becoming yellowish with age (putty-colored, 311), azonate,
dry, minutely tomentose, becoming floceose-tomentose, sometimes ap-
pearing squamulose to the naked eye, 1-5 em. broad, margin involute,
then spreading, entire; gills white, becoming cream-colored to honey-
yellow, and pruinose, seldom forking, close, adnate to slightly decur-
rent, broader than the thickness of the pileus; stem of the same color
as the pileus or paler, nearly equal, dry, glabrous except at the base,
which is sometimes pubescent, stuffed, then hollow, 1.5-6 em. long,
3-6 mm. thick; flesh white, unchanging, not aromatic; spores white,
broadly elliptical, echinulate, 6-7 x 8-9.54; latex white, unchanging,
slowly acrid.
“Hab.: In moist, mossy places in either coniferous or deciduous
woods, on the ground or on decaying logs. July, August, and Sep-
tember.
L¥&S ON ‘IIMOGd SAIUVLOVI
8¢ HLV Id
7s
ce
bp
‘
J
;
}
i
r
7
7
a
-
:
ne a —— i.
ate ‘ ; 2, ea Oe 8 ee
a | aa rs Fay og ee a a ag
‘ he) Set x re Te Te ae ; res :
: | ine a ] o
ae 4 ! i er ty :
o)
t . n i
‘ aT at ay a | { v, va |
~ ki
yd
1 ; :
4 1
t
i
\
‘
‘0986 “ON “WYO SNOMOVNIA SOUSIUN SOIUVLOVT
66 HLV Id
19185 } Tue Lacrartas or Norrm Carorrma 47
“DistrvevisHine Fierp-Marxs: The gray, tomentose, azonate,
expallent pileus, the glabrous stem, and the lack of odor. While the
plants may be dark-gray at first, they usually become dull-yellowish or
putty-colored when mature. This species is closely related to L. mam-
mosa Fr., a European plant which has not been found in the United
States. As figured by Fries, L. mammosa is a larger stouter plant
than L. grisea, it does not become yellowish with age, and it has a
white pubescence on the margin of the young pileus, and the stem is
pubescent. L. grisea is at first uniformly gray and covered with
gray tomentum, which later becomes floccose and less evident.”
Blowing Rock, on a rotting log. Atkinson.
North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?), 1,000 meters. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
38a. Lactarius griseus. Form A, with vinaceous cap.
Prates 29 ann 40.
Cap up to 6.6 em. broad, moderately depressed and at times with a
smali, sharp or bluntish papilla in the depression which does not dis-
appear in age, shape irregular, wavy, the margin lobed and bent down,
surface scarcely viscid, not zoned, very peculiar, squamulose-warted
and roughened all over, the very center least so, the warts sharply
pointed. Color grayish russet vinaceous (about light russet vinaceous
or vinaceous drab of Ridgway), little changed in drying. Flesh
dry, brittle, firm, about 5-6 mm. thick near stem, grayish-brown, with
a tint of the cap color, not acrid, or decidedly acrid with a bitterish
taste added, odor faint, sweet, and pleasant. Milk white and remain-
ing so, sparse even in immature plants, mild or distinctly acrid.
Gills ending abruptly and somewhat rounded at stem, not properly
decurrent, distant, none branched, short ones of two lengths, narrowed
at both ends, bent, veined at cap, 4-5 mm. mide in center, color a clear
cinnamon with a tint of the cap color, on drying becoming a pale
butfy-gray, edge quite smooth and regular.
Stem about 2.5 em. long, 1 em. thick at cap, tapering downwards,
pruinose above, color of cap or lighter, the base whitish. Flesh firm,
brittle, color like that of cap, a large hollow in center.
48 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELyt Sociery [June
Spores (of No. 1850) maize-yellow, subspherical, papillate and
reticulated, one oil drop, 6.3-7.5 x 7.5-8.2u.
Our Chapel Hill plant is exactly ie L. griseus from Miss Burling-
ham, except for the vinaceous tint and larger size. The spores, also,
are identical and differ from those of L. helvus. The color has re-
mained constant for five years and may be said to characterize our
form. The typical form is said to be slate-gray to smoke-gray, be-
coming yellowish with age, and its maximum size is less. At matu-
rity the cap of the Chapel Hill form is azonate as described, but when
young it may be distinctly zoned. Plants collected from the same
spot (apparently the same mycelium) may be quite mild at one time
and distinetly acrid at another; all of one collection are either mild
or acrid. The plants, which are single or cespitose, are frequently
attacked by a white mold which may completely cover them and ruin
the larger part of a colony.
1850. Low, damp, deeply-shaded spot at base of Lone Pine Hill, eee 20,
1915. Photo.
2305. Same place as No. 1850, June 29, 1916.
2350. By Meeting of the Waters Branch, near Scott’s Hole, July 3, 1916.
2560. Low damp place at foot of Lone Pine Hill, June 24,1917. Photo. Taste
distinctly acrid and slightly bitter; growing in same place as plants
of collection No. 1850, which were mild. Spores as in No. 1850,
6.6-7.5 x 7.5-8.5y).
3114. Same spot as collection No. 1850 and identical in all respects.
39. Lactarius plinthogalus (Otto) Burl.
L. fuliginosus Fr.
Prates 30 anv 40.
Cap up to 5.2 em. broad, dull, dry, surface with texture of leather
and with a bloom when young, no zones, flatly depressed in center,
the margin strongly incurved in youth, rather light buffy-drab to
much lighter straw-buff or white, tending to be somewhat rugose and
pitted in center or all over. Flesh rather thin, nearly white, but
usually turning quickly salmon or brick red when cut, sometimes
scarcely changing. Milk white, unchanging or sometimes becoming
best ON “SIVIVOOHLNITd SAIUVLOVI
06 ALVId
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norra Caroiina 49
salmon or brick red or pink when in contact with the flesh, mild when
first tasted then after a moment becoming moderately or exceedingly
peppery, sometimes remaining quite mild. Fries says that the milk
is mild at first, soon becoming acrid, but after a time and in adult
specimens sweet and pleasant.
Gills crowded or in some forms moderately distant, about 3-4 mm.
wide, pointed at stem and somewhat decurrent, none forked, many
short ones of about three lengths, at first nearly white, then light
cinnamon-buff. When bruised they become brick-red or salmon-red
in color.
Stem up to 3 em. long and 8 mm. thick, nearly smooth, color and
texture of the cap or lighter, nearly equal or tapering downward,
stuffed with much softer material and often becoming hollow (as in
No. 1593).
Spores (of No. 771) cinnamon-buff (Ridgway), spherical, strongly
papillate and ridged, one large oil drop, 7.5-9 in diameter, including
the spines, most about 8.3.
771. Woods near Howell’s Branch, September 16, 1913. Photo.
1593. Damp ground near Battle’s Branch, July 9, 1915. Photo. Spores cin-
namon-buff, spherical, 6.3-7.5 in diameter. Milk white at first, then
brick-red when touching flesh.
1628. Damp soil by Battle’s Branch, July 22, 1915. This plant is typical of
L. plinthogalus, but the latex is absolutely mild. Cap texture of
leather, snuff-brown, zoneless, dry, wounds on any part turning sal-
mon-red. Gills creamy, adnate. Stem even, texture of cap, some-
what lighter in color.
1772. Battle’s Park in woods west of Brockwell’s Spring, September 12, 1915.
Milk mild.
1817. Damp soil, woods below Howell's Spring, September 20, 1915.
1834. In woods east of cemetery, September 20, 1915. Photo. Gills crowded,
narrow; stem stuffed; spores cinnamon-buff, spherical, 6.6-10), in
diameter, most about 7.5 5 covered with a strong, blunt papille.
2233. Bank of New Hope Creek, below Durham-Chapel Hill bridge, June 24,
1916. Spores 7.3-8.5 41.
2538. By path along branch above Meeting of the Waters, June 22, 1917.
2577. Mixed woods, Battle’s Park, July 2, 1917.
Asheville. Beardslee.
4
50 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Sociery [June
40. Lactarius subplinthogalus n. sp.
Prates 31 ann 40.
Cap up to 10.5 em. broad, usually 3-5 em., moderately depressed
in center, the margin rounded and somewhat irregular, or at times
beautifully and regularly crimped; surface smooth, dull, minutely
pruinose when young, scarcely so at maturity, marginal third with
rather strong, radial, irregular pleats which extend in from the mar-
ginal erimps; color snuff brown, buffy-drab (avellaneous, Ridgway)
to pale ochraceous-buff or occasionally even lighter (light buff, Ridg-
way). Flesh about 6 mm. thick near stem, tough, soft, whitish, turn-
ing rosy-salmon when cut, odor pleasant. Milk white, acrid, turning
a deep rosy-salmon in contact with flesh and gills.
Gills very distant, somewhat decurrent, but ending abruptly and
somewhat rounded at stem, none branching, not veined at cap, full
length ones about 1-1.4 mm. apart at margin and 1-1.4 mm. deep.
Between these are shorter ones of three lengths and three distinct
widths, all bluntly rounded at the inner end. Color cinnamon-buff,
turning rosy-salmon when cut.
Stem usually 3-4 em. long, but at times up to 8 em. ; 7-15 mm. thick
at cap, tapering slightly downward, smooth, about color of cap or
lighter, flesh varying from solid and elastic and not noticeably stuffed
in center (of the same firm consistency all through) to distinetly
stuffed and sometimes covernous in age.
Spores (of No. 1835) cinnamon, spherical, covered with strong,
blunt spines of varying lengths on the same spore, some 1.5y long,
others shorter, diameter with spines 10-12”, most about 11y.
This species is distinguished from L. plinthogalus by the larger
spores, the solid stem, the very distant and deep gills, and the usually
larger size of the plant. It is also usually darker than L. plinthogalus.
Miss Burlingham considers these plants as coming within the varia-
tion range of L. plinthogalus, and there is no doubt that this species
is a very variable one. However, after careful observation of these
plants in Chapel Hill, it seems to me that we have two distinct forms.
We do not find confusing intermediates, and all our collections can be
easily referred to one or the other group. I consider it less confusing,
Cee Ee
PLATE 31
LACTARIUS SUBPLINTHOGALUS. No. 2349
1918] Tue Lacrarias or Norru Carorima 51
therefore, to treat them as distinct. On writing Mr. Beardslee in
regard to this plant, he replied: “I have this the same exactly as
you find it. I have noted the form you have as very different from
the type of the species. I find one form taller than this with their
crowded gills and your plant with the deep, distant gills, and I do not
find intermediates. I find, however, forms larger than those you send
with the same gills. J am inclined to think they should be separated.
I do not find spores as small as Miss Burlingham’s lower limits for
them.”
78. Low place east of athletic field, September 16, 1910.
1162. Swamp of New Hope Creek below Durham bridge, July, 1914. Spores
spherical with blunt papille, average lly in diameter, including
; spines.
1835. In deep woods, north side Rocky Ridge Farm, September 20, 1915.
Photo.
1862. Battle’s Park, near Strowd’s pasture, September 21, 1915.
2349. By Meeting of the Waters Branch, near Scott’s Hole, July 3, 1916.
Photo. Type.
2394. Woods at top of Lone Pine Hill, July 18, 1916. Margin beautifully
crenated.
2436. Clay soil, mixed woods, Battle’s Park, July 24, 1916. Gills and flesh
slowly turn dull deep red when wounded; taste acrid.
2666. Low damp woods by branch below Howell’s Spring, July 14, 1917.
Stem in this specimen quite lateral as in Pleurotus.
Asheville. Beardslee.
41. Lactarius ligniotus Fr.
PLATE 32.
Cap 4.5-7 em. broad, excentrie and quite irregular, the margin
broadly drooping, depressed in center or scarcely so, surface rugose all
over, just as in L. rugosa, dresden brown all over, darkening to mum-
my brown in age, not zoned, dry, pulverulent with minute granules.
Flesh about 5-8 mm. thick in center, quickly thinning towards the
margin, rather spongy and elastic, pale cream-color, mild. Milk
moderately plentiful, light pink or quite distinctly a clear pink
color and not changing for a long time, then becoming sordid ochrace-
ous like the wounded gills.
52 JOURNAL oF THE MircHEeLt Socrery [June
Gills distant, irregular, many short, some anastomosing near the
margin and a few forked, about 3-4 mm. wide, slightly decurrent,
pale creamy white, turning sordid ochraceous when wounded, and
discolored in age.
Stem eccentric, 2.5-3 em. long, 0.8-1.2 em. thick, nearly equal, firm,
stuffed, or cavernously hollow, surface even, pulverulent above, vel-
vety below, colored like the cap but darker.
Spores yellowish, subspherical to elliptic, with a long mucro, very
minutely papillate or papillate warted, 5.5-7.4 x 7.4-11z.
A rare plant in Chapel Hill and represented so far by a single eol-
lection, which is of a short-stemmed form. The stem is said to reach
a length of 8 em.
2181. Damp soil by branch west of Meeting of the Waters, June 20, 1916.
Photo.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
42. Lactarius Gerardii Peck.
The following is from Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. B. C., 14:
87, 1908) :
“Pileus fleshy, firm, convex at first, often with a small umbo, then
plane or depressed, dark seal-brown, becoming golden-brown or umber,
or sometimes paler, azonate, dry, surface velvety rugose radiately
from the center, sometimes becoming cracked near the margin, margin
even or wavy and irregular, often paler in color, thin, becoming ex-
tended; gills white then cream-colored, more or less interveined, dis-
tant, appearing more so in older specimens with somewhat irregular
spaces, decurrent, not very thin, broad; stem the same color as the
pileus, velvety to the touch, equal or ventricose, stuffed, then hollow,
2.5-5 cm. long, 4-20 mm. thick; flesh white, unchanging; spores
white, globular, echinulate, 6.5-9”; latex white, unchanging, mild,
then slightly acrid. Edible.
“Hab.: On the ground in woods or in open groves. July to
September.
PLATE 32
LACTARIUS LIGNIOTUS. No. 2181
or
co
1918] Tue Lacrarias or Norru Caroira
“DistrnevisHine Frerp-Marxs: This species is closely related
to Lactaria ligniota Fr., but can be distinguished from it by the white
spores, the unchanging color of the broken flesh or gills, and the more
distant gills.”
For an illustration in color see N. Y. St. Mu. Mem. 3: Pl. 53. 1900.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
43. Lactarius volemus Fr.
L. lactifiua (L.) Burl.
PuateEs 33 anv 40.
Cap generally more or less infundibuliform with various irregu-
larities of the edges, surface smooth, not velvety, often with decided
corrugations, particularly near the edge, and not rarely with cracks on
the margin, color brownish-orange, or a much deeper brownish-red
(Sanford’s brown or cinnamon-rufous, Ridgway), sometimes very
much lighter, not darker than light cream color. Flesh firm, white
at first, changing when cut to a brownish-red. Milk very abundant,
sticky, mild, white, and remaining white.
Gills at first creamy-white, turning a pretty creamy-yellow, and
when bruised a dark, sordid brown, about 4-5 mm. wide, pointed at
the stem, more or less decurrent, varying greatly in number, and so
quite crowded or decidedly distant.
Stem 1.5-5 em., usually 3-4 em., long and about 1 em. thick, very
irregular, stuffed, surface pruinose except at base, where it is finely
white velvety, colored about like the cap and lightest at the top.
Spores (of No. 104) white, globular, warted, 7.4-8.2» in diameter.
This plant is nearest L. corrugis, but has not the fine tomentum of
that species or the deeply colored gills when young. It is a good-
sized, attractive, and rather common plant that is recorded among the
best to eat. For an illustration in color see N. Y. St. Mu. Rep. 48:
Pl. 30. 1897. 2nd. ed.
95. Mixed woods south of Dr. Battle’s in a rather low place with Smilar
rotundifolia, September 25, 1911. No milk could be gotten from this
individual, although at its perfection. Spores warted, 7.48 y.
102. Low woods east of the athletic field, September 25, 1908.
54 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL Society [June
104. Battle’s Park, September 14, 16, and 23, 1910.
327. Battle’s Park, September 26, 1911.
802. Dr. Pratt’s lawn, south side, September 21, 1913. Photo. Spores 74-11).
1007. Low woods west of athletic field, September 26, 1911.
1148. In sphagnum moss bed east of athletic field, July 10, 1914.
1192. Damp woods south of cemetery, July 22, 1914. A very light, pale-cream
form. Spores 8.5-10.2),.
1201. Hollow in woods south of the athletic field, July 23, 1914. Photo.
2205. Woods, Chapel Hill, June 23, 1916. Gills much more distant in one
than in others.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Common in woods. Curtis.
Mount Pisgah. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
44. Lactarius hygrophoroides B. & C.
Prats 34.
Cap about 5.5-8 em. broad, deeply depressed in center, the margin
arched and irregular, and sometimes prettily crenated ; surface smooth
or decidedly rugose, dull and distinctly pruinose, not viscid, about .
pinkish cinnamon to cinnamon (Ridgway). Flesh white, elastie,
about 3 mm. thick near the stem, mild and odorless. Milk white,
mild, not abundant.
Gills distant, 6-7 mm. wide beyond the middle, pointed and decur-
rent at the stem, light yellowish-cream, thick and irregular, short ones
near the margin, not changing when wounded.
Stem about 2.5-4 em. long, 11-14 mm. thick at top, tapering down-
ward, smooth, about color of cap, solid.
Spores distinctly roughened with low warts, elliptic, 5.5-7.4 x 7.4
lin. They are exactly like the spores of the plant of this species in
Miss Burlingham’s exsiccati.
In drying the plant, especially the gills, has a strong tendency to
become watery and moldy, contrasting in this way will the related
L. volemus and L. corrugis, which dry readily. For an illustration
in color see Mycologia 8: Pl. 187. 1916; also, N. Y. St. Mu. Mem.
3: Pl. 53. 1900 (as DL. distans).
2344. Battle’s Park, near branch, July 3, 1916. Photo.
2365. Damp soil along Meeting of the Waters Branch, July 5, 1916. Photo.
PLATE 33
nO
No. 8
LACTARIUS VOLEMUS.
—_— -, oe
7) _
:
y
‘ “
:
- -
S9EC ON ‘“SUCIOUOHdMOUDAH SOIUVLOV'!
PG OLW Id
56 JouRNAL oF THE MircuHELyt Socrery | June
a decided fungoid odor as in L. volemus. Milk abundant, mild, white
and remaining so except when in close contact with the flesh, then
undergoing the same changes.
Gills moderately close, adnate, simple or some forked near the stem,
narrow, only 2 mm. wide, pruinose, pale cream at maturity, when
bruised becoming quickly pinkish-brown then slowly deepening to
blackish scorched brown. ;
Stem 2.5-5.5 em. long, 1-1.5 em. thick in middle, flaring at the top,
tapering downward, color and tomentum exactly like that of the cap
all over, brown where bruised; flesh solid, tough, and firm, changing
like the cap flesh.
Spores white, subspherical to elliptic, distinctly papillate, 4.8-5.5 x
5-T.4h.
This is new to North Carolina, having been reported in the South
only from Tennessee and Mississippi. The cap is deseribed as not
viscid, but is certainly viscid when quite fresh in our plant. The
abundant mild milk and quick change to brown show the kinship of
the plant to L. corrugis and L. volemus.
1715. In sandy soil in woods near branch north of Meeting of the Waters,
September 9, 1915. Two photos. Spores 5.4-6.8 X 5.8-7.27.
2817. By rock wall in sidewalk west of Professor Howell’s yard, under white
oak, July 30, 1917. Photo.
2820. In grass under oak in Professor Howell’s lawn, August 3, 1917. Seven
plants, 3.5-5.5 em. broad, old ones with the margin elevated. Charac-
ters as in No. 2817.
47. Lactarius lentus n. sp.
Puates 37 anv 40.
One plant. Cap 5.5 cm. broad, regular, flatly rounded, soaked
looking in center where it is nearly glabrous but dull, and buffy och-
raceous, the marginal half or third strongly rugose, the broad cracks
showing the fibrous looking and lighter flesh, not at all viscid and not
zoned. Flesh pure white, about 5 mm. deep at stem, rapidly thin-
ning towards margin, very tough and firm; tasteless. Milk white,
unchanging, mild, not discoloring the gills.
66IT ON ‘“SIDNYUOD SNIUV.LOVWI
$8 ALV Id
. : o
;
eae
4 | i ;
eae Se " we F at ae
LT8¢ ON SOTOHLNT SAIYVLOVI
96 ALVId
6666 ON ‘dS N ‘SNLNAT SOIYV.LOVI
48 ALVId
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norra Caroirya 57
Gills very distant, some short marginal ones and a few branched
near the stem, about 4-5 mm. wide, very thick, firm and tough, nar-
rowly attached, not decurrent, not brown when bruised.
Stem 3 em. long, 11 mm. thick at top, tapering downward, light
and smooth above, somewhat scurfy cracked like the cap margin
below and of the same color, texture quite firm, tough and solid.
Spores pure white, broad elliptic, minutely warted under high
power, 3.7-4.8 x 5.5-7.4p.
This is evidently in the Lactifluz group, but differs from related
species in the very tough and tenacious texture of all parts, the quite
different spores, which are much smaller and smoother than in L. hy-
grophoroides B. & C. as it is represented in Chapel Hill and in Miss
Burlingham’s exsiccati.
2323. Woods near branch above Meeting of the Waters, June 30, 1916. Two
photos. Type.
48. Lactarius camphoratus (Bull.) Fr.
We have not recognized this species at Chapel Hill, but it has been
reported from North Carolina, and we include the following descrip-
tion, adapted from Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 14:98.
1908):
“Pileus fleshy, firm, rather thin, convex, often umbonate, at length
expanded, depressed in the center, but the margin still arching, ful-
yous (308) to madder-brown (334), azonate, dry, glabrous, 1-4 cm.
broad, margin inrolled and pruinose at first, not striate; gills whitish
or flesh-colored (67), becoming reddish-brown, sometimes a few fork-
ing next the stem, close, adnate to slightly decurrent, rather narrow;
stem of the same color as the pileus or paler, nearly equal, sometimes
flexuous, glabrous, pruinose, smooth, firm to spongy, 1-3 em. long,
3-8 mm. thick; flesh of about the color of the gills, unchanging, odor
aromatic, becoming more pronounced in drying; spores white, glo-
bose, echinulate, 6-7#; latex white, unchanging, mild, abundant.
Edible.
“Tn woods, more abundant in moist mixed woods. July to October.
“This species is of about the size of Lactaria subdulcis and some-
58 JOURNAL oF THE MrrcuEtyt Socrery [June
times of nearly the same color, but usually it is a darker-fulvous or
more red-brown, and the flesh is firmer. The odor is usually faint
at first, but becomes strong as it dries. To me the odor is like that
of slippery-elm bark. The pileus is polished in appearance and does
not fade with age nor become rimulose.
“The European writers describe the pileus as zonate, but no zonate
specimens have been reported in the United States.”
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Mount Pisgah. Burlingham.
Low districts, woods, and thickets. Curtis.
49. Lactarius rimosellus Pk.
Prats 38.
Cap up to 5 em. broad, averaging much smaller (about 1.5-3 em.),
sharply umbonate usually, but in age depressed around the umbo;
surface minutely subtomentose or plush-like, usually cracked into
small areas and appressed scales, deep brick-brown (onion-skin pink
to pecan-brown of Ridgway). Flesh firm, color of cap but lighter,
thin, 1 mm. thick halfway to margin; odor aromatic, not lke cam-
phor, becoming more pronounced in drying. Milk watery-white,
mild, unchanging.
Gills rather distant, attached, broadest at stem where they are about
2 mm. wide, slightly decurrent, tough and elastic, a deep rich red-
brown and pruinose at maturity.
Stem smooth, cartilaginous, slightly tapering upward, about color
of cap, but usually paler, lightest below, about 3.5 em. long and
2-3.5 mm. thick in center, hollow.
Spores (of No. 1173) light creamy-brown, subspherical to elliptic,
tuberculate to papillate, 5.5-7 x 6.6-8.2@ in diameter.
A pretty little plant, quite common in late June and July and less
plentiful later. It is found in woods and groves among grass and
moss, generally on the ground, but sometimes on rotting wood. It is
plentiful in my yard under oaks.
Miss Burlingham has seen my two collections of plants and consid-
ers them L. helvus, but I cannot agree with this determination unless
a
> Ti
1918] Tue Lacrarts or Norru Carotra 59
LT. helvus and L. rimosellus are the same. Compared with four good
plants from the type collection of L. rimosellus that Dr. House has
been so kind as to send me, the plants appear identical in every respect,
as much so as if they had been gathered from the same colony. The
spores, also, are exactly alike, being subspherical, most about 6.6-7
x 7.2-7.5u, and with more spine-like papille than in those of L. helvus
from Miss Burlingham, in which the spores are more elliptic and the
warts more blunt and low. Lactarius helvus is, moreover, a larger
plant than ours, and the gill color is different in the dry state. Peck’s
plants are decidedly odorous in the dried state, and so are ours (in
this respect not differing from L. helvus, unless the odor be somewhat
different). Plate 28 shows the largest plant of this species we have
found in Chapel Hill.
76. Low places east of athletic field, September 25, 1908.
547. On mossy ground near Battle’s Brook, October 10, 1912.
1164. Just below sphagnum moss bed, low woods, July 20, 1914. Spores
5.6-6.4,1. Photo.
1173. Near sphagnum bed east of athletic field, July 21, 1914. Photo.
1203. In several places along Battle’s Branch, wet sandy places, just above
water, July 24, 1914.
1594. By path along Meeting of the Waters Branch, near one-quarter mile
west of Meeting of the Waters, July 9, 1915. Spores spherical, papil-
late (some less so), 6:3-7.24, in diameter.
1753. Low, damp, shaded spot at base of Lone Pine Hill, September 12, 1915.
2357. On a rotting deciduous log, woods, July 3, 1916. Cap surface broken
up into small squamulose-looking areas.
50. Lactarius subdulcis (Pers.) Fr.*
Puate 39.
Cap 1.5-5.3 em. broad, at times irregular, soon depressed in center,
not papillate or umbonate, the margin elevated or nearly plane, in-
*Lactarius sp.?
We have one collection of a tall slender plant growing on wood that we
have not yet been able to determine. We have found no other Lactarius
growing on wood except L. rimosellus (rarely), and that is easily different
with its rimose and velvety cap and different color of gills, particularly when
dry. Lactarius subdulcis has less spherical spores and different color (very
different when dry), and L. camphoratus has a strong odor. Lactarius ligni-
otus var. tenuipes has been found on wood in spruce woods in Vermont, but
60 JOURNAL oF THE MrrcHery Sociery [ June
rolled at first, not striate or crenate, surface smooth, dull, slightly
viscid when damp; color pinkish-tan or avellaneous to wood-brown all
over or the center darker or mottled with brick-color. Flesh 2-3 mm.
thick, tinted like the cap, rather brittle, not changing when bruised ;
odor faint but usually distinct, rather like dried apples, not stronger
on drying. Milk white or watery-white, not abundant, mild on first
tasting, then moderately and slowly acrid. Said to be mild or bitter-
ish at times.
Gills crowded or scarcely crowded, adnate or slightly decurrent,
none or a few forked, veined, 3-5 mm. wide, color of the cap or paler
in youth, darker with age, on drying becoming very white-glaucous.
Stem 1-4 em. long, 3-7 mm. thick, nearly equal, often compressed,
color of cap, smooth, the base coarsely tomentose when in leaves, dis-
tinctly hollow except when young.
Spores (of No. 3019) white, tuberculate, 6-6.8 x 7.5-9.3z.
By the glabrous cap, brownish color of all parts, tardily acrid milk
and hollow stem this species may be distinguished. The milk is said
to be mild at times. From Miss Burlingham’s description our plants
differ only in the slightly but distinctly viscid and non-papillate cap.
The spores are exactly those of plants from Miss Burlingham, and the
dried plants look alike. This is true, however, of L. camphoratus
also, plants of which from Miss Burlingham having spores just like
those of her L. subdulcis. In fact, no difference appears in the dried
plants of the two species, the odor being the same so far as I can
detect. From descriptions practically no difference appears except
that is very different. Lactarius griseus may also grow on decaying logs, but
we have found it only on earth in Chapel Hill. The description of our plant
follows:
Cap only 2-3 cm. wide, glabrous, not viscid, depressed in center, light ochra-
ceous-buff to ochraceous-tawny. Flesh thin, firm, fragile, with a light tint
of the cap color; odor none. Milk mild, sometimes so sparse as to be scarcely
discernible even in very young plants.
Gills close, slightly decurrent, white then tan, with a tint of flesh color.
Stem very long and slender, 3-7 cm. long and about 5 mm. thick, ochraceous-
tawny, lightly stuffed, base distinctly white villous, the hairs turning ochra-
ceous-tawny in drying like the stem.
Spores white, spherical, a few short-elliptic, warted, 5.9-8.5 x 5.9-10.2 4. Dis-
tinctly more spherical than in L. swbdulcis, Nos. 3019 and 3040.
3019.
No.
=i
6)
|
ms
Q
77)
wm
“a
=
FS
=
:
4
1918 | Tue Lacrartas or Norra Carorrna 61
that L. camphorata is said to develop a strong odor in drying, while
L. subdulcis does not, and to be darker usually in color than the latter.
All parts of L. subdulcis tend to become a darker brick color on old
bruises and the old gills are often spotted with this color.
For an illustration in color see Mycologia 3:168, Pl. 49. 1911.
3019. Pine woods by pond in front of cemetery, May 1, 1918. Photo. Small
plants, cap 1.5-4.2 em. broad, irregular; stem 1-2.5 cm. long, 3-7 mm.
thick; hollow.
3040. Strowd’s lowgrounds in moss, May 18, 1918. Plants larger, cap up to
5.3 em. broad, wood brown to avellaneous. Milk white, slowly acrid,
in age flesh barely acrid. Spores pure white, tuberculate, elliptic,
6.2-8 x 7.7-10y.
3065. Strowd’s lowgrounds, deciduous woods, May 22, 1918. Small plants;
cap up to 2.5 cm. broad, stem 3 cm. long, center and one cap rugulose.
All quite glabrous and depressed in center; no papilla and scarcely
any odor. Spores pure white, tuberculate, elliptic, 6.5-7.6 X 7.6-9.7 1.
3094. Mixed woods back of athletic field, May 28, 1918.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Mount Pisgah. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
Common, damp grounds. Curtis.
CHAPEL Hitt, N. C.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 40.
(All figures x 2160.)
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
. Lactarius
13. Lactarius
14. Lactarius
15. Lactarius
16. Lactarius
17. Lactarius
18. Lactarius
19. Lactarius
20. Lactarius
21. Lactarius
22. Lactarius
23. Lactarius
24. Lactarius
25. Lactarius
26. Lactarius
27. Lactarius
28. Lactarius
29. Lactarius
ow MD OP OD Fe
He
Ne
pergamenus
vellereus
subvellereus. Form A
Allardii
deceptivus
rusticanus
atroviridis
torminosus
subtorminosus
furcatus
scrobiculatus
scrobiculatus
insulsus
trivialis
coleopteris
speciosus
croceus
subpurpureus
Indigo
chrysorheus
echrysorheus. Form A
quietus?
Curtisii
Peckii
griseus. Form A*
plinthogalus
subplinthogalus
volemus
lentus
*The drawing of this spore should be more clearly reticulated to
majority.
904
. 1585
- 1218
. 2029
. 883
- 1166
. 790
. 2361
. 2813
. 2232
. 2371
. 1863
. 2369
566
- 1851
. 2199
. 2348
. 1246
- 1345
- 1838
774
789
. 1845
- 2347
. 1850
. 2233
. 2394
- 104
. 2323
accurately represent the
PLATE 40
ne
ae
JOURNAL
Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society
Volume X XXXIV SEPTEMBER, 1918 No. 3
PROCEEDINGS OF SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
OF THE NORTH CAROLINA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
HELD AT THE STATE NORMAL COLLEGE, GREENS-
BORO, APRIL 26 AND 27, 1918.
In the absence of President W. A. Withers (detained at home on
account of sickness) and Vice-President J. H. Pratt (in France
engaged in the great war), the Secretary, E. W. Gudger, called to-
gether the Executive Committee composed of himself ex officio, H. C.
Beardslee, and Bert Cunningham. It was noted that another member
of the committee, H. R. Totten, was also absent engaged in war
service.
On motion, H. C. Beardslee was elected President pro tem. for the
meeting. The Secretary reported that the membership list on Janu-
ary 1, 1917, contained 88 names; that 13 members were lost during
the year due to removal from the State, resignation, or nonpayment
of dues, and that 10 new members were elected; the membership on
January 1, 1918, being 85.
The following new members were elected:
H. B. Arsvcxie, Professor of Chemistry, Davidson College.
F. F. Bannson, Ventilating Engineer, Winston-Salem.
Mrs. F. C. Brviys, Instructor in Science, Durham High Sehool.
J. H. Cowan, Instructor in Electrical Engineering, Trinity Col-
lege.
C. C. Logan, Extension Agronomist, State Agricultural and Engi-
neering’ College.
66 JouRNAL oF THE MrrcHEty Socrery | September
The Seeretary-Treasurer next presented his financial report, found
elsewhere, and it was afterwards referred to the Auditing Committe
for report.
The invitation of Trinity College for the Academy to be the guest
of the College at the next annual meeting was unanimously accepted.
Immediately after adjournment of the Executive Committee, Presi-
dent pro tem. Beardslee called the Academy to order at 2:45 p. m.,
and appointed the following committees: Auditing, F. A. Wolf,
E. E. Randolph, and J. S. Holmes; Resolutions, E. Oscar Randolph,
Bert Cunningham, and A. S. Wheeler; Nominations, J. J. Wolfe,
W. C. Coker, and J. F. Lanneau.
The reading of papers was then begun and carried steadily forward
until the Academy adjourned at 5 p. m.
At 8:15 p. m. the Academy reconvened in the physics lecture-
room of McIver Building. Owing to the absence of President W. A.
Withers, the presidential address, “Gossypol,’ had to be omitted.
However, Professor W. C. Coker gave two papers with lantern-slide
illustrations, “Azalea atlantica and variety” and “‘A Visit to Smith’s
Island.” This island is of interest, since, situated at the mouth of
- the Cape Fear River, it is the northern limit of a number of interest-
ing biological forms, the palmetto palm, for example.
The Academy then adjourned to the first floor of the Student’s
Building, where an informal reception was tendered the members of
the Academy by the Faculty and the members of the Senior Class
belonging to the Science and Home Economic Courses.
The Academy was called to order at 9:10 Saturday morning, and
immediately went into annual business session. The minutes of the
last meeting were read and approved. The Secretary-Treasurer then
gave his report on membership, elsewhere noted. He next read his
report of the financial condition of the Academy. This the auditing
committee found correct, and it was ordered printed.
ee
1918] Procerpryes, 1918 67
Report of E. W. Gudger, Treasurer, 1917-1918
RECEIPTS
EXPENDITURES
Balance last audit ......... $ 179.86 Proceedings, 1917 .......... $ 75.00
Dues since last audit....... 94.11 Printing cane eee ree 4.75
Interest savings bank acct.. 5.31 Postage and telephone ..... 4.19
. Clerical services ........... 1.00
Secretary's dues 23 ..2..22-. 1.00
Secretary’s expenses to
Chapel Hill meeting ..... 3.30
Total receipts ...... Zong) 279228 Total expenditures ..... $ 89.24
Less expenses ......... 89.24
i $ 190.04
RESOURCES OUTSTANDING DEBTS
ngs bank balance...... $ 136.63 Proceedings, 1917 .......... $ 75.00
king bank balance .... 53.41 Printing 5.255 << 2S aR eSnO S| eaeean enone DSS E SSeS mac am ana NE Se Se rena ae area aaa] C0 OFT)
pero |00a1 ON | ZI-S2-6 ps
£ 9 GI-S2-6 o€
Cis Oli ceneces| ZI-Se-6 qs |
9 16 GI-S2-6 BE ®t GI-62-L | GI-6I-L sinoy FT GI-8-2 “Wd ¢ Ce ae Tt
sotodg soystc]
-[0 a.mg[n pojued paxa]]99 Joquiny
[nyaqnod | at40IS ® i) e aoa cnn ot eraon pain undog puoUodx gy tae [Bog BW saliog
u u
GIGI ‘SAUMALIAYD o1nodsvuLa
TON ATAVL
[September
JouRNAL oF THE MitcuErt Society
96
SI-So-6
GI-96-6
GI-Se-6
GI-$2-6
23 eel 9
GI-Se-6 |
ét
put YT | ZI-6-8
ét
pus oT | zI-¢-8
8,3 | |
pue 8,0
[wtoaog | ZI-1-8
GI-82-L
GI-86-L
oI-S6-L
sino f CI-8t-L “Wd Z
sunoy Z GI-8t-L “Wd @
SInoy 6
| GI-S¢-2 “WW "VW IT
aati Teng. ¢
Hg eam enol) Mikel F,
fietecnmremeE LULU
wisn eceeennen y
inyaqnod:| e[1404g
GI-S4-6
ZI-Se-6
GI-Se-6
GI-86-6
=199,
oye
amy [nO
(BORE OT
om
pue oT | e1-62-2
so1odg
jo
9o1n0g
poyunytd
ange
6°ON WTAVL
GI-6I-L
unsog JUSUIIOdxoT
ZIGI ‘SHNVIG 6 GNV © WOUd amAINaAqg sauaLIAD
sinoy #E | @I-8I-2 “Wd 3
|
| feist, | poroontog
ut 4doyf [PLOye
ToT 5" 8] B40
is
| gaquanyy
Solag
97
ALTERNATION AND ParrHENOGENESIS IN Papina
1918]
08 Tee Sip cea
ate
Seeacvascil iescae sas | GI-86-6
Bo See feces ZI-86-6
8 T aI-S2-6
C2 aa aI-80-6
|
fae pcre aa ie SUMED ege Gs LL ones a nea eee enn cmmce HATE) OF puBip
oe ae Sy Te ee pe Sora =>" 8]830.,,
oT | 8-6-8 SI-80-2 “WW “df IT sinoy 2 GI-80-2 “WW ‘d 2 eae aa 27)
[|__|
poate al a po Ree cea ea i a GI-90-6 pL
pea ie | BP araae -Fc| eek | Poa se sl eee od ZI-82-6 OL : =
qh |
CL OT | S88 | @I-8t-2 “Wd IT simoy J I-S2-2 “Wd 3 aamaacneaa= JIA
|
----------|---------- I e ate ee ig | es Sao ween pe oo ae hac ences Soe eae a Sea aoe a eee roa emmy
PF
OF =
qF : et Sa Bee =
A 2 8.6
[e19aeg | ZI-I-8 | GI-Se-L"W'd 08:01 | sanoy 6 BI-St-2 “INV IT PERE RSE i
ge ia alah aaa CO SEESEE SED iOS
a3 | 7 i:
[B19AGS | GI-62-2 | GI-6I-L “WV OF SINOM FT WGI=SI=Le sci) lle wan wean anes I
MOMCS amano sarodg paqwuerg soystq paqatjop ROUEN
ny3qnod | aMa1g ® ro) Be) js renprarpuy| 4, ee amyn5 unzog yuoultodx | ae [eLaqByy saliag
GIGI ‘SAMALINAD POT aqzi1wAAIN()
£ ‘ON WIAVL
[September
JOURNAL OF THE MircHEett Society
98
(a | ae POE
L93|---~
¥I-61-6 pg
¥I-SI-6 og
PI-LI-01 ag
¥I-LI-01 ug
“s]0}09 puway
a a Tom n ene neseceeeeressee==-1(048 JUMAAOD 91N4[ND
ee aie ae sae ie ae, oe ee ges (ae aR OU DOO ES
i Rg pr pa ae “MONA OU TO OFA
Sa eet ene ar ae “][0Y8 AULL9A09 oanypNo poory
SywuIay
FI-I-8 PI-18-2
jun =o- "sal ®
Id ®T | PI-9-8 “WV OL I 0G “WV OF A
ime ese eal he prs | eae | Peseta | amen ca | Ln | ee (ier | pb 200) ira ial | RS = “8[VIOL,
oF fs folate] es] e |e bole fer] e | 9 | oe] sr | er | r-02-6 Die Ween [1948 JO OAPe puv pus ouo 04 Ayoryo pouguos syanjg | —
[ = oS | aommog | amyng | somag
9[1949 ® fe) e
FIGI ‘SauxnLIAD TouLNOD
2°ON WIAVL
105
ALTERNATION AND ParriuENOGENESIS IN Papina
1918]
FI-LL-0l
FI-81-6
ears pateAodad 40OU [[IYS
eoste parleAodad Jou [[IYS
pa a qIMOIZ ON
~--YMOIT ONT
sul Bur | #1-F2-8 |" --
~punorng
SyIvUlay
—
LS
SS
~
:
vo
a
bo |
z
|
JourRNAL OF THE MircHELt Socrery
106
Fae eeiliecalh eee ODA lier eee aves Ul aes | Lee (papa | ne cl Me eee een lites ae eee aes ees a TP30.L Es
B
4 td ST-€2-01 | PF “ON 1184S yMoud urroyrtun—quoerpooxgy |B
09 9 | |—T |}4 )% |S | 88) | Se) gE | or | oz | St-€2-01 | 9F ‘ON TleUg WO JTUN—YyMOIZ SNOIOBIA a
GL a ba cal aes Piece fe ee | ia | ees || ea eee |e Meet) eT TE ll ete ee 918q Ieu109 sU0O—syuB]d as1E'T
99 € |e Wl Ns Nae VERS ae ircadaets age ere Cheectsctaye Ich gO Si 9 2 (2f Sosa ae SaaS oS syed of.1n[—peieaoo [jam [Jays
squid ® SI-LI-8 EMG flocs
Fa ‘,
poroaag | SEFEB fw ez op | FTE lew -y or AI
| [ sie pee Al lek eens [be eS tae,
aT ier ee eee = aif Med fe meals om fel IN | Fee a a | Cee Pale X4 P| ae ieee eal [ine cae
Sa | Bram S| Se [ley cee = bo Come" (eg (aT | 2
OF Fs POS 08 08 a 0b Te Ee 6: |) Si=2e-6 || PT-oN Teds 5
Of Py | £8 | Se] SE) & || & | 9) 6 | Go| g2) St | 09 | st-22-6 | Ol -oN TI9q9 5
OF | 8S | 0% | S |---| BO | ZT | Sh} 86 | 82] OZ | SI-z2-6 | qT ‘ON TleUS a
09 Fe ie | OF | SS) SE 2 |--1 2 | 98} BL | 29 | 86 | $2 | Oz | SI-z2-6 | Bron [TeUg
ro sle@/olola/sle/slsle/s|sle/s|s|els
BSl2(S leis ls lelSiFleiSitisisit sist SMSO orerice: |e smarter e ;
gels |0/@)a] 0 B| Bg Bg #/E [etoaog “Wa O “WV Or
soiadl I = Bia Bie |e BF Bi | 01409]
Isa ee ics 3 Z oh es =10 amnyino it Doe
E2 o oe | MPEP UL =
Bog yyauery ya3uay ysuery wyaueq =| 3 a undog | 2°u8ta
fod saiodg jo | payuetq eL 238 |paqoayjog | saquinyy
= = = aomog | angina ee -redag | jenayeyy | sotieg
911098 ® é - & “Mees lar ydoxy
SI61 ‘SauQ4LIAD quoasvaLay,
8 ON AIAVL
107
ALTERNATION AND PARTHENOGENESIS IN PapINa
1918]
aI SI ola htt =| §[8409 puwsyy
eae aca | aaa PR Ghee all all REO || ermal |p| | BE
Poebeeaeee||keandeneen wee | Sae= =n eee saene aes ean = =n ams mn manne =ncemog 8810,
waoyran APALB yy
WOJIUN yng ‘YIMOIT WANTPa TW
Soi aa erannnsanrennennnn=9 MOTD WMOFIU()
GT-£2-01 | POON [1948
ST-£2-0T | 99.°ON T1948
GI-82-01 | 19 ‘ON T1948
GI-€2-01 | 89 ‘ON 1194S
syivmey
8,6 _, | st-ur-8
yesonog | SPER by zor
Call Fo ee aly Wl Bee bie sale eee sal tae am me pe eae ae “-="8[ 090.1,
a
QI-22-6 | P£ ON TPS yIAors osunds posoyyuog |
CRORaN Wits eueiIeste cae ypmous poroyyuos |
GI-L¢-6 | 48 ‘°ON [lS |-7777 2 Padoyaaap 1194 sopeu—untojian [poys | 4%
Chetisii lati tain seilfperenia ae nnn a aoescns pax9A0o [Jo [POUS
ralulelololalslals|/ale/ 8/3) 8/8] 2/8) 8
& o |g S Soult Cj
Bee 8181819) Sle) BS] spe Blase [aes Pt 88 | ong [ES | eeayg SORE an i
BS ei/0;@|a)o| |B] a | 8 g | 8 8 | 8 jeronog “Wd Ol W'V Ol
atl | 5 B B B B By 58 Wooo] eming
BB ie a rie o dye | TERPEAIPUT a
BR yysue'T yysue'T yysueT yyauey fOOyBCT uno: soysic
“= | sorodg yo | poyuntd Noe aye |paxooqjo | sequin,
| = ad =a aomnog any nOD citar -1ndog | [BLIoyBJ | SeMos
91099 ® é © Wodxot Jur 4doyy
GIG ‘SAMNHIND HOG AazVIATIN |
6 ON W@THV.L
&
co
SS
=
Dv
~
yy
o
DR)
Ley
JouRNAL oF THE Mireneti Socrery
108
5 a dl hao | cll) (Sec oa dl hc wil Kiems| tac al eae am | OS" eee |i ie | TID) see | ime 1). Tl eae Fei | eect ae [Soi ea eee ema eS Saas ie “HOR eager el S[8}O.L
Se | eal [aT oe Sa oa | ae EN ea aml ce : a
09 | | ¢ |---l---|¢ y¢ |---lor] + | 9 | er) 82] et | 19} 12 | oe | st-ec-o7 | p2-o'N reds ~puo ou0 4 sopjo syuvjd—paxoaoo [Jam fous | &
gpa lpaalee aia ie 1s 255) faa peel a aes a seca lima lic tal ea Gieeca000 (OU RCN Tee) pian sree aesties pecans emacs TWMor ou ATeoravg | §
CR ery reel | ot) nt mma | mc | fe PVs | Tera ae | bea rT | ADIN orf a era IE TSC) TCT CO) NTT CNS ll ulojran Ape a
09 Ss a ee lan OF | 9) 8 lee ||,es ize | 08)! eo) tior.| 9p @1-ee-On Sy -ONn Tied |p nee yyMoa poroyyuog
rololelololalslalslslals|/eslalslslals ; F
23 Z. elelele e i+ = i+ 5 wl F) se) x]+ syuvpg Bur
2&|s|/0|/@)a] 0 2/8 z|& Bue ier Ble -punoaing
&4| 2 5 | B =| B B
ee Bl: l=} |} IEF HG B | | uorooy
) ll 4 F E ae aunyjng —_ ;
Es ot renpratpuy
B R qyauey yysuery yysuery yyaueT Jo 08 Saystq
= sarodg yo | paquvpg | [899A | aye |paqoazjoo| sequin,
: aomog | any | _ Paw | -aedag | jermeyuyy | sareg
arty ® é r) HOON Jur ydeyxr
G16] ‘Saunu1aD 10OuLNOD
OL ‘ON WIdVL
109
ALTERNATION AND ParTHENOGENESIS IN Paprna
«
1918]
BOI 060) OEE OSS ates ca ote: Cabra --""s/8707 puway
emieg. §]BI0L Es
8
ST-£2-01 1) ean | Fae eine Sha syun[d of1n[—oing (no poos—untojruy) g
S1-£0-01 Cy pd hesaabgmngciee es ume cena yymous poot—ursostuy |
ST-£2-01 (CG ene '||\" cigak ae ao eee YI MOAT yuo][a0xO—WIO JU)
ST-86-01 1h i ||| eae Pena SO1N}[NO LVRJ—]]OYS 1OAO WITOJLU/)
8.6 s A
puv ao | s1-40-8 jee gy | US eae gma |
[8190A998 Wid W'v 0
aoe ale aa (eae ee sal aL F 8290.
ee ee Fd
Ir | getlo |t |8 |® |---| F | St-22-6 pa “yaoi pooy | 5
eel ee NT Neosat: lee | acumen |W beat 0, 0% —"]/BUs yng “YIMOIT UTTOJTUN Poosy I
0g | 68m) 2 || s |8 | | 2 | St-82-0r GOR | Sree ss aoe oles caerren ainsi Se a e poroaoo [fom tous |
8 |69)/% | -|s )8 |T [4 | St-8e-6 Ch i acces “ater” Paes md WAIOFLUN—Ty MIT Pood AAT
ea vlelol-lalsjaisislelzizlelslzlz|2
Bee (ales i(eialel Sitesi ciels fs ee en 86 PUUE!| og | SB | ce g | eR fe 7
BS|S)«0|@|a| 0 8 E B | F F 8 F juroaag “Wd OL “Wy Ol
ae c Bile B | BE B | P | uonoay amino
BE rs a —* Eye enprarpuy —=
Big yyauory yyauory yyauo7Ty yysuory =| FO OA = soystc]
& sorodg jo | paqunyg | SMH | oyna |poqoozjop | sequin
‘- = as az somog | amyng | _ Mant | -adog | jerorey | Sonos
a[Nong ® 3 r) “HOCK Jur ydoyy
GIGI ‘SANNLIOD OOHL AAZVILAALA IT
ION OTEVL
THE AMERICAN PITCHER-PLANTS
By RoLanp M. HARPER
The American pitcher-plants (family Sarraceniaceae), which are
totally unlike any other plants in the Western Hemisphere, though
distantly related to the Old World family Nepenthaceae, have long
attracted popular attention on aecount of their carnivorous habits and
striking appearance. The family comprises three genera, with nine
known species, a few subspecies, varieties, or abnormal forms, and
several hybrids; all perennial herbs, growing in damp sandy soils and
boggy places in temperate climates. They have nearly all been culti-
vated for ornament in Europe, especially in Great Britain and Ive-
land, where several horticultural varieties and artificial hybrids have
originated.
The leaves of all the species arise from subterranean rootstocks,
and are normally tubular, with a longitudinal wing on the anterior
side. This tube corresponds with the petiole of ordinary leaves, and
is usually surmounted by an appendage known as the hood, vary-
ing greatly in shape in different species, which corresponds to the
leaf-blade. So odd are the shapes of the leaves of some species that
it is impossible to describe them adequately in words, and for this
reason it has been difficult to interpret correctly some of the early
descriptions that were unaccompanied by figures, and some confusion
in nomenclature has resulted.
In some of the species the leaf-tubes are wide open to the sky, and
in others the hood is curved over the mouth of the tube in such a way
that no sunshine or rain can enter directly. In the latter case the
convexity of the hood is always provided with numerous white trans-
lucent spots which serve to illuminate the interior, the advantage of
which will appear presently. A red pigment (anthocyan) is quite
characteristic of the family, appearing in varying degree in both
leaves and flowers. It is generally best developed in plants growing
in sunny places.
The leaves contain more or less liquid, which in the speci ~*th
open tubes is mostly rain-water, but in the others is a secretion trom
110
Tue Amertcan Prrcener-PLants ala tat
the plant. Late in the summer the tubes are usually half filled with
dead insects of many species, which have been lured thither by the
bright colors of the hoods, or a sugary secretion on the outside of the
tubes, or both. Just within the mouth of the tube the surface is so
smooth that it affords a very insecure foothold, and a little farther
down is a close array of stiff hairs pointing downward, which make
descent very easy and ascent by crawling almost impossible. And
the tube is usually too narrow for an insect of any size to fly out after
it once gets inside. The function of the “windows” in the over-
arching hoods is now evident, for flying insects as a rule do not like
to enter dark places. Once within the zone of downward-pointing
The author of the article on pitcher-plants failed to receive
proof, and consequently several typographical errors were over-
looked, and a few references in the text to illustrations that were
not used were inadvertantly allowed to stand. The cut of Sarra-
cenia purpurea (Plate 2) is from a photograph by Dr, George E.
Nichols of Yale University, and should have been so credited.
= ne erreur cau Suc UIipiily Speciaiizea
contrivances must be of some advantage to the plant, and when the
leaves finally decay the insect remains in them must contribute in no
smal] degree to the nutrition of the plants through their roots, if
nothing else.
The flowers of all the species are rather showy and more or less
odorous, but last only two or three weeks, and only a minority of the
plart> ig a given area seem to bloom in any one year. In the South
American species there are several flowers on one stalk, but in the
THE AMERICAN PITCHER-PLANTS
By Rotanb M. HARPER
The American pitcher-plants (family Sarraceniaceae), which are
totally unlike any other plants in the Western Hemisphere, though
distantly related to the Old World family Nepenthaceae, have long
attracted popular attention on aecount of their carnivorous habits and
striking appearance. The family comprises three genera, with nine
known species, a few subspecies, varieties, or abnormal forms, and
several hybrids; all perennial herbs, growing in damp sandy soils and
boggy places in temperate climates. They have nearly all been culti-
vated for ornament in Enrone—esnarially im (Gwo-+ D+" ed
land, where s
originated.
The leaves
and are norn
side. This ti
is usually su
ing greatly i
leaf-blade. S
it is Impossib
reason it has
descriptions th
in nomenclatw
In some of t
in others the hc
that no sunshi
convexity of the uvvu 1s arways provided with numerous white trans-
lucent spots which serve to illuminate the interior, the advantage of
which will appear presently. A red pigment (anthocyan) is quite
characteristic of the family, appearing in varying degree in both
leaves and flowers. It is generally best developed in plants growing
in sunny places.
The leaves contain more or less liquid, which in the speci: ~*th
open tubes is mostly rain-water, but in the others is a secretion trom
110
Tue American Pircnuer-PLANTs ala al
the plant. Late in the summer the tubes are usually half filled with
dead insects of many species, which have been lured thither by the
bright colors of the hoods, or a sugary secretion on the outside of the
tubes, or both. Just within the mouth of the tube the surface is so
smooth that it affords a very insecure foothold, and a little farther
down is a close array of stiff hairs pointing downward, which make
descent very easy and ascent by crawling almost impossible. And ~
the tube is usually too narrow for an insect of any size to fly out after
it once gets inside. The function of the “windows” in the over-
arching hoods is now evident, for flying insects as a rule do not like
to enter dark places. Once within the zone of downward-pointing
hairs, death by drowning is almost inevitable; and human ingenuity
could hardly devise a better fly-trap than a pitcher-plant leaf.
There are, however, a few species of insects which in the course of
ages have learned to circumvent these elaborate pitfalls and even to
profit by the misfortune of their less wary fellow-creatures. In
many of the leaves can be found one or more larve feeding on the
-easses, and these when the proper stage in their development arrives
escape by gnawing their way out, or perhaps in some cases by flying.
)ecasionally a spider spins its web across the tube and robs the plant
of some of its prey. Or when there is more water than insects
ey é
“BId.100r) ‘dUeMS aaHOl
10 UOHLOAV GHL HLIM ‘YONIN VINHOVUUVS | (7/07)
“BIs.10ay) ‘dwueVMg veyouyeyO “YONTIW VINGAQVUUVS (7UOr7)
LV Id
1918 | Tue Amertcan Pircurr-PLants Way
through middle and west Florida to southeastern Louisiana; and in
almost every county within its range it is common enough so that one
can find it almost any day by looking in favorable places.
Sarracenia minor (Pl. 3) has leaves erect or nearly so, with the
hood curved over the mouth of the tube in such a way as to keep out
rain falling vertically, though in heavy showers some rain may splash
into it. The back of the hood has numerous white translucent spots
which serve to light up the interior of the pitcher, and the wing has
minute nectar glands scattered along it, which lead ants and other
erawling insects up to the mouth of the tube and to destruction within.
The leaves are usually less than a foot tall, but in Okefinokee Swamp,
Georgia, a height of three feet is often reached, and I have measured
one leaf forty-four inches long. (See illustration.) They last pretty
well through the winter, but apparently do not function a second
season. The flowers are yellow.
This was figured by some of the old European herbalists over two
hundred years ago, but was first properly described by Walter in
1788. Michaux, overlooking Walter’s description or not recognizing
it as belonging to his own plant, redescribed it in 1803 as 8. variolaris,
and this name prevailed for one hundred years, until the older name
was resuscitated by the writer.* ;
This is a common, though not very abundant, plant, chiefly in damp
flat pine-barrens, from southern North Carolina to southwest Georgia
and southward to the vicinity of Kissimmee, Florida, which is about
one hundred miles farther south than any other species of Sarracenia
extends. It is not known in Alabama, but Professor J. M. Mac-
farlane found it once near Ponce de Leon in west Florida. It can
often be recognized from a moving train, especially when it is in
bloom.
Sarracema rubra is a slender dull-colored plant with leaves and
flower stalks about a foot tall, or sometimes more, but usually less.
*Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 30:331-332. 1903.
t+In an article on the Everglades by Dix and MacGonigle in the Century Magazine for
February, 1905, there is a sketch purporting to show some of the characteristic plants on the
islands, in which a Sarracenia (species unrecognizable) appears growing on the trunk of a
tree with some orchids and ferns! ‘The artist, however, carried his ‘‘poetic license’ too far,
not only in making Sarracenia an epiphyte, but also in attributing it to that part of Florida
at all, for no member of the genus is known within one hundred miles of the Everglades.
118 JOURNAL OF THE MirecuELyt Socrery September
L
The leaves are erect or nearly so, with tubes an inch or less in diame-
ter at the top, and roundish ascending hoods with dark red veins.
The flowers are red, as the name implies. A double-flowered form
has been found by Dr. W. C. Coker near Hartsville, S. C.*
Like the preceding, this was first described by Walter in 1788. It
is probably the least abundant member of the genus, and a person
unacquainted with it might look for it for several days without find-
ing it. It is so inconspicuous that it never figures in car-window
notes. But it has a fairly wide distribution, from North Carolina
to west Fliroda and southeastern Mississippi. It is not confined to
the pine-barrens,+ but grows equally well in the region of mixed pine
and hardwood forests a little farther inland, also among the fall-line
sandhills, and even in a few places among the mountains of North
Carolina, over 2,000 feet above sea-level.{ Apparently no one has
yet photographed it in its natural surroundings.
Sarracenia Sledget is intermediate in many respects between the
preceding species and the next, and might be regarded as a hybrid
between them, but for the fact that it grows in many places far re-
moved from either. (Of course it is conceivable that a plant of
hybrid origin might perpetuate itself and extend its range over a
considerable tertitory, and it has been suggested that many if not
most species have originated in that way; but no authentic case of a
self-perpetuating hybrid growing under perfectly natural conditions
seems to be known. )
The oldest known specimens of this plant were collected by Thomas
Drummond in southeastern Louisiana in 1832; but it was quite gen-
erally confused with S. flava until separated by Professor J. M. Mac-
farlane of the University of Pennsylvania, our greatest authority on
this family of plants, in 1904. At that time, however, he erroneously
identified it with Ellitt’s S. Catesbaet (of which more anon). Dis-
covering his error a couple of years later, the plant was left without
*See Plant World 12:253-254. 1909; Plant Life of Hartsville, p. 80. 1912.
+For a map showing the approximate location of ihe southeastern pine-barrens see Journal
of Geography 15:42. Oct. 1916.
tAn amateur botanist in middle Georgia told me several years ago that he had seen a Sarra-
cenia in the northern part of Newton County; which is the only record of the occurrence of
that genus in Georgia outside of the coastal plain. I never had an opportientt to visit the
locality, but would not be much surprised to find S. rubra there.
PLATE 4
(Above) SARRACENIA FLAVA var. OREOPHILA. Cherokee County, Alabama.
(Below) SARRACENIA FLAVA. Colquitt County, Georgia.
1918 | Tuer Amertcan Pircurer-Piants 119
a name, and early in 1907* he named it after Dr. W. H. Sledge, of
Mobile, who first sent him specimens of it.
It is fairly common in wet pine-barrens from the west side of
Mobile Bay to eastern Louisiana, and has been collected in Smith,
Henderson, and Hardin counties, Texas; being the only southern
pitcher-plant known west of the Mississippi River. East of Mobile
Bay I have seen a few specimens in the southern part of Baldwin
County, Alabama, and what appears to be the same thing (though it
may be a variety of the next) in boggy places among the long-leaf pine
hills in Chilton and Autauga counties, near the center of the State.
Sarracenia flava (Pl. 4) is a showy plant with straight erect trump-
et-shaped leaves averaging about a foot and a half tall, and two inches
or so in diameter at the mouth of the tube. They are bright lemon
yellow (or green in shady places), with an irridescent purple spot,
or a cluster of purple veins, on the throat or neck, which doubtless
serves to lure insects to their destruction. Unlike most of the species
previously enumerated, this regularly bears two very different kinds
of leaves. The conspicuous insect-catching ones die down in the fall,
and are immediately succeeded by green sword-like ones somewhat
shorter, which last through the winter. (See illustration.) The
flowers are yellow, on stalks usually shorter than the leaves; and there
are few flowering plants so nearly yellow throughout as this one.
This striking plant was probably first collected at least three hun-
dred years ago by some of the early botannical explorers of Virginia
and North Carolina, and it was in cultivation in Europe soon after-
ward. The present name dates from the time of Linnaeus. It is
doubtless the most abundant plant of its family, though not the most
widely distributed. In some parts of its range, particularly in
Georgia, there may be as many as ten thousand plants to the acre,
making a mass of bright color that can be seen from afar. Its favor-
ite habitat is sandy gentle slopes perpetually moistened by seeping
water; it is rarely found in flat pine woods, in ponds, or in peat bogs.
Tt extends from a few miles south of Petersburg, Virginia,} southward
*Journal of Botany 45:4. Jan. 1907.
+See Torreya 4:123. Aug. 1904; Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 34:371. 1907.
120 JouRNAL oF THE Mivenetn Socrery | September
to middle Florida (Wakulla County), and westward to Baldwin
County, Alabama, where it is rather scarce. Its range does not
seem.to quite meet that of its near relative, S. Sledgei. In North
Carolina it is common among the fall-line sandhills (where a traveler
on the main line of the Seaboard Air Line can see it any day in
summer), as well as nearer the coast, and it is known also in the
Piedmont region ; but in Georgia it seems to be confined to the pine-
barrens.
Several minor horticultural varieties of this species, based on color
differences, have been described, and there is a wild variety that
deserves special mention. In northeastern Alabama, particularly on
the Cumberland Plateau in Marshall, Jackson, and DeKalb counties,
and in the Coosa Valley in Cherokee County, in moist sandy places
near streams, is a plant similar to S. flava, but not typical of that
species. It was found by two or three collectors in the last decade of
the nineteenth century, and was referred by Dr. Charles Mohr in his
magnum opus, the plant life of Alabama,* to the long-lost 8. Catesbaei
of Elliott, which was described from South Carolina three-quarters
of a century before. Almost contemporaneously Mr. T. H. Kearney,
in a discussion of the distribution of certain coastal-plain plants rep-
resented by identical or closely related forms in the Southern moun-
tains,t applied the name Sarracenia flava var. oreophila to it, but
gave no description. Besides the slight differences pointed out by
Dr. Mohr, who saw the plant only in summer, there is another that
may be important. The sword-like winter leaves, instead of being
nearly straight as in the pine-barren form illustrated herewith, are
strongly recurved, and considerably shorter than the summer leayes.
But this plant should be studied a little more before it is formally
named. What appears to be the same thing was collected, probably
in the third quarter of the last century, by Dr. Hugh M. Neisler, who
lived at Butler, Georgia, among the fall-line sandhills, and presuma-
bly got his specimens somewhere in that neighborhood.
*Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 6: 79, 581. 1901. See, also, Mohr. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24: 23.
1897; Harbison, Biltmore Bot. Stud. 1: 155, 156. 1902; Harper, Torryea 6: 114. 1906,
tScience II. 12:833, 837. Nov. 30, 1900.
(Above) SARRACENIA DRUMMONDII. Walton County, Florida.
\
(Below) SARRACENIA DRUMMONDII. Mobile County, Alabama.
1918 | Tur Amertcan Prrcewrr-PLants 121
Sarracenia Drummondii (Pl. 5) has leaves of about the same size
and shape as those of S. flava, except for being a trifle slenderer; but
the upper parts are white with a network of reddish veins, and the
lower parts green; the hoods are covered with stiff hairs on the inner
surface, and the flowers are red. It produces some sword-like leaves
in the fall, but not so regularly or abundantly as does S. flava.
This handsome plant was apparently first noticed near Pensacola,
Florida, early in August, 1775 (or 17777*) by William Bartram, a
noted naturalist of that time, who attempted to describe it in his
Travels (1791) under the name of S. lacunosa; but he seems to have
gotten S. minor, which does not grow so far west (or possibly S.
Sledge, which does not grow so far east) mixed with it in his mem-
ory, for his description fits S. minor better. C. C. Robin, a French
explorer who was not a botanist, traveled through the South from
1802 to 1806, saw the same plant near the same place, and published
a recognizable description of it in his narrative (1807), although he
mistook the leaves for flowers, as many other non-botanists have done
since. The erratic naturalist Rafinesque ten years later dug out this
description and applied the name Sarracenia leucophylla to it, but
that has never been taken seriously on account of Rafinesque’s well-
known eccentricity and his rather unwarranted procedure in giving a
name to a plant he had never seen, on the strength of an imperfect
description. The species was first properly described in 1836 by
H. B. Croom, who did not refer to Bertram or Robin, but had seen
specimens collected near Appalachicola by Drummond in 1835 and
by Chapman in 1836. (These same old specimens are now in the
Torrey Herbarium at the New York Botannical Garden.)
Tt is known in a few places in southwest Georgia, and inland in
Alabama as far as Crenshaw County, is abundant in west Florida
and southwestern Alabama, but stops rather abruptly near the Ala-
bama-Mississippi line. It grows in sandy bogs, and especially in the
wet gently sloping savannas which are very characteristic of the coun-
“The dates in different chapters of Bartram’s Travels are inconsistent, and no one seems ‘0
have determined which ones are correct. There is a little contemporary evidence in Darling-
ton’s “Letters of Bartram and Marshall,” and more may yet turn up
122 JouRNAL oF THE MirenEen. Sociery [September
try within fifty miles of Mobile Bay. In some places it is just as
abundant and conspicuous as S. flava is farther east.
The known natural hybrids will now be discussed briefly. It is not
necessary to describe them, as each is almost exactly intermediate in
appearance between the parent species. They bloom less frequently
than the true species, and the flowers of one or two have never been
seen at all. They are nearly always found in the immediate vicinity
of their parents. Sarracenia purpurea is the parent of two of the
known hybrids, 8. psittacina of one, S. minor of two, S. flava of
three, and S. Drummondii of two. No natural hybrids of S. rubra
are certainly known, though Asa Gray in the first volume of his
Synoptical Flora of North America (published in 1895, several years
after his death) mentions the existence of plants which appear to be
hybrids between this and S. purpurea, but without giving any local-
ity. No hybrids of S. Sledgei, the most recently described species,
have yet been reported, but their existence is not at all unlikely, for
there are three other species that associate with it.
Sarracenia purpurea x flava has quite a long history. One of the
colored figures in Catesby’s ‘Natural History of Carolina,” first pub-
lished in 1743, has been thought to represent it, but the figure is a
poor one, and is probably intended for S. flava, which Catesby could
hardly have helped seeing on his travels, and does not mention other-
wise. Early in the nineteenth century Dr. James Macbride col-
lected in Chesterfield County, South Carolina, a pitcher-plant with-
out flowers, which was described by Elhott in 1821 in his “‘Botany of
South Carolina and Georgia” as S. Catesbaei, on account of its sup-
posed resemblance to Catesby’s figure. The other Sarracenias known
to Elhott were purpurea, rubra, flava, and minor, and of these he said
the new plant was most closely related to fava. Croom, examining
the same specimen a few years later, asserted that it did not differ
materially from 8. flava; but Professor Macfarlane, who saw it about
1906, recognized it as this hybrid, which he had already known for
some years. f
In the Gardeners’ Chronicle (London) for July 9, 1881, there is a
brief notice of a plant called by British horticulturists Sarracenia
Williamsti, which had been received in a shipment of plants from
PLATE 6
(Above) SARRACENIA FLAVA x MINOR. Coffee County, Georgia.
(Below) SARRACENIA FLAVA x DRUMMONDII. Geneva County, Alabama.
1918] Tue American Pircurr-PLants 12:
eM)
America (locality not specified), and was thought to be a natural
hybrid between purpurea and flava. In June, 1893, Professor Mac-
farlane found two specimens, in company with the parent species,
near Wilmington, N. C., where their hybrid origin was practically
certain. In 1905 he found 117 specimens of the same thing in one
day in Holmes County, Florida, and a few in Baldwin County, Ala-
bama. The same two species were crossed to make one of the first
artificial hybrids in the genus, in 1874.
S. purpurea x Drummondii was discovered in company with its
parents in Baldwin County, Alabama, by Professor Macfarlane in
1905, and in the northern part of Walton County, Florida, by the
writer in 1911. Artificial hybrids with this parentage were described
in England in 1887.
S. psittacina x minor was tound by the writer in Colquitt County,
Georgia, in 1902, and in Coffee, Irwin (now Ben Hill), and Wilcox
counties in 1904.* All these localities are in the Altamaha Grit
region or rolling wire-grass country. This hybrid produces. flowers
and fruit more freely than most of the others. Artificial hybrids
were known in England as long ago as 1881, under the name of
S. formosa.
S. flava x minor (Pl. 6). No artificial hybrid between these two
yellow-flowered species is certainly known, but in 1901 I found a sin-
gle specimen of the natural hybrid in Bulloch County, Georgia, and
the following year several others in Coffee County.+ Of the photo-
graphs taken at the latter place in 1902 and 1904 two have been
published already, and another appears here. Professor Macfarlane
found the same thing near Summerville, S. C., in 1903.
S. flava x Drummondii (Pl. 6). These two species were probably
the first to be crossed artificially, this having been done by Dr. David
Moore at Glasnevin, Ireland, in 1873, or thereabouts. The first inti-
mation of a natural hybrid between them seems to be in the 1893 cata-
logue of Pitcher & Manda, florists, of Short Hills, N. J., where there
is a full-page halftone of a plant called Sarracenia Mandaiana, said to
“have been collected growing in company with S. flava and S. Drum-
mondit, of which it is no doubt a natural hybrid.” In 1895 and 1901,
*Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 33: 236, 237. 1906.
7Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 22. 1904; 32: 463. 1905.
124 JourNaL or tue Mirenern Socitery [September
at two places about a mile apart near Americus, Georgia, I found
a few specimens corresponding very well with that illustration (which
happened to come into my possession in the former year). SS. rubra
and S. Drummondw were growing close by in both places, but the
nearest known station for S. flava was (and is) over twenty-five miles
away, which made me doubt the possibility of that’s being one of the
parents, or of my plant being a hybrid at all. The flowers were un-
known to me, as they were to Pitcher & Manda. In 1903* I reterred
it to the problematical (and likewise flowerless) S. Catesbaet, but
Professor Macfarlane’s investigations of that plant, published in
1907, showed that I was mistaken. In June, 1906, I found some very
similar plants (illustrated herewith) about three miles east of Geneva,
Alabama, in company with S. Drummondii, though here again there
was no S. flava (nor S. rubra) insight. But in the meanwhile Profes-
sor Macfarlane in 1905 had found plants whose hybrid origin was evi-
dent near Bay Minette, Alabama.
The occurrence of this plant remote from one of its supposed
parents is somewhat of a puzzle. Whether S. flava had once grown
nearer by and its hybrid progeny had maintained itself independently
for a long period, or the pollen can be carried by insects much farther
than we realize, or the supposed hybrid is really a mutation or a valid
species, remains to be proved.
One compound natural hybrid has been reperted by Professor Mae-
farlane, who has found near Ponce de Leon, Florida, what appears to
be S. purpurea x flava crossed again with S. flava. The artificial
hybrids that have no known wild counterparts need not be discussed
here, as they are known only in European greenhouses and have no
status as American plants.
The known distribution of the species of Sarracenia in the United
States may be summed up by States as follows: East of the Great
Plains and north of the Ohio and Potomac rivers S. purpurea is found
in every State, with no other species of the genus. In West
Virginia, Kentucky, and Tennessee apparently no pitcher-plant has
been seen by any botanist now living, though S. purpurea has been
*Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 30: 333-335. 1903.
1918 | Tur American Prreuer-PLANnts 125
reported more or less indefinitely from the last two. In Virginia
only S. flava is certainly known (and that is scarce), but there are
vague references to S. purpurea in the literature. (In the remaining
States the species will be listed as nearly as possible in order of
abundance. ) ;
North Carolina has four species: flava, purpurea, minor, and
rubra; and one hybrid, 8S. purpurea x flava.
South Carolina has the same, probably in the same order of abund-
ance, with S. minor x flava added.
Georgia has six good species, flava, minor, psittacina, Drummondii,
rubra, and purpurea, possibly also the subspecies S. flava oreophila,
two unmistakable hybrids, psittacina x minor and minor x flava,
and what appears to be S. flava x Drwmmondic.
Florida has the same true species as Georgia, but in a different
order, about as follows: minor, psittacina, Drummond, flava, pur-
purea, rubra. Also two simple hybrids, purpurea x flava and pur-
purea x Drummondii, and what appears to be a compound hybrid.
Alabama has six species, Drummondii, purpurea, Sledget, flava,
psittacina, and rubra, one subspecies, flava oreophila, and three
hybrids, purpurea x flava, purpurea x Drummondii, and flava x
Drummondii.
Mississippi has Sledget and psittacina, and possibly also purpurea,
rubra, and Drummondii at the extreme eastern edge of the State.
In Louisiana only Sledgei and psittacina are certainly known, and
in Texas only S. Sledge.
Naturally a great deal has been written about this interesting fam-
ily of plants, but the short notes, other than a few already cited in the
foregoing pages, are too numerous, and the longer papers mostly too
inaccessible, to be mentioned in a popular article like this. It must
be acknowledged here, however, that most of the facts above set forth
that are not based on personal experience are taken from Professor
Macefarlane’s writings, particularly his 39-page monograph of the
family in Engler’s Pflanzenreich, published in 1908. - That contains
references to the most important previous literature, some of which
T have also used.
COLLEGE POINT,
Lone ISLAND.
EXTENSION OF THE RANGE OF PRUNUS UMBELLATA
INTO NORTH CAROLINA
By J. S. Hotes
During a study of the forest conditions of Stanly and other south-
eastern Piedmont counties last summer (1917) I came across a species
of plum tree which I had not before seen. Having no books with me,
I sent a specimen to Dr. W. C. Coker of the State University and
he immediately identified it as Prunus umbellata.
The two species of plum common to North Carolina are Prunus
americana, the hog plum, and Prunus augustifolia, the chickasaw
plun. These two are generally distributed throughout the State,
though the former is more abundant in the upper districts and the
latter in the middle and lower districts.
The fruit of Prunus umbellata, known frequently as the sloe or
bullace plum, is much smaller than that of either of the above species.
It can hardly be classed as edible, being very sour and bitter ; however,
it is used to some extent in making jelly, probably mixed with the
larger and more palatable fruit of the other two species. The tree is
small, the largest one seen not exceeding six inches in diameter and
twenty-five feet in height; the twigs are slenderer and less stiff than
the chickasaw plum and the tree is hardly as tall or as large as the
hog plum, which it more nearly resembles. It occurs in old-field
pine stands and on the borders of fields and roadsides, usually in
rather dry situations in sandy or gravelly soil.
Its distribution in North Carolina as established by me during last
summer’s field season is confined to the Pee Dee River region, in the
counties of Anson, Stanly, Montgomery, and Richmond. It was most
common within a few miles of the river, though in Stanly County it
was seen twelve miles west of that river and in Montgomery County
sixteen to eighteen miles east of it. The locality where it seemed to
be most abundant was on the east side of Stone Mountain in Stanly
County, a short distance below the mouth of the Uharie River and
only a few miles south of its northern limit at Badin in the same
126
Exrrnston or Rance or Prunus UmMBeniata 12
county. As far as I could learn, it is not distinguished from the other
plums locally, all of them together being known as wild plums.
So far as I am aware, Prunus umbellata has not been known to
occur nearer to us than the coast of South Carolina, and Dr. Charles
S. Sargent of the Arnold Arboretum, probably our leading authority
on the distribution of trees in the United States, so records it in his
manual of the Trees of North America, published in 1905. In this
work he gives the distribution as follows: Sandy bottom lands and
along the borders of the forest of longleaf pine; South Carolina to
Mosquito Inlet, Florida, usually in the neighborhood of the coast,
and from Tampa Bay to western Louisiana and southern Arkansas.
In a letter recently received from Dr. Sargent he says:
“IT do not find in this herbarium any specimen from South Carolina, but it is
so common in the coast region of Georgia that I feel quite sure that it grows
in South Carolina. I have collected it near Augusta and we have Georgia
specimens from McIntosh County, Milam, Thomasville, Bainbridge, and
Albany.”
Dr. Small, in his Flora of the Southeastern United States, gives its
distribution as “about river swamps and hammocks, South Carolina,
Florida, Louisiana, and Arkansas.” Dr. Small distinguishes between
this species and Pruns injucunda, which oceurs in the granite-districts
of Georgia and Alabama, while Dr. Sargent makes the latter a variety
of the former. The difference seems to be largely in the amount of
pubescence; wmbellata having little or none, while injucunda has
pubescent twigs and the under side of the leaves are likewise pube-
seent. Trees with smooth thin leaves and others with quite pubescent
leaves were found growing fairly close together in the Pee Dee region,
and Dr. Sargent says in his letter to me that the species varies very
much in pubescence, there being many specimens in the herbarium
of the Arnold Arboretum which are more pubescent than those I sent
him.
128 JouRNAL oF THE Mircuery Society | September
Miss Alice Lounsberry, in her charming popular work on “South-
ern Wild Flowers and Trees” says of Prunus injucunda:
“Hardly is there a tree or shrub of more delicate and chaste beauty than
this wild plum when in full bloom and the tiny young leaves are just begin-
ning to show themselves.”
Of Prunus umbellata she says:
“It has a similar look to Prunus injucunda.”
Perhaps, then, this may prove to be a valuable addition to our orna-
mental trees, if not to our economie assets. Certainly in July when
the reddish purple fruit is hanging in abundance from the slender
twigs it is a very pretty sight. The fruit hangs on a long while and
the leaves remain on in the fall considerably longer than they do on
the chickasaw plum. The photo given in Plate 7 shows a tree 51%
inches in diameter (414 feet from the ground) and 20 feet in height.
This tree was in an old-field pine stand one mile west of Gibson’s Mill,
Richmond County, North Carolina. The picture was taken by the
author November 17, 1917.
In Dr. M. A. Curtis’ “Woody Plants of North Carolina,” pub-
lished in 1860, he gives, in addition to our two common plums, the
Sloe (P. spinosa Linn.?). He says:
“I have seen this only in Lincoln County, where it was pointed out to me by
Dr. Hunter, and called by the above name. As I have no notes upon this
small tree, I am now in uncertainty whether it be identical with the English
Sloe or Blackthorn, which is naturalized in some parts of the country, and is
considered by the best botanists to be the parent of the common cultivated
plum (P. domestica, Linn.).”
It is possible that this was an isolated specimen of P. wmbellata,
as the Lincoln County line is only about forty miles west of its known
range in Stanly County, but neither this nor the Blackthorn, so far
as I know, has been otherwise reported from North Carolina. The
two trees are not much alike—the European Sloe or Blackthorn hay-
ing sharp stiff thorns and the twigs themselves are stiff and un-
yielding. It spreads by shoots from underground rootstocks, these
sprouts being used largely for making walking stick. The fruit is
black with a bloom and is “intensely austere and astringent.”
PLATE
a
“*
Penal
«
UM).
L
P
to by J. S. Holmes.
JOE OR BULLACE
(SI
LATA
PRUNUS UMBEI
‘
3
al ~
a
} « mn
- >.
S j
@
a
PLATE 8
—— Ee
'
OCKINGHAM om “ANCE Y VIL
eal WENT WORT a CASWELL
She i
pea
|
pices alee GUILE ORD (a we
py Ogpeenspon| °° pa
IREDELL
TATA SYILLD
PITTSBORG®
CHATHAM
'
1
Vrows O ASHEBORO!
ROWAN
O SONCORD f
ns] CABMRRAUS /,
aos. \
OTRor .
STANLE MbnTConenh CARTHA€R) INA
OORE H
OCHARLETTE
MECKLENBURG >~
ang
OR =
-——_
_-—-
DY She LTA ON
OF one
PRUNUS UMBELLATA V
NORTH CAROLINA
1917
1918] Extension oF Rance or Prunus UmMBetiata 129
The accompanying map shows by black rectangles the different
locations where Prunus umbellata was seen.
These occurrences (Pl. 8) may be deseribed brifly as follows:
Anson CouUNTY.
Morven Township, one mile south of Cairo.
Sranty Country.
Big Lick Township, three miles east of Oakboro.
Albemarle Township, one mile north of Jacobs Creek on River Road.
W. M. Kirk’s place east of Stone Mountain; and near Stony Mountain
School.
Harris Township, one-half mile south of Badin.
MontTGoMERY CoUNTY.
Rock Springs Township, near Harrisville.
RicHMOND COUNTY.
Steeles Township, Concord Church.
Rockingham Township, Zion Church and one mile south of Dockery’s Store.
Beaver Dam Township, one mile west of Gibson’s Mill, and near Beaver
Dam Church.
CHAPEL Hitt, N. C.
ADDITIONS TO THE ARBORESCENT FLORA OF
NORTH CAROLINA
By W. W. ASHE
It was not intended by the authors* of the “Trees of North Caro-
lina” to include all the trees in the State, since it is stated in the in-
troduction that a number of others might be added. It might be well,
however, to add to this already very full enumeration such others as
are known to occur that the list may be as complete as possible. The
addenda, omitting any hawthorns or semi-shrubs and allowing for the
elimination of two from the original list by treating them as varieties,
increases the number of species to 180 in place of 166. If to these
are added the large number of smaller trees and semi-shrubs, includ-
ing the arborescent hawthorns, the number nearly reaches 240, and
with the inclusion of some of the best marked varieties exceeds 260.
It is believed that even this total is incomplete, and that fuller investi-
gations will further augment it, for many portions of the State have
never yet been carefully explored.
Satrx piscoror Muehl.
ae
15
PLATE
NDRIUM BUXTIFOLIUM.
Brunswick County, N.
.
Cc.
rs
\
PLATE 16
DENDRIUM BUXIFOLIUM (reduced). Photo by W. C. @.
Brunswick County, N. C.
1918] A Visir to Smita Istanp 1153
The larger fungi were hardly appearing as yet, but Mavolus arcu-
larius was abundant on wood, and in the pure sand of an exposed
dune we found a good plant of the mushroom Volvaria speciosa. As
was to be expected, the Volvaria differed from the inland form in
some respects, particularly in the larger spores. Although we found
no species of the apple group, a few typical galls of the apple-cedar
rust (Gymnosporangium macropus) were found on the cedar. The
spores were probably blown from the mainland several miles away.
JT shall not refer here at any length to our observations on the flora
of the mainland during this trip, but must include photographs of the
very interesting and beautiful little shrub, Dendrium buxifolium,
which is closely related to the heathers of Europe. This little plant
is very local in its distribution and is one of three species of the east-
ern United States, one of the other two occurring only on the tops of
the highest mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee, the other, a
species recently (1901) recognized by Dr. Small, is from Table
Mountains and a few similar heights in North Carolina and South
Carolina. The coastal plant has been reported from the coastal plain
of New Jersey to Florida, but seems to have been rarely collected
south of New Jersey, as Dr. Small, who has recently monographed
the Hricaceae, says (N. Am. Flora 29: 39. 1914) that he has seen
no specimens from south of New Jersey.* Along the railroad and the
highway from Wilmington to Southport the Dendrium is very abund-
ant and grows in close-set colonies over large areas, sometimes as
much as an acre in extent. In Plate 15 is shown such a colony in
full bloom, and in Plate 16 a single plant. The soil where it grows
is sandy and poor and intermediate in elevation and water content
between the lower flats (where grow Azalea atlanticat and Venus’
fly-trap) and the more dry and elevated areas.
While on Smith Island as well as on the return trip to Wilmington
by earth road we secured living specimens of many shrubs and a few
vines and trees for planting in the University Arboretum.
CHAPEL Hirt, N. C.
*We also have good specimens from Springville, Darlington County, South Carolina.
7An illustrated account of this newly described species will be given in a future number of
this Journal.
REVIEW
Professor E. W. Gudger has recently published A Primer of House-
hold Biology* of decided merit. The book has been reviewed by Dr.
James J. Wolfe, of Trinity College—this review having appeared in
a folder from the State Normal College. To give this review a wider
circulation I take pleasure in reprinting it below. I can heartily
recommend the book for use as a text in biology in high schools, and
believe it is particularly suitable for girls as a preparation for more
intelligent conduct of the home. As indicating still further the cor-
dial reception Dr. Gudger’s Primer has received, I quote from a letter
to Dr. Gudger from Dr. W. T. Sedgwick, of the Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology, who is a biologist of the highest reputation.
WG. Gz
Dr. Sedgwick says:
“At last I have got around to looking over rather carefully your Primer of
Household Biology, upon the appearance of which I hasten to congratulate you.
“You have undoubtedly done a good thing—in the first place in drawing
attention to the subject and the need of household biology. We have long had.
household economics, household sanitation, and household bacteriology, and it
was high time that we had a household biology.
“Your choice of forms and your treatment in each case seems to me thor-
oughly scientific and yet practical, and you have made the book a real
Biology.”
The review by Dr. Wolfe follows:
“A book now issued as a bulletin and modestly styled primer by its
author, represents a new departure in the teaching of Biology in this
country. Here for the first time so far as the writer knows, have the
facts of this science with a bearing on household efficiency been mar-
shaled with a view to welding them into an organized body of knowl-
edge. Twelve years spent in teaching this subject to young women
has peculiarly well fitted Dr. Gudger to choose wisely the materials
best adapted to this purpose.
“The laboratory work embraces the study of only five types of liv-
ing things, viz., a green alga, yeast, amoeba, bacteria, and molds. The
*A Primer of Household Biology by E. W. Gudger, Ph.D. Bull. N. C. State Norm. and
Ind. Col., Vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 3-103, Sept. 1917. For sale by the College, price 55 cents.
154
Review 155
study of types is thus reduced to its lowest terms. Nevertheless, so
skillfully and thoroughly are the details derived from these several
sourees interwoven and tied together that aside from problems of
evolution and classification most of the great principles of Biology
are well presented. For example, upon the study of a simple, single-
celled plant, including experimentation and microscopic examination,
is based the fundamental biological concept that in the last analysis
the world’s supply is dependent absolutely and completely upon the
green material of plants. Likewise a single simple animal is used to
establish the equally important generality that animals are primarily
transformers and liberators of the energy stored by green plants.
The limits of this review would hardly permit an epitome of the treat-
ment devoted severally to the yeasts, bacteria, and molds. Suffice it to
say that they are handled adequately, clearly, and forcefully, both as
to their beneficial and their baneful activities. No person, especially
a woman, who puts into practice the information contained in this
book can fail to live a healthier, happier, and more efficient life her-
self, and to contribute immeasurably to the well-being of those depend-
ent upon her ability to make a well-ordered home.
“Tt is difficult better to express briefly the contribution of the book
than to quote its purpose as stated by the author—‘to do two things
for the students who use it: to give them a sound scientific conception
of some of the great fundamental principles of Biology and to drive
home to them such a practical knowledge of certain most important
living things as will enable them to live healthier and happier lives,’
and then to say that in the judgment -of the reviewer, and in the slang
of the day, he has made good.
“Tt is a real pleasure to chronicle the appearance of a practical book
of such excellence from a neighbor institution, and to say that, in the
opinion of the writer, the inclusion of a course in Biology such as is
here worked out would contribute strength and depth to any serious
study of domestic economy.”
‘
PLATE 1
HYDNELLUM CAROLINIANUM No. 1243 (Above)
HYDNELLUM ZONATUM. No. 1238 (Below)
JOURNAL
OF THE
Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society
Volume XXXIV
No. 4
MARCH, 1919
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS OF ZIRCONIUM AND ITS
COMPOUNDS
By F. P. VENABLE
SHETIGUS The earliest use made of a compound of zirconium
STONES was that of the natural silicate as a precious stone.
It was known under the names zircon, jargon, and
hyacinth, and in early times was also supposed to have medicinal
value. The use of the name hyacinth among the ancients was con-
fusing as, besides the zircon, it sometimes meant the carbuncle and
also a dark amethyst. The zircon, known by lapidaries commonly as
the Ceylon zircon or jargon, was regarded as distinct from the hya-
einth and was usually colored fire-red, yellow, yellowish-green or
gray. The hyacinth was distinguished as oriental hyacinth. Its color
was deep red with a touch of brown or sometimes of orange red. Zir-
cons show a great variety of colors from colorless to red, brown, yel-
low, green, gray, white, pink, and blue, besides intermediate tints.
They may be translucent, but ordinarily are opaque.
On account of its hardness (7.5) the zircon is cut with diamond
powder or emery. It is cut in the rose, table, or brilliant form. The
value depends chiefly upon the purity of the color. On account of its
lustre and hardness it has been substituted for the diamond. Indeed,
at one time it was supposed to be an inferior variety of diamond. It
has been used in jeweling watches and as supports for the knife edges
ft
Or
(oa)
JourNAL OF THE MircuE ty. Socrery [March
of fine balances. There is little demand for it at present in jewelry
except in the case of fine crystals of pure color. At one time it was
supposed to be peculiarly appropriate and was much used in mourn-
ing jewelry. Artificial zircons have been more or less successfully
produced.
axynioRceen The brillancy of the light given off by zirconia
LIGHT in the oxv-hydrogen flame was first observed by
Hare in 1820 in his effort to fuse it. After the
development of the Drummond or lime light it was suggested that
zirconia be used as a substitute for the lime, offering the advantages
of slight absorbing power for carbon dioxide or water. In 1868 du
Motay used it in one of the lamps lighting the Tuileries. Napoleon
III was so pleased with the result that he ordered its installation in
all of the lamps illuminating the court and gardens. The zirconia
light attracted much attention on the part of inventors and others.
On account of the purity of the light and the high emissive power of
the zirconia it was recommended for scientific use, as in polariscopes,
spectroscopes, ete., but this more especially refers to the next form.
With the introduction of the Welsbach mantles
interest in the Drummond light diminished. The
first incandescent mantles made by Welsbach in 1880 consisted essen-
tially of zirconia. Later this was largely substituted by the oxides
GAS MANTLES
of thorium and cerium which have a higher emissive power. Zirconia
is used in admixture with these and other rare earths.
INGANDESE GHEE A number of attempts have been made to use
LIGHT metallic zirconium in the form of filaments in in-
candescent electric lamps. Its electrical condue-
tivity and high fusing point should render it quite suitable for this
purpose. Korolkow has made an examination of the electrical resist-
ance, emissive power, and expansion coefficient of zirconium filaments,
but such determinations are considerably affected by the presence of
even small amounts of impurities. One difficulty which has to be met
is the preparation of pure zirconium on a commercial scale and at a
reasonable cost. Most of the experiments with zirconium filaments
have been carried out with the more or less impure metal, sometimes
associated with the carbide which itself has been said to be unsuitable
1919 | InpustriaLt AppLications or Zirconium 159
for the purpose. The properties of zirconium seem to favor its use
as a substitute for tungsten should the difficulties in the way of its
commercial production be overcome, and its abundance and wide dis-
tribution would speedily make it replace the more costly metal. A
number of patents have been taken out bearing on the manufacture
of the filaments. . The use of zirconium hydroxide has been patented
for the lining of shells, presumably as containers for gas-forming
liquids or solids which might be affected by contact with steel. Ac-
cording to Meyer, investigators who have succeeded in producing
malleable zirconium state that it has remarkable properties which
fit it for use in the chemical laboratory as a substitute for platinum.
So far nothing has been published on this subject.
ee ion A patent has been granted for the use of ores con-
OF GOLD taining zirconium in extracting gold, platinum, and
other noble metals from their ores. The suppo-
sition is that zirconium in the metallic state is the active agent.
HON There is another patent for the use of zirconium,
OF METALS its alloys with magnesium or aluminum, its carbide
or phosphide as a means of reducing other metals
or forming alloys with them. The reaction is said to be exothermic,
and hence proceeds from its own heat after starting. .
aciors Various alloys of zirconium have been formed.
The ferro and nickel alloys promise the greater
usefulness. Bronzes have also been made. Cobalt, aluminum and
magnesium alloys have been placed on the market. Ferro-zirconium
has been recommended in steel manufacture for removing oxygen
and nitrogen. It has been offered commercially, containing 40 tu 90
per cent of zirconium. Small percentages of titanium have also been
introduced.
Tt is claimed that these alloys are not subject to oxidation and are
very resistant to chemical reagents. The alloys have a metallic lustre,
and some of them take a silvery steel-like polish. They are readily
malleable and may find a use as filaments for incandescent lamps.
Such filaments are claimed to have the power of selective radiations;
in other words, emit more light than corresponds to the temperature at
which they are heated by the electric current. This implies a con-
160 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELt Society [March
siderably lower wattage per candle-power than is now required by the
average metal filament lamp. Analysis of one such alloy shows zir-
conium, 65 per cent; iron, 26 per cent; titanium, 0.12 per cent; and
aluminum, 7.7 per cent. These alloys are produced by reduction
with finely divided aluminum together with the mixed oxides of iron,
titanium, or whatever metal it is desired to, introduce with the alloy.
Or they may be produced by heating the mixed oxides in a graphite
crucible in an electric furnace using either zircon or zirkelite as a
source of zirconium.
For use as a scavenger in casting steel a 20 per cent ferro-zirconium
is recommended in an amount equal to 1 per cent of the weight of
steel treated.
i eee Mixed with good conductors zirconia is said to
ELECTRODES improve furnace electrodes. On account of its low
conductivity for both heat and electricity it can
also serve as an insulating material. It is further used to replace
thorium nitrate for coating the iridium bar and preventing the loss of
iridium in the Heraeus furnace.
The oxide, zirconia, possesses physical and chemical properties
which make it available for a variety of industrial uses. Among these
properties are its high melting point and its low heat conductivity.
On account of its low coefficient of expansion it withstands sudden
changes of temperature. Its porosity is low so that it is practically
impervious to liquids. It is inactive toward most chemicals and
scarcely attacked by strong acids or alkaline fusion mixtures. It does
not, however, resist the action of hydrofluoric acid and fluorides.
Fused bisulphates also act upon it to some extent. It is therefore
quite stable in the presence of most fluxes and slags.
As binding material various organic substances, as starch, organic
acids, glycerin, tar, ete., have been recommended; also magnesia,
phosphates, and borates. Since the native zirconia from Brazil is
reasonably pure, it may be used direct with no other than mechanical
treatment. Native zirconia begins to fuse at 1,800° C. For use
in laboratories and chemical manufacture it is first purified. The
chief impurities to be removed are iron, titanium, and silicon.
1919 | Inpustrran Appiicatrrions oF ZirconiuM 161
Working tests show that it has much greater life duration as a
lining for furnaces than other refractories. In Germany, experiments
were carried out in a closed-hearth steel furnace, and it was found
that the zirconia lining was good for eight months use without re-
newal. This is several times longer than the usual life. Because of
the low thermal conductivity the thickness of the lining could be re-
duced one-half, a two-inch lining being equal to four inches of cha-
motte. Furthermore, there was a saving of one-half in maintenance
costs. In casting molds it shows a high resistance to steel, copper,
brass, and bronzes.
It may be used as a protective coating for ordinary fire brick ex-
posed to the action of acids or slags. In such cases sodium silicate
serves as a binding material, also air-slaked lime may be added. If
it is desirable to increase the porosity and decrease the density, organic
substances or volatile salts may be added and burned out in the firing.
It is, of course, detrimental to use a binder which may cause softening
at comparatively low temperatures.
As a refractory it has also been used in making crucibles, mufiles,
pyrometer tubes, and for a variety of chemical ware. Combustion
tubes made of it are said to be gas-tight up to 1,000° C. Crucibles
and combustion tubes of zirconia have been used in the research lab-
oratory of the Royal Berlin Porcelain factory, as they possess great
strength and also conduct electricity. They withstand high tempera-
tures and sudden changes. Zireonia crucibles have been used for
determining the melting points of pure iron, tungsten alloys, and
platinum. Such ware can be plunged in water while red hot without
injury.
ees Zirconia is also used as an opacifying agent in
enamels and a clouding agent in glass as a sub-
stitute for the costly stannic oxide and the poisonous compounds of
antimony and arsenic. For this purpose it should be quite free from
iron, and a number of processes have been worked out and patented.
The increasing demand for tin for other purposes and the limited
supply may render this substitution necessary. According to some
authorities the zirconia has less covering power than stannic oxide.
For cheaper ware native zirconia may be used, or ground zireon which
162 JoURNAL OF THE MitcHEett Socrety [ March
has been treated with hydrochloric acid, then caustic soda, and lastly
leached with acidulated water. This would only partially remove
the iron present.
ease The use of zirconia as a clouding agent for glass
has been mentioned above. A thorough compari-
son with stannic oxide in this application apparently has not been
worked out.
The addition of a small amount of zirconia to vitreosil or silica
glass is said to increase the tensile strength and resistance to bending
or breaking, and to diminish the tendency to devitrification. The
temperature at which the ware softens is practically unchanged. The
appearance is not improved.
wet Zirconium salts, as the hydrated sulphate or the
INDUSTRY acetate, have been used as a weighting filler for silk.
The weight may be increased up to 50 per cent.
Stannic salts are ordinarily employed for this purpose.
Various zirconium compounds are also used as mordants in dyeing
and in the preparation of lac dyes. Zircon white is used as a pig-
ment, having good covering powers and being unaffected by chemical
agents. A patent has also been issued for the preparation of a zir-
conyl tannate.
Sevens The colloidal properties of the hydroxide have
HYDROXIDE been compared with those of other hydroxides and
its use suggested in the purification of water. Also
it may find a use as a substitute for sodium tungstate or stannate in
rendering cloth non-inflammable.
As “Kontrastin” it may be substituted for bis-
muthyl nitrate as a lining substance for the stom-
ach, ete., in X-ray observations and radiographs. It has the ad-
vantage of being non-poisonous.
MEDICINAL
The carbide has been recommended as a polish-
ABRASIVE ! ; i a
ing agent, abrasive, and for glass cutting.
CHLORINATING Willgerodt has suggested the use of the tetra-
AGENT chloride as a chlorinating agent.
CHAPEL Hit, N. C.
1919] Tue Hypnums or Nortu Caroiiya 163
THE HYDNUMS OF NORTH CAROLINA
By W. C. CoKER
Fungi with the hymenium borne on distinct spine-like teeth which
are typically terete and pointed, and hang vertically. Plant body
upright with a distinct stem and cap, or laterally sessile, or the teeth
attached to a resupinate stratum; texture varying from fleshy and
brittle to tough and pliable. Spores white to brown, smooth or tuber-
eulate or papillate or echinulate. Growing on earth, leaf mold, de-
eaying wood, or injured living trees. Many are edible and none are
known to be poisonous. With one exception, the plants here treated
include only such as belong to the genera Hydnum and Phaeodon in
the sense of Hennings (Engler and Prantl’s Pflanzenfamilien. Leip-
zich. 1900). The family Hydnaceae is now broken up into a large
number of genera, including many inconspicuous resupinate plants.
In some the teeth are mere knobs or papillz in others they are more
or less flattened or fused and vary towards the Polyporaceae. With
the exception of Hydnochaete, all such are here omitted. For special
studies of the genera here treated as well as of other smaller and less
conspicuous genera of the family, see the following papers by Dr.
H. J. Banker :*
A Preliminary Contribution to a Knowledge of the Hydnaceae. Bull. Torr.
B. C. 28:199. 1901.
A Contribution to a Revision of the North American Hydnaceae. Memoirs
Torr. B. C. 12: No. 2. 1906.
Type Studies of the Hydnaceae:
I. The Genus Manina. Mycologia 4:271. 1912.
Il. The Genus Steccherinum. Mycologia 4:309. 1912.
Ill. The Genus Sarcodon. Mycologia §:12. 1913.
IV. The Genus Phellodon. Mycologia 5:62. 1913.
V. The Genus Hydnellum. Mycologia 5:194. 1913.
VI. The Genera Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloiodon, Hydnodon.
Mycologia 5:293. 1913.
VII. The Genera Asterodon and Hydnochaete. Mycologia 6:231. 1914.
Also see The Genus Radulum, by C. G. Lloyd. Cincinnati. May, 1917.
*Dr. Banker has with great kindness and patience looked over a considerable number of
my collections, and I take pleasure in acknowledging his very helpful advice. As I have not
always followed his opinion, he must not be thought responsible for any of the errors.
The two plates in color are from paintings by my niece, Gladys Coker; the photographs
are all by me except that of Phellodon alboniger which is by Beardslee. All are natural size
unless otherwise indicated. The spore drawings are all by me,*with a magnification of 2160.
They have been inked in by several members of the laboratory staff.
164 JOURNAL OF THE MircuE ti Socrery [ March
Kery To THE GENERA
Plants with a distinct cap and more or less central
stem; texture fleshy, brittle; growing on the
EVO UT Mie hirayara canara’. le Sexi, a) Se repeveliem ie skal atotmtapee rs Hydnum (p. 166)
Plants without a distinct cap and stem; soft, fleshy;
growing on wood; tubereculate or _ intricately
TAN CHE) A's, Siero ca eee e cera eats etn ee erate aie Manina (p. 176)
Plants with a distinct cap which is laterally sessile or
stalked; texture tough, fibrous and dry; growing
OT) WOOT re ee ates esatcl Siteelle Ue, eR eRe Steccherinum (p. 178)
Plants with a stalk and cap; texture spongy or tough
(often spongy above and hard below); growing on
the ground.
Sporesiwartedeand vaneular..:<... ..< ee ca envelsaw els Hydnellum (p. 181)
Spores echinulate or papillate.................. Phellodon (p. 192)
Plants entirely resupinate, the teeth simple or
branched, usually flattened; color rusty-cinnamon;
texture Girm. and! tough... 20. 62 age. oe 0. Shoko eee Hydnochaete (p. 197)
Plant toughish-gelatinous, watery, translucent, broad-
ened and bent over at the top, the very small teeth
hanging fromthe UNGer jSides4). seers siesta Tremellodon*
In addition to the keys for species under each genus we give below
a general key for all the species that are here treated:
Key To att THE Specres Here Sruprept
Growing on wood.
Without a distinct cap, plants large, laterally at-
tached.
Solid and nearly simple, covered nearly all over
Wilt lame Ca SPLNOS:.-.. «ca \-isjoicve wietshansisistelateletelsianereas Manina cordiformis (1)
Repeatedly and delicately branched, covered all
OVeLaWith SHOLE SPINES ).... Hydnum roseolus (9)
Cap smooth, smoky olive when dry..... Hydnum fumosus (10)
Texture nearly homogeneous, tough, fibrous,
flexible when fresh; plants small, cinnamon
or chestnut brown when dry.
Margin pink or white when growing; dis-
tinetly zonate.
Margin usually pinkish when fresh,
spores brown, roughly tuberculate..Hydnellum zonatum (4)
Margin whitish when fresh, spores
white; ‘echinulate) :...).accmemetocteierne Phellodon tomen-
tosus (3)
Margin not pink or white, scarcely zo-
nate, center with rough asperities, sur-
face felted-tomentose ...........:.... Hydnellum scrobicu-
latum (3)
Texture homogeneous, half-fleshy, toughish;
plants rather large, color not as above....Hydnellum humi-
dum (T)
Texture distinctly duplex, a soft, spongy
outer layer and a firm, tough inner layer.
Hard core of stem and cap black; spores
1210 AAP ARE D css O56 Goloecine Phellodon alboniger (2)
Hard core of stem and cap not black;
spores brown.
Cap cinnamon brown or umber.
Cap) convex or planesae seer eae. Hydnellum veluti-
num (2)
Cap depressed to infuadibuliform.Hydnellum Nuttallii*
Cap buff or tan.
Plant heavy and compact......... Hydnellum ferru-
gipes (6)
Plant light and slender........... Hydnellum carolin-
ianum (7)
*See foot-note, page 183.
166 JOURNAL OF THE MireHEtt Society [ March
Genus Hypnem
Plants with a cap and stem; fleshy; smooth, or sealy; growing on
the ground. This includes also the genus Sareodon, as treated by
Banker.
Ky To THE SPEC=ES.
Cap scaly, stem tapering to a small root.
Base? Of “stem sWiiteRee osc-50.c cide csc ee Me ee H. Underwoodii. (6)
and H. Murrillii (8)
Base .of stemereenisnts cara sieve o.csveiertiels dale CREE H. fuligineo-viola-
: ceum (7)
Cap Sealy =jstem| nomasiapove.....a+ July 27, 1914. Photos.
On rotting wood by branch above Meeting of the Waters, September
21, 1914. :
On rotting wood in three clumps, two below Strowd’s Spring, the other
above Durham bridge, June 23, 1915.
On stump by street near Dr. Herty’s, November, 1915.
On a deciduous log, swamp of New Hope Creek, below Durham bridge,
June 24, 1916.
On rotting wood near mouth of Tenny’s Ravine, June 29, 1916.
Middle and upper districts, on sticks. Curtis.
Genus HypNeLuumM.
ate. Growing on the ground. The genus cannot be distinguished
Phellodon, except by the spores, and this is by no means easy
ev on for experienced students.
Key To THE SPECIES.
. thin, homogeneous, tough and flexible when
1; plants small to medium.
ip strongly zonate, thin, margin pale and often
j CURGEALD 2.2.66 ea RRR eICtCnEeeeie cetonences ....H. zonatum (4)
Cap scarcely zonate, less thin, margin not
TINUE 2. once ROS DOD COB SR DEES Abo Aare enans H. scrobiculatum (3)
rather thin, homogeneous, fleshy-tough and
Mrecepiants usually large.....0....00-+002-5 0s H. humidum (8)
ick and of two textures, soft and spongy above,
l below.
olor a deep orange-salmon, at least on younger
Tee y avo la onc a) «(ci oj ci'a)'s) (cle 0/siajalsis «, 0) ssoisie H. floriforme (5)
Taste peppery, odor of fenugreek............. HA. diabolus (1)
Taste not peppery.
Cap creamy buff, the center becoming brown.
Plant compact and heavy................. H. ferrugipes (6)
Seeeianilieht and slender...............- . .H. carolinianum (7)
‘Cap cinnamon brown, plane or convex, the
Margin pale when growing............... H. velutinum (2)
_ Cap grayish umber, depressed or infundibuli-
ODUTE >>cood06 pose ep COO DOSER DODOo a operes H. Nuttallii*
182 JourNAL OF THE MircHEertt Soctery [March
1. Hydnellum diabolus Banker
Prares 14, 15, anp 28.
Plants short and stout, gregarious and often confluent. Rather
common on ground in pine woods, particularly in autumn.
Caps up to 15 em. broad, flat, sometimes nearly smooth, but usually
with low waves and protuberances, and irregular on the margin; soft
and minutely tomentose-felted all over. Color a pretty, light salmon-
flesh tint when young and fresh, or often nearly pure white on mar-
gin, changing from center outward to a vinaceous-rust éolor (almost
sorghum brown of Ridgway) with blackish stains where rubbed,
particularly on the margin, in age becoming a deep sordid brown
from center outwards. Flesh thick in center, distinctly zonate, blunt
on margin, about color of cap but when quite fresh turning blackish
instantly when cut; quite soft near the upper surface, and gradually
getting firmer towards the spines. The watery juice of our plants is
not reddish but colorless, but Underwood found plants of H. diabolus.
in Alabama with very red juice, and the species is deseribed by Banker
as having a red juice, but Banker now considers the juice color as of
little or no taxonomic importance (see Mycologia 5:197. 1913).
The odor is pleasant and aromatic (fenugreek) when fresh, but this
often disappears in drying. Taste quite peppery. All parts of the
plant tend to become blackish when bruised.
Spines very short near the margin, 4.5 mm. long near the stem,
somewhat decurrent, color of cap on margin, turning through light
vinaceous salmon to russet vinaceous then sorghum brown and finally
to a deep chestnut brown.
Stem short, stout, irregular and dropsical in appearance, deep
russet brown even when young, 1.5-2.5 em. long and often as thick
as long, flesh at upper end like that of cap, becoming harder and darker
at bottom. No distinet superficial layer, but the surface is soft, the
flesh gradually hardening inwards. The texture of the plant is much
like that of P. amicus, except that the soft surface layer is not so dis-
tinct from the firmer inner part as in that species.
=
5
Z.
Ss
PLATE 15
HYDNELLUM DIABOLUS. No. 1951
a%
hoe
™
1919 | Tur Hypnums or Norra Caroriya 183
Spores (of No. 1341) light vinaceous brown; roughly spherical to
elliptic, strongly angular, a large oil drop, 3.7-4.3x 4-5. For the
original description of this species see Mycologia 6:194. 1915.
1341. In pine woods by path leading to Meeting of the Waters from road
east of cemetery, October 14, 1914. :
1869. Growing in Battle’s Park, near branch, in pine woods, September
22, 1915.
1951. Under Pinus inops on hillside north of King’s milldam, October 31,
1915. Photo. Exactly like 1341. Odor of fenugreek, taste strongly
peppery. One plant 15 cm. in diameter.
1968. Growing in pines by a woods road near Mason farm, November 7, 1915.
2. Hydnellum velutinum Fr.*
Hydnum spongiosipes Pk.
Prarus 16 anv 28.
Cap about 3-7.5 em. broad, often confluent with others, convex or
plane, or often slightly depressed in center, usually irregular in shape
with the surface more or less grooved, pitted and complicated by
eruptions, but without the rough and harshly complicated centers of
H. scrobiculatum, without zones or with a few faint zones of shades;
surface finely tomentose, plush-like when young and also in age unless
too much wet or handled; color after maturity cinnamon brown all
over with a lighter sheen from the surface tomentum when quite fresh,
blackish-brown when bruised, the margin not lighter except when
wet; when quite young the cap tomentum is nearly white, and the
margin remains whitish (very light fleshy-brown) as long as it is
growing, the older central part soon becoming dark. Flesh of two
textures, a soft spongy upper layer about 1-6 mm. thick, colored like
the surface, and a thin, darker, tough, and much harder lower layer ;
when fresh the flesh is full of a clear watery juice which in our plants
is not at all pink; taste and odor not strong, hardly disagreeable,
somewhat like rotting wood, when young and fresh faintly like ripe
cucumbers, no fenugreek or pig-pen odor.
*HYDNELLUM NuTTALuir Banker.
A plant collected by Atkinson in the mountains of North Carolina is referred to this species
by Banker, who says that it “differs in some respects from the type but in characters that
seem to be accounted for by the fact that the plant was old and dead when collected.’ We
have not seen the plant, but the species is said to differ from H. velutinum “in the form of
the pileus, in the subrugose not tomentose surface, and in the long capillary teeth.” For the
full description, see Memoirs Torr. Bot. Club 12, No. 2:155. 1906.
184 JouRNAL OF THE MitcHett Society [ March
Spines sharp, slender, rather crowded, about 3 mm. long, shorter
at stem and fading away towards the sterile margin, slightly decur-
rent, light brown on the margin, deep cinnamon brown elsewhere,
darker when bruised; when still growing the marginal ones are the
color of the cap margin.
Stem central, short or of moderate length, 1.43.5 em. long, 8-13
mm. thick at cap, much thickened below by an irregular surface mass
of spongy tissue which surrounds and binds surrounding trash, and is
often confluent with adjoining plants ; surface colored like the cap and
of the same plush-like tomentum; flesh hard inside, soft and spongy
towards the surface.
Spores (of No. 2401) brown, roughly globose and tuberculate,
4-64. See drawing.
These are thought by Banker to be the same as H. velutinum Fr.,
and after careful examination of a plant from Italy (Bresadola) in
the New York Botanical Garden I quite agree with him. The ap-
pearance is the same, and the spores are identical. See drawings.
1367. Mixed woods on hillside near branch, about 30 yards below Judge’s
Spring, October 14, 1914. Odor slight, woody.
1606. On ground among leaves under a hickory tree just north of Piney Pros-
pect. Spores subspherical, coarsely tuberculate, about 5-9-5 uy ex-
actly like the spores of 2401. This is much like H. diabolis except
that the taste is not peppery but slightly acid with a woody flavor,
juice watery.
2401. Low place in mixed pine and deciduous woods, near Meeting of the
Waters, July 20, 1916. Photo.
2412. Pine and deciduous woods near Battle’s Branch, July 22, 1916.
2424. Under pines mixed with oaks near the top of Lone Pine Hill, July
26, 1916. Spores subspherical, coarsely tuberculate, about Bu in
diameter, just like those of No. 2401.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Middle district, woods. Curtis.
3. Hydnellum scrobiculatum Fr.
Puate 28.
Plants growing on soil in woods, gregarious and often compound
by fusion, individuals about 3-8 em. wide, compound individuals
HYDNELLUM VELUT
1919] Tue Hypnums or Norru Canora 185
1etimes larger. Cap rather flat but irregular with pits, prolifera-
ns and asperities, at times with more or less distinct radiating
the center very rough like scoria with sharp points and pits,
ly velvety, tomentose or smoothish in places, with faint struc-
zones; color a uniform cinnamon brown, deeper brown when
_ Flesh usually thin, very tough and firm except for a very
iperficial felty layer, which tends to disappear in places; brittle
es sharp, slender and crowded, about 3-5 mm. long, short and
if away towards the sterile margin, at first ae and then a deep
color; somewhat decurrent.
m usually slender and short, up to 3 em. Faently about 2 cm.,
; surface about color of cap, covered svithn a thin layer of soft
tissue which surrounds and binds adjoining particles; center
d tough.
roughly globose, unevenly tuberculate, about 4-4.8 x 5¢ in
ies is most like H. zonatum, from which it is distinguished
icker and more rigid substance, by the nonzonate and
ugher cap, the center usually with sharp pits and prolifera-
e scoria. Our plants look just like Fries’ figs. (Plate 5) and
ral collections under this name at the New York Botanical
‘place in deciduous woods with scattered pines southeast of athletic
d, September 25, 1908.
lum zonatum (Batsch) Karst.
Prares 1, 17, 18, anv 28.
rrestrial, thin, pliable and toughish, gregarious and often
¢ in groups, what appears to be one cap from the surface
several stems. Cap up to 7.3 cm. wide, usually 3.5-6
plane, commonly somewhat depressed in center, some-
1 No. 1323, extremely rugged and complicated with the
led with deep pits and pointed projections; margin a, pretty,
186 JOURNAL OF THE MitcHELL Society [March
clear flesh-pink or onion-skin pink, darkening by distinct zones
through pinkish-cinnamon brown to deep Vandyke brown or pecan
brown in center; radiating ridges are usually rather distinct. Flesh
thin, firm, tough, homogeneous, but zoned, color of surface, about 3
mm. thick near center, very thin towards margin; taste and odor
woocly, or, in No. 1849, faintly like that of Mutinus. -
Stem usually short, 0.5-2 em. long, 4-6 mm. thick at top, much
stouter below, pinkish when young and then darkening like cap. Flesh
solid and same texture throughout, somewhat harder than the cap,
darker than the surface when young, of the same color when old.
Spines small, rather blunt, not fimbriated. From 1-2.5 em. long,
pinkish on the very edge, but soon becoming a deep rich brown like
the darkest parts of the cap.
Spores (of No. 1238) light smoky-purple, subspherical, coarsely
tubereulate, one large oil drop, 3.4-5 in diameter.
While our plants show the pink margin in most eases it is well to
note that this color may not be observable when the plants are col-
lected.
These plants would seem to be as easily referred to H. vespertilio .
as to 1. zonatum, except for the absence of the scabrous yellow dots
that Banker says are characteristic of that species (Mycologia 5:199.
1913). Perhaps the two species are not distinct. H. concrescens is
also very near if not the same.
297. Battle’s Park, by path near Dr. Battle’s house, September 21, 1908.
297a. On a bank near Howell’s Spring, October 23, 1911. Spores 3.5-4.5x
4-5.5 4. :
827. Mixed woods, Battle’s Park, September 238, 1913.
1238. Growing in rather sandy soil by branch 100 yards above the Meeting
of the Waters, September 21, 1914. Photo and painting.
1323. On ground near branch due east of Dr. Battle’s, deciduous woods with
a few scattered cedars, October 9, 1914. Photo.
1346. Woods east of graded school, October 15, 1914. Spores a smoky-purple
color, very irregular in shape with tubercles and angles, one oil
drop, 4.2-5y in diameter.
1849. By path along branch north of Meeting of Waters, September 15, 1915.
Odor distinct, not of fenugreek, but faintly like that of Mutinus
although not very disagreeable. Plants extremely thin, pliant, flesh
1 mm. thick, spines 1 mm. long.
67F8T ON “NOLVNOZ NWOTTANGAH
dT WLW Id
‘WOLYNOZ WOTIHANGAH
ULV Id
as
An
1919] _ Tue Hypnums or Nortu Carorina 187
5. Hydnellum floriforme (Schaeff.) Banker
Hydnum aurantiacum (Batsch) A. & S.
:
4 Prates 19, 20, anp 28.
Plants terrestrial, solid, firm and stocky, mostly very irregular,
_ with protuberances, cavities, channels and proliferations, often con-
fluent. Caps thick, passing gradually or rather abruptly downward
into the stout stems; 3-7 cm. wide, usually about 45 em.; surface
4 finely tomentose on unweathered parts; color a rich orange salmon
younger parts, deepening towards the center to a strong, deep rust
(ferruginous and cinnamon rufus—Ridgway). As the plant
the bright colors fade to a deep rusty brown, and then to almost
k as decay sets in. In drying, the lively colors of fresh plants
e well retained. Flesh of the cap duplex, the upper layer soft,
y (very friable when dry), rather thin, about 0.3-1 mm. thick,
lored like the surface; on exposure to rain becoming collapsed,
and scarcely obvious; lower layer also rather thin usually,
firm and elastic, a deep reddish brown with zones of yellowish
or the zones blackish; odor in drying faint, but distinct and
at. It is not at all like fenugreek, and remains undiminished
r years.
pines small and slender, only about 1.5 mm. long, greyish tan
ar the margin deepening to a rich reddish brown, and in age to a
ep brown.
: thick, short, very firm, subequal, about 0.7-1.3 em. thick,
somewhat enlarged below; surface undergoing the same
of color as the cap; no spongy outer layer; the firm, solid
s (of No. 1241) purplish brown, roughly spherical and
tubereulate, 3.8-4.2 x 4-5y.
‘plant is rather frequent in both pine and deciduous woods, -
ns to prefer pines. According to Fries it grows in pines and
odor. In general appearance this species is much like H.
latum except for the lively colors. For other figures of this
s see Gillet, Champ. d. Fr., Pl. 313 (78), and Schaeffer, Fung.
L 146. , fig. 4.
188 JoURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [March
1241. Among pine needles by path along Battle’s Brook, September 19, 1914.
Painting and photo.
1244. Among oak leaves in wooded pasture about one-half mile west of
graded school, September 22, 1914.
1847. Under pines, Battle’s Park, near second bridge above Indian Spring,
September 20, 1915.
Middle and upper districts, hillsides. Curtis.
6. Hydnellum ferrugipes n. sp.
Prates 21 snp 29.
Plant solid and heavy, of medium size, our specimens about 4.5-5.5
em. broad, the cap rather regular and only slightly lobed or compli-
cated, slightly to distinctly depressed in the center, the blunt margin
sterile and pale below; surface finely felted tomentose or on expan-
sion mostly smooth, even or more or less pitted, not zonate, color pale
buff or dull tan or mottled with deep brown on exposure, the growing
parts becoming blackish when rubbed. Flesh zonate towards the
margin, duplex but not so sharply contrasted as in H. velutinum, P.
amicus, ete., a rather thick, buffy upper layer of a firmly corky tex-.
ture, passing more or less abruptly into a hard and darker brown
layer below. Odor very faint, slightly musty, as is also the taste.
Spines up to 4 mm. long, not very slender, rather bluntly pointed
when fresh, sharper when dry; pale grayish at the margin, passing
through light to dark gray-brown, with a tint of salmon at times, and
then to deep brown, the tips pallid until age.
Stem short, about 2-3 em. long and 1-1.5 em. thick, rusty red, the
context consisting of a very hard and rather slender core of dark, dis-
tinctly longitudinal fibers, surrounded by a rather thick woody-corky
layer of more radiating fibers of a reddish brown or rust color, only the
surface of which is distinctly soft.
Spores (of No. 3201) subspherieal, smoky brown, papilliate-
warted, 4.6-5.64, some more elongated as 4.5 x 6.54.
_ Differs from H. floriforme in pale color, in thicker and more com-
pact flesh, in longer and stouter spines, in absence of a fragrance and
in the distinctly larger spores. Hydnellum complicatum Banker
differs in color and in the thinner cap and smaller spores. Shaeffer’s
ee ee
PLATE 19
HYDNELLUM FLORIFORME. No. 1241
ue
PEEL ON ‘HNUOMITHOTH WO TTANGAH
06 HLVW Id
PLATE 21
(right)
lat
No.
+
o
I
No.
Ss.
RUGIPE
RI
PHELLODON FE
4
nae
1919] Tue Hypnums or Nortu Carorrya 189
figures (Plate 146, figs. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6) which Persoon refers to his
H. compactum look much like our plants and I have seen no other
figures that do. Fries’ conception of H. compactum is not so different
from our plant it would seem, except that in the latter there has not
been noted any olivaceous tint to the cap or bluish mottling in the flesh.
Banker thinks that the H. compactum of Persoon is probably the same
as H. floriforme and not the plant now referred to the former species
by European botanists today.
3201. In sticks and leaves of deciduous woods, low place east of athletic
field, October 7, 1918. Photo. Type.
3211. Deciduous woods by Battle’s Branch, October 3, 1918. Photo with
No. 3201.
7. Hydnellum carolinianum n. sp.
Prates 1, 22, anv 29.
Individual plants 1.5-5 em. broad, the stems (in No. 1243) quite
distinet and not confluent, but often branching at top into two or sey-
eral crowded and more or less fused caps, or (in No. 1847) several
short-stalked caps may arise from a fused basal stratum which is
deeply rooted. Surface smooth, not ridged or scrobiculate, usually
convex, or the margin later becoming uplifted, closely felted-tomentose
in unweathered parts, the margin undulate and lobed. Color of fresh,
unweathered plants and growing margins of weathered ones a pale
creamy buff (between pale yellow orange and white—Ridgway),
which fades and deepens on exposure to rain to a sordid rusty brown
with a tint of chocolate, and then in age to nearly black. Flesh duplex,
the outer layer soft and spongy, buffy yellow and about 1-3 mm. thick;
the much harder lower layer usually thinner and a lighter grayish
brown color; odor almost none; no decided taste (not sour or
peppery). After exposure to rain the soft flesh collapses and hardens
like horn either in whole or in part, the horny, black layers being
separated by lighter zones.
Spines slender, short, reaching a length of about 2 mm., when
young whitish (nearly color of young cap at very margin), the main
length below the tips soon turning a dark rusty brown (natal-brown—
3
190 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [March
Ridgway). The brown can be seen showing through the white surface
view and gives the effect of grayish-brown to the spine surface. In
age the brown encroaches still more on the white tips, but for a long
time there is the effect of gray over brown. Finally the white fades
entirely away and the whole becomes a deep natal-brown (almost
chocolate brown).
Stem distinct, 3-4 em, long, 0.8-2 em. thick, irregular and dropsical
in appearance; surface colored like the deeper brown shades of the
old cap and spines, becoming blackish. Flesh composed of two dis-
tinct layers, a soft, spongy, water-soaked outer layer about 2-3 mm.
thick which grows around and catches the trash and leaves that touch
it, and a much firmer, sordid yellow-brown interior part which is
zoned with darker lines.
Spores purplish-brown, subspherical, roughly and irregularly
warted and angled, one large oil drop, 3.7-4.64 in diameter.
This plant seems to be the southern representative of H. suaveolens.
Dried plants of the two species are very similar except for the longer
stems and absence of bluish or lavender zones in the flesh of our plants.
However, I notice that dried plants of H. suaveolens often fail to show
any obvious blue or violet tint to the darker zones, and I find a plant
from Finland at the New York Botanical Garden (from Karsten)
that has as long a stem as ours and could scarcely be distinguished
from them, except for the dark purplish color of the stem surface and
flesh. I have no notes on the color of the mycelium of our plants, but
it could hardly be purple as that would have attracted my attention.
As H. suaveolens is considered as distinctly a northern plant, appears
to affect coniferous woods and is often quite large, it does not seem
possible to refer our plant to it.
Absence of peppery taste and habitat in oak woods easily distinguish
this species from H. diabolus. The plants are also smaller than that
species and have longer stems in proportion to size. It cannot be P.
alboniger as the black core is entirely lacking. It differs from H.
amicus in the absence of a fetid odor and in the warty and not spinu-
lose spores, which are also of a different color. From H. velutinum it
differs in the lighter color, different odor, smaller spores, and in the
fact that dried plants if put in a tumbler with enough water to cover
243
1
No
a
7.
<<
—
Zz
5
~
of?
JOURNAL
Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society
Volume XXXV OCTOBER, 1919 ; ( Nag os: Land 2
PROCEEDINGS OF THE EIGHTEENTH MEETING OF
THE NORTH CAROLINA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
HELD AT TRINITY COLLEGE, DURHAM, N. C., MAY
2 AND 3, 1919.
The executive committee met at 12:00 M. on Friday with the
following members present: President E. W. Gudger, Secretary
Bert Cunningham, and Dr. J. J. Wolfe. Prof. Z. P. Metealf was
made a member pro tem. The Secretary made a report on the
finances which appears at its proper place in the records. The report
on membership showed that at present there are 91 members, 8 of
whom are in the army. Four members have resigned. Fourteen
new members were elected, and these are included in the above total.
New members elected are as follows:
Awnprews, W. H., Assistant in Geology, University of North Caro-
‘lina.
Bryrorp, Raymonp, President of Guilford College.
Bynum, J. C., Instructor in Geology, University of North Caro-
lina.
Davis, H. T., Assistant in Geology, University of North Carolina.
Eneerton, F. N., Jr., Assistant Professor of Engineering, Trinity
College.
Hartey, C. C., Instructor in Physics, Trinity College.
Krausz, H. B., Farm Forestry Specialist, Raleigh, N. C.
Marxuam, Brackwerr, Medical Student, University of North
Carolina.
2 JouRNAL oF THE MrrcHeEtyi Sociery [ October
Perry, Miss Mary, Professor of Chemistry, State College for
Women.
Ruopes, L. B., Chemist, Raleigh.
SavitLe, THornpiKE, Associate Professor of Sanitary Engineer-
ing, University of North Carolina.
Suarrer, Miss BLancue E., Department Home Economies, State
College for Women.
SuerriLt, Miss Mary L., Associate in Chemistry, State College
for Women.
Vann, Miss Fannie E., Instructor Mathematics, Durham City
High School.
An invitation was extended and accepted to hold the next meeting
of the Academy at Wake Forest.
The executive committee then adjourned.
At 2:30 p. m. President Gudger called the Academy to order and
appointed the following committees: Auditing, Z. P. Metcalf, J. M.
Bell, R. N. Wilson; Resolutions, Collier Cobb, Miss Mary Sherrill,
R. W. Leiby; Nominating, H. V. Wilson, W. H. Pegram, C.°S.
Brimley.
The reading of papers was then begun and carried on until 5: 30
p.m. The Academy reconvened at 8:00 p. m. and were welcomed
to the college by President Few. This welcome was responded to
by President Gudger on behalf of the Academy. The Presidential
address was then given (see abstract below). At 9:30 p. m. the
Academy adjourned to the Faculty Club Room and became the guests
of the Faculty of Trinity College at a “get acquainted gathering”
called a Reception.
The Academy was called to order by the President at 9:00 a. m.
Saturday for the business session. The minutes of the last meeting
were read and approved. The Treasurer made his report which is
appended hereto. This had been audited and ordered printed.
The nominating committee reported and the following officers were
elected for the ensuing year:
President—A. H. Patterson, Professor of Physics, University of
North Carolina.
—
he elles caren a
oo
1919] PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 3
Vice-President—R. N. Wilson, Professor of Chemistry, Trinity
College.
Secretary-Treasurer—R. W. Leiby, Entomologist, Raleigh.
Executive Committee (additional members)—Z. P. Metcalf, H. B.
Arbuckle, Miss Mary Sherrill.
The Resolutions Committee reported, as follows:
” Resolved, That we, the members of the North Carolina Academy of Science,
express to the President and Faculty of Trinity College our hearty apprecia-
tion of their hospitality, extended to us on the occasion of the eighteenth
annual meeting of the Academy. Nothing could have been more delightful
than their arrangement for our social intercourse which has been stressed
here even more than at former meetings.
The Committee on High School Science reported that no meeting
had been held. This committee was reconstituted, by action of the
Academy, with Dr. E. W. Gudger as chairman, the other members
being the same, and continued. There was considerable discussion
over the question.
It was moved and carried that all members in the army should
be continued without the payment of dues for this year.
At 10:30 the joint meeting of the Chemists and Academy was held.
At 11:30 the Chemists withdrew for their special meeting, and
the Academy proceeded with the papers. Adjournment for dinner
was had at 1:00 p. m. and the Academy reconvened at 2:00
and proceeded with papers until 4:30. After this Mr. G. A. Rhea
demonstrated a motion picture machine, using a nitrogen lamp and
a noncombustible film. The Academy then adjourned sine die.
4 JouURNAL OF THE MirrcHEty Society [| October
Report or Berr CunnineHam, Treasurer, 1918-1919
RECEIPTS EXPENDITURES
Dr. E. W. Gudger, Treas....$ 188.97 Sees ae ee SS Sir $
DUOR Avs Caetiece wucseletaretererereveiore 68.00 Notices Re PS SS ee one
Savings acct. interest...... 1190 Sbetlenes ee apse cena
Clerical services ...........
Total) recelptse -errmicicre $ 208.27 EXPTess .. +--+ sees eee eee
Less expenditures ..... 13.10 $
Balance eis cetera Seo Deky, Barr) Corse sn aiNe
VOUTNAL fas... cies sec os stone $
RESOURCES IPROLTAMS © (skein eieierhete eet
Saving -acets ..ncsaeseeeee $ 131.30 Secretary’s fee ...........-
Checking @acctaar cece ates 63.22
Cashion) shard Seceericieiss creer -65 $
$ 195.17
OTHER RESoURCES ESTIMATED
Due from chemists........ $ 2.50
Stamps on hand (about)... 50
Dues unpaid (about)....... 28.00
Estimated resources....$ 226.17
Less outstanding bills.. 82.00
Estimated balance ..... $ 144.17
5.00
2.00
4.75
1.00
35
13.10
75.00
6.00
1.00
82.00
Following is the present membership. Those present at the meet-
ing are starred, those in the army are marked (a):
Arbuckle Ei arya latete rele veleere etelercieleteleias tiateteletel teistur el artete Davidson
PATIAME Wag Wis, Eds crereievolavstarcteks sfercieforerstexeter 68 Ae pee ne Ene eponeUaccocood Chapel Hill
Chjgih Vike sean 9a Bureau of Soils, Washington, D. C.
TINE AWA Chg 155 55555 Se Daas aaa ieae cis Chapel Hill
ONG, ERS MW Aas454 55655005 Jed Soe Do Bp poner pea sore onc Raleigh
*Cunningham, Bert............ Care Dept. Zool, Madison, Wis.
MNT OP ee ee awa eae a 0 4.v anid od ealsins asm Chapel Hill
DUSHIDD. Ibe iS) hea scae cocccuUT DC SOOO RCO S po auoroE West Raleigh
Doren ge WS 6 one Gc eer OC OO Cone Elsmere, Delaware
PAP RA AgNO OH oral nroyalntsyanotaselelekeievesatoisis)o1e\e\e\e\se!e}0i0/;050) = 6) ses —__—_——.
(7 nip (Gb 245.5 5445 JSP S Se ae a oeooion ae —
“SDUWTEERTITS (CE Wea eign sqnd0 dod ODDO DO DUOOUDn Urac i. Durham
*Wgerton, F. N., JT.... 22. e cece c cece eee e cece ee eeees Durham
hoard, (Ch NE -6s S55 5eess Ses OnO IA on Sore rene Lynchburg, Va.
J UPSUG), SS SEES See Ree ceo Ponce Coc cCoe cen cone aces -
J tridkee SAEs ocapscueS Seno ODOUnOe DoODOOoomonogs Greensboro
VIEL EWA (GS (CRB BAR aR ASS ce aD OCU DOO OOOO ICOn orci mOacia Durham
EU EWIGiE, (C2 \|-R Acs Spo ecceu en Spo U Donon DOr aonesoos Greensboro
EATRREROT cE Me © o.5:5 as ns, oin) «opel aval sietels, oie sis/e/eie/ale.e,o.= 3 Chapel Hill
(USITINTDDTL ASS Wes e Rn encup oo doUU De oOU DO Tomo Sooners ——— >
cE UiGs, davis coispepop oe po noocic Ge conc coo douiancan Chapel Hill
7 STRATOS, IDE IDEgs Sa 5n6opa app Oo DS OU a0 Co COnDCD ono door ————_-
Tibbing, Bb WA Been SsSpseseonbacccpescdocooc cD onavadE Raleigh
DOLD Tn MEL ESS SppoonadboooeooUor Rete ae ee cine a's Raleigh
PMNS SP hays bre GA aucim cw aislass s\sinaieia(@ wie cies emin eee) sie os Wake Forest
MARIO Day Plo a cinioini wm, nie) cie.wie vole lw) nleleisie)® ole 01s a0 55:0 Wake Forest
SUMIERVARVER MAW ccis|ataisiniolsios n'oie oo ciel slonie nile eleicins s%e sce sacs Raleigh
aa ES ET eo -vate Aicic cs ricis vine cine o's eis icielclelalec.cieaisas sos as Raleigh
MPEMEOTIONS | ile ciste cia aie siaie\sias eielsielelcelviciclele e'ele vc wes sscss es Raleigh
Pilaniknam: BIACK WELL < aj- 22. ccc elec cwrcceecsccs Chapel Hill
Mendenhall, Miss Gertrude W..........--+++e+++-- Greensboro
Uv averiit VAL EA Baap onioop DO ROU OTOdUr Booosomorn West Raleigh
Lidl Gh WhbbsaSe sdscc0es0dn Co CSD DaDccOonmeGE Wake Forest
a HET. TEL een ae apes oppo coomboo omc Chapel Hill
EDT, Ve LE ESScogoscuen abu Jone co Onno Sn OOD omarrs Durham
aE aes IMME IVIT ESS) IAT Vier, 310-0) cjelare ia wlclaisiciein ole cee ss sia sisie. Greensboro
aR ow lrscleraieen ciclolate, niciaiciwie sie[eieisisie o.0s 0s e's 0 elec Wake Forest
Ein. 4, Tk gsece sécbcesiec aban SOO ODOC OOS D AOA EOrES Chapel Hill
Se SramAECL TES MM WISHES Heo holcl cietat einis (clnia-o.n\o.e'o.cle jo oie 0 0.0.e\s oleieie' bieleie ole Raleigh
*Rhodes, L. B....... jooohyetcdone HB aAGsOO Oooo opOnUOE Raleigh
EMGAGE Cec ie ciate slciclslsteieistale nie oe een ee aise sles West Raleigh
Robinson, Miss Mary............-.cscecsnsesecees Greensboro
PSMA Me EP HOTTOY KO, fi. cc ccc clecc ccc ce case terececeres Chapel Hill
Shermar oTaNkliN, DT cc nw ccc cede cee ce sseseccesens Raleigh
Seymore, Miss Mary F.............2-2ceeseeeeceeeees Raleigh
*Shaffer, Miss Blanche H............-+2eeseeeeeee: Greensboro
SDtrh, th LDS 66 560055 S00e COs On oD DI DOS Dae Sr RDOrcninrin Raleigh
Lb) §
6 JouRNAL oF THE MitrcHeEty Socrery | October
*Sherrill: Miss, Maryn ricer ietelaicisyoietetevetaluicselstelulelstaietere Greensboro
Strong SMIsSi Corainvtetereictetersheterseletsieret Violivialsic c crermateus-stove.e) oietoseietn orate aeusloteronete el reneienae Pluteus
Gills sinuate (notched at stem) or almost free, or squarely attached
and with a slightly decurrent tooth in some cases (distinctly decur-
6
rent only in) Geptenia. formosa Var.) =e cies ocleisiee See eee renin cle
GHD S "GeECUTTent ee sco e es oie lee eeictele\e|seyeletetatale otal mhahete atciia late ieia betcha
Stem: fleshy™ toy “ADrOuUSs ye. cies hc cloie cele e oerciete at oternatenetetstes Entoloma
Stem with the texture of cartilage..................- Beeesccorc
Margin incurved ‘When! YOUNES cs. cercayorss c sistereyc chanel oleternronaenere Leptonia
Margin ‘straight even when young. ...6.. ences +s + scale ceiciee Nolanea .
Stem: fleshy “to: ADTOWS Hers a< chess cfovsto le eictalotereotolel sare etonerere eae Clitopilus
Stem! with the texture of cartilases oc. «os on elee ee ee eee Eccilia
Spores ochraceous, or rust color, or rusty-brown or dingy vinaceous-
brown; the gills more or less similarly colored at maturity. (Certain
species of Russula, a genus placed in the white spored group, have
decidedly ochraceous or yellow spores, but these may be distinguished
by the fragile-brittle texture due to the globular cells that make up
the flesh of the cap.)
Gills usually separating with ease from the cap, veined be-
tween, usually anastomosing or forking; cap margin always
IMTONEM 6 crewisjaiwra lave loNoneinjoleve a vola/alotskemetelatere srererateetor serie Peenatoe tate Pazillus
1919] CraTERELLus, CANTHARELLUs AND RELATED GENERA 27
PINS NOL aS ANOVes “Well ADSENE.)....... 0605505 cc owicleccieelee Plicaturella
PGMA NOLES ANOVES VEU PICSGNt.. sie 2 owes cca sis sees cle cc awesleciemac 2
2. Veil composed of cobweb hairs (arachnoid), often invisible in
a ae ae atta oe), winva)a)@ w= | ,a eaje 3, 6. o/s, (o.0,0le on Cortinarius
PINES GO CREO EWV UNI Ueto tet ctereictelatclets o/s cis's\e.0.0.c\sis's occ sce bisis ele sete eels mepanas 3
Pen IMME CCONULIG OF NGUG sn ielmmiainanjs\s'< o.« elvis s'est o.0.0 00 cles t aclace Crepidotus
+ SUED BRR! odes sagec4cic0 Sp SOS DOS CORO OROr See iI ee iene arate 4
Sema ATTRA LTT Xe E YE Po ee aleve ale ot nts sya¥or pave: 6 elalolcleis! sie o.oo o's eve.d.ae(s'e oe sie Pholiota
SE SIRRERMRAA LTT ONED LNT DUI P tet ela lei eterno ieiein is = (e\o 02 0°0,0,6,0/6-c,0.0,aeissa eicie oe oes es 5
5. Gills dissolving into a jelly or powder...................6. Bolbitius
SOREN ASS A OVE et te eee ciepaistctstera cle slajayevass /kie Sie. selec dco ne vejsccs ossineee 6
femeilinetren from the Stell. .cic.salsc coe c-.csss0csseceseseesss Pluteolus
| 6. Gills attached to the stem (adnate or adnexed)..................... 7
"Shin HGTHI Aa cttatcogapodiccAdCOcde DOD OGnCe each ai 8
“7. Stem RANA PATI OUISS Mays cectans (siwfateeiatwis.c eiere cteis ie slocige sis'as ese sscecedcner 10
| a. Gills usually notched at the stem (sinuate).............5...0.0ce00e0 9
) 8. Gills squarely attached (adnate) or decurrent............ Flammula
: HMER AY OI HUEOUS: OF SUKY* ~ «..1.- ie c.nc.cvicisic.s.c00.0 ces cea es eee Inocybe
ME SIRIE SENT MES CIC > oie) c/nc (cites cos Seiceie Cia ce cle eis ea eis ss bs ete e as Hebeloma
eT MERE TEETCNE Scrat. ic iorieie ls eleieclcie. cc eleein epic ole sis aéisas eee s Tuleoria
[mot represented]
PEER LE CTEL TONG. 5. 510 afa,cc-atolesc /esers stec olvelelb ec wjeterajeis/s we oie ee ees erciecs 11
11. Cap margin inrolled when young at least..................Naucoria
11. Cap margin straight even when young..................... Galerula
D. Spores dark-brown or brown with a tint of purple or deep smoky pur-
ple (nearly black); usually umber-brown (sepia) or purple-brown
in purplish chestnut.
1. Stem easily separating from the cap; ring present......... Agaricus
1. Stem not easily separating from the cap..................2 eee eeeee 2
PeMemresene, Tine Present. OF Wanting... 255... ee cece eee eee sees 3
PER ENV ATICING © << 5 0s c.cccccscwcc eee ccees Be2.0 360 BO ODED ORCA ee 4
SSRI a GISUITICE, TINS. ..c.5:<:2c1c «0,0 o's 0c oe oisjo ace e dees Stropharia
3. Stem usually without a ring; the veil hanging in tatters from the
cap margin or disappearing early. (In H. lachrymabundum a ring
Li TIVGIn TOWGRCIO MAS BGH ant OR A Got ROOTES CG IEE IC ric aaa Hypholoma
4. Stem toughish-cartilaginous, hollow; margin of cap incurved when
CUOLE cr osssosabhasodds doch oauce COBOn Abpea seed ope OE eaas Psilocybe
4. Stem as above or more fragile, hollow; margin of cap straight when
ee et Sa tetiaintralis a Shain ot atoll! e)iu,eiere ies bic ule al e\'a os! oie =, sche oe 3 Psathrya
E. Spores black or nearly so, not purplish (deep smoky olive in Gomphi-
dius vinicola; and in a few species of Corprinus they are deep brown,
as in Agaricus, when fresh and moist, but turn almost black on
drying).
*In a few species of Inocybe that are nearly smooth, such as I. fallax, the warty spores
will distinguish them from Hebeloma.
28 JOURNAL OF THE MiTCHELL Society | October
1. Gills and margin of cap usually resolving into an inky fluid; if not,
then the cap very thin and _ splitting or curling back-
WATS sore magrens laxelsichora ciekelaes tele later tale) ohetetele etanereteiet skate hoy ataierarstey alia Coprinus
1. ‘Gills;:or' Cap “Mot “ASVADOVEL i. .c cr.tes creretore ote (at ote eiors ois oveletatcne lel seal okie nenena 2
Zz RIM PTCSOM Ge ence vote acavcrescterchoxsielaretevatetsteva ckey shetarateseretenenets totter eter erat Anelaria
2. Ring ADSOME! soc ss ate cra sie win/enstenesn aesa)e) efeter ete, ened aiaie scataahataleleiatetetelsveisteleeteneae 3
3; ‘Gills (distinctly “dectrrrent. <.5 64 sc ciess nie stare elevate teeetatere sie Gomphidius
3: Gills’ mot, eeurrentsi..5507 5c. ofs.ccccars, 010 slepeteie: suse nso-vie\chelals eteselerapaletererele areas 4
4. Cap membranous, its margin distinctly striate, at least when
INMOISE Korcteiercseisvslaserstete loreielmeievetatonsys ate ieletensl relekere telegn tetoletate tetera Psathyrella
4. Cap somewhat fleshy; margin not distinctly furrowed....Pancolus
EOMYCENELLA
This genus has been proposed by Dr. Atkinson to contain a won-
derfully delicate little plant found by him at Blowing Rock, N. C.
His description follows: Atkinson (Bot. Gaz. 34: 37. 1902).
“Plants stipitate. Pileus companulate to expanded, consisting
of a layer of radiating branched threads forming a more or less lat-
tice-like or trabecular, expanded, thin structure; trama wanting or
very rudimentary the subhymenium arising directly from the trabe-
cul of the pileus. Hymenium plane, or in larger forms with a few
short, narrow, distant lamelle not reaching the stipe; lamelle with
rudimentary trama. Basidia clavate, 4-spored. Spores smooth, 1-
celled, hyaline. Stipe fleshy, delicate. At maturity hymenium dis-
solving, leaving many of the spores lying on an amorphous layer
against the trabecule.
One species, on decaying leaves of Rhododendron maximum, Blow-
ing Rock, N. C.”
Eomycenella Echinocephala Atk.
This minute plant is included here because it is known only from
North Carolina and because of its scientific interest to the student
of mycology. The following description is also by Dr. Atkinson.
“Plants white, 3-8 mm. high. Pileus 0.5-0.75 mm. broad. Stipe
60-80» in diameter. Plants campanulate to expanded and upturned
in age, trabecule of upper surface echinulate, bearing here and there
globose free branches, 10-15 in diameter and also echinlate, margin
of pileus with free clavate branches in the form of a fringe. Cells of
the trabecule 25-30 x 6-104. Hymenium plane or with few short,
narrow gills. Gills when present narrowed at each end, not reaching
1919] CRATERELLUS, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 29
the stipe. In the plant observed, 8 to 10 long lamellze, 4 to 6 inter-
mediate ones much shorter. Subhymenium loosely branched, obovate
cells arising from the trabecule and terminating in the basidia, or in
the forms with lamelle arising from a rudimentary trama in the
lamella. Basidia short clavate, abruptly narrowed into a pedicel,
9-12 x 6-94, 4spored. Spores obovate-oblong, elliptical, proximal
end pointed, 6-8 x 3-4 uw, hyaline, smooth, granular. Stipe thread-
like, with scattered hairs bearing a short echinulate cell on the end.
Base of stipe only slightly broadened.
Eomycenella is related to Discocyphella? P. Hennings, but differs
in the dissolving hymenium and the fact that the pileus is not gela-
tinous nor the stem horny. From Cymetella? Patouillard (placed
with Agaricacee) it differs in the trabecular pileus and the dissolv-
ing hymenium; and from Gleocephala* (Clarvariacee) Massee,
which has one-spored basidia. The latter should be placed in the
Thelephoracez.”
TROGIA
Plants small, growing on wood, laterally sessile, tough, persistent,
reviving when wet; margin regularly lobed; gills fold-like; spores
white.
We have but one species which we insert from records by Schwei-
nitz and Curtis, as we have not found it.
Trogia crispa Fr.
The following is from Murrill (N. Am. Flora, 9: 164. 1910 (as
Plicatura) :
“Pilei crowded, subimbricate, usually sessile, persisting, reviving
when moistened, 1-2 em. broad; surface reddish-yellow or tan, paler
toward the margin, often whitish-villose when young; margin beau-
tifully lobed: context fleshy membranaceous, tough, thin, white;
lamellze white, narrow, vein-like, irregular, continuous or interrupted,
sometimes branched, edges crisped, obtuse, white or bluish gray:
spores cylindric, smooth, hyaline, 4 x 1p:”
Rare on alder twigs, ete. Schw. (Syn. Car. No. 837.)
Middle and upper districts, dead wood and sticks (as Cantharellus crispus).
Curtis.
Engler and Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien I: 554.
"Ibid. p. 555.
‘Ibid. p. 131.
30 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [ October
NYCTALIS
Plants growing on other mushrooms; small; cap mealy from the
conidiospores; gills thick with blunt margins, or often fold-like or
even aborted; veil not noticeable.
We have but one species.
Nyctalis asterophora Fr.
Pirates 2, 3 anp 16.
This remarkable plant is found occasionally growing in clusters
on decaying plants of Russula nigricans. The caps are almost hemi-
spheric and remain so at all ages, the margin strongly inrolled. They
are up to about 3.8 em. wide, white at first then grayish-buff and
finally nearly buff, the surface tomentose-looking and soon becoming
mealy from the loose coating of conidiospores that cover it.
Stem about 3-6 em. long, and up to 6 mm. thick at top, tapering
downward, white at first, then changing color more or less like the
cap; usually crooked and irregular.
Gills very often aborted, when present they are thick, distant and
narrow, with a blunt margin. Spores from the gills have been re-
corded, but usually seem to be suppressed, the reproduction depend-
ing on the conidiospores from the cap surface. These last are quite
irregular in shape and size, usually longer than broad, more or less
thickly covered with warty nodules, size about 14-19 x 18-26 count-
ing the warts. These conidiospores have been shown by Brefeld to
be capable of reproducing the plant.
Illustrations: Mycologia 6; Pl. 129. 1914.
Kaufiman Agar. of Mich. 2; Pl. 1. 1918.
1789. On a rotting Russula nigricans, pine grove at top of Lone Pine Hill,
September 12, 1915. Photo and drawing of conidiospores.
2366. On rotting mushroom near Meeting of the Waters branch, by middle
path, July 5, 1916. Photo.
2383. On dying Russula nigricans, base of Lone Pine Hill, June 28, 1916.
Asheville. Beardslee.
Middle and upper districts, on rotten agarics. Curtis.
N ‘VHOHdOUHLSV SIIVLOAN
6 HLV Id
5 |
:
PLATE 3
NYCTALIS ASTEROPHORA ON RUSSULA NIGRICANS, No. 1789
1919] CraTERELLUS, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 31
CRATERELLUS
Plants upright, fleshy, funnel shaped or rarely fan shaped, hyme-
nium on outside, smooth or more often rugosely wrinkled at least to-
wards the margin. The genus is to all appearances so closely related
to Cantharellus that I do not think that we are justified in placing
one genus in the Thelophoracew and the other in the Agaricacew as
is practiced at present. So close is the relationship in fact that it is
doubtful if the two genera can be logically separated. Some species,
as the one I have treated here as Cantharellus clavatus, are so inter-
mediate as to be placed in Cantharellus by some authors and in Cra-
terellus by others. Craterellus cantharellus has not only the same
shape and general appearance of Cantharellus cibarius, but also the
same fragrance; while the spores of Cantharellus aurantiacus and
C. cinnabarinus are pink like the spores of Craterellus cantharellus.
If the folds of the hymenium are more or less distinct gills the species
should be looked for in Cantharellus, if only wrinkled or rugose or
smooth it should be found in Craterellus. As Craterellus is related
on the one side to Cantharellus, so it approaches Clavaria on the other,
and club shaped forms may be placed in either genus by different
authors. These complicated relationships emphasize the impossibil-
ity of placing all related groups in juxtaposition in a lineal arrange-
ment of genera. For full treatment of the genus see Burt, Ann. Mo.
Bot. Garden 1: 327. 1914. Also see Peck, N. Y. St. Mus. Bull. 2:
44, 1887.
Key To THE SpEcres OF CRATERELLUS
Plant rosy on dorsal surface; hymenium and stem
“Llob .+ +6805 600Rp 06000 DODUDUCDODS DOC OC ec iarr iris C. roseus (3)
Plant entirely egg yellow.
20; IMAG -ad565 }oohe@ne con COU DUOC UEOEE een C. cantharellus (1)
nt: IAGUNTIT? oh 64856 Seblens cbd00 COO SU DODOOOGRDBoI C. odoratus (2)
Not entirely egg yellow or rosy.
Plant tubular, with cavity to or near the base.
Cap and stem drab when fresh, darker smoky-
drab when old; pubescence at base of stem not
Matas Ye faysteyatave/atels ararstate) cvele\avc'a[eisicsis'sie'e ceicee C. cornucopoides (4)
Cap drying to leather color or snuff-brown, base
VIE UIEY, DPUDESCENCE...5....2. 00002 e cr cncece C. ochrosporus (5)
Plant less tubular, yellowish-brown to fuscous,
_ 1.5-8 em. wide, hymenium and stem yellow...... CG. lutescens (6)
Plant less than 1 cm. wide, hymenium creamy-
RAPER ae ei ciclarereiers ie eco ofeisja.c pjolss ov ee) ose was C. calyculus (7)
32 - JouRNAL oF THE MitrcHety Sociery [ October
1. Craterellus cantharellus Schw.
Prates 4, 5 anp 16.
Plants medium to large, gregarious, often cespitose, firm and solid,
growing in low woods and in swamps; not common. Cap up to 14
em. wide, slightly or rather strongly depressed in center at maturity,
the margin uplifted and arched, strongly sinuate or lobed; surface
smooth, even, dry, about egg yellow. Flesh thick, firm, with the
fragrance of Cantharellus cibarius.
Hymenium varying from quite smooth to distinctly rugose-
wrinkled over most of the surface, the very margin nearly always
slightly rugose at least, the wrinkles anastomosing; color distinetly
salmon.
Stem up to about 6 cm. long, expanding upward into the cap, al-
ways bent, surface smooth, texture solid and quite firm.
Spores (of No. 1157) a distinct and pretty salmon pink, elliptic,
smooth, 44.5 x 5-8u*.
In Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 1: 330. 1914, Burt remarks:
“This species is so similar to Cantharellus cibarius in habit, ecolora-
tion, size and form—differing from the latter only in the more even
hymenium—that figures of C. cibarius will serve very well for Cra-
terellus Cantharellus, if allowance is made for the different hyme-
nium. The firm and solid stem of C. Cantharellus distinguishes this
species from C. odoratus easily.”
1157. Low grounds of New Hope Creek, about 200 yards below bridge on
Durham road, July 18, 1914. Photo.
In this collection of many fine plants the largest was 12.5 cm.
high and 14 cm. wide. The venation was confined to about 2 em.
of the margin except in the very largest plants and in no case did
the veins extend to the stem (see photo).
1584. Same spot as No. 1157 and just like that collection only smaller, June
26, 1915. Spore surface almost smooth.
*In N. Y. St. Mus. Bull. 1, No. 2, p. 47, Peck says: ‘“‘The spores . . . have a yel-
lowish or salmon-yellow tint.’
4
ni
4
PLATE
od
11
No.
JANTHARELLUS,
LLUS (
CRATBRE
oo
11
No
JANTHARELLUS,
(
CRATERELLUS
;
1919] CraTERELLUS, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 33
1600. Near branch west of Meeting of the Waters, not far from “Judge’s
Spring,” July 13, 1915.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
North Carolina. Schweinitz.
2. Craterellus odoratus Schw.
Prates 6 anp 16.
A peculiar plant with numerous small, funnel-shaped caps arising
from a common solid stem; entire plant 5.5-7.5 em. high, up to 7 em.
wide above; stem sometimes distinct, about 2 em. long and 1.5 em.
thick, creamy white to ochraceous, glabrous, somewhat pitted and
channeled, solid, firm, sometimes disappearing in a fused mass; flesh
color of surface. Caps arising in all directions from the top of the
stem, varying from very small up to 3.5 em. long and 3 cm. wide,
prettily trumpet-shaped, the margin crimped and wavy, narrowed
below and hollow to the base, upper (inner) surface a beautiful chrome
yellow (about deep chrome of Ridgway), finely floccose-tomentose ;
hymenium salmon-pink, quite smooth; flesh light yellow, about 1.3
mm. thick; taste and odor exactly that of Cantharellus cibarius.
Spores ochraceous-yellow, elliptic, smooth, many bent, 3.7-4.8 x
7.4-10.3p.
I take our plant to be a much-branched form of C. odoratus, al
though other descriptions do not mention the floccose-tomentose sur
face. (See Burt, loc. cit., p. 331.)
Under the name of Cantharellus odoratus No. 1288, Curtis refers
to this species in the Curtis-Berkeley Mss. as follows:
“Light yellow, very smooth, and destitute of plice, outer surface
glaucous, 1-2 in. high, infundibuliform, hollow to the base of the
stipe. Sporidia white. Sides of banks in woods.”
2408. Mixed woods west of Meeting of the Waters, July 20, 1916. Photo.
2642. In path, low damp woods by branch back of athletic field, July 11,
1917.
2701. Rich woods, Battle’s Park, July 16, 1917.
2761. Mixed woods north of cemetery, July 24, 1917. Photo.
Salem. Schweinitz.
Low and middle earth in woods. Curtis.
34 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELy Socrery [ October
3. Craterellus roseus ['r.
This species is known only from the original collection by Schwein-
itz, probably near Salem. The description below is taken from Burt,
(Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 1: 333. 1914):
“Fruetifications solitary, somewhat fleshy ; pileus infundibuliform,
somewhat strigose, pallid rose, the margin lobed and inflexed; stem
apparently stuffed, attenuated downward, white; hymenium some-
what rugose, white.
“In mosses, especially in proximity to Kalmia. North Carolina.
“Specimens of this species have the habit of Cantharellus cibarius
but are thinner. Fries received a specimen of Craterellus roseus
from Schweinitz and expressed the opinion in ‘Elenchus’ that the
species is good. I have seen no specimens of C. roseus and base the
above on the original description and the comments by Schweinitz
and Fries.”
4. Craterellus cornucopioides L.
Prates 1 anv 16.
Plants up to 12 em. tall and 5.5 em. broad, shaped like a long
cornucopia and hollow to the base, the margin broadly drooping or
rarely plane, wavy, upper and inner surface squamulose-fibrous, most
so near the margin, color exactly drab to light drab of Ridgway,
blackening on drying. Flesh very thin, tough and elastic, color of
surface, odor distinctly musty-fragrant, faintly like that of Can-
tharellus cibarius, taste slight, similar.
Spore surface glaucous, fleshy-drab color, not at all veined, but
somewhat channeled and pitted or quite smooth in places, extending
half way down the stem, or farther.
Stem fading into the cap, grayish drab, the base lighter and to-
mentose, not ochraceous below the hymenium, hollowed to the base,
usually bent and pinched.
Spores a distinet salmon-pink color, elliptic, smooth, some bent,
5.9-7.4 x 10.8-13z.
When rubbed and in age all parts become darker and sometimes
quite black in places, but when perfectly fresh the colors are lighter
than usually described. Descriptions of the spores as white or hya-
ee ee
(VUSTI) T9LZ “ON ‘(9J91) 8072 ON ‘SOLVUYOdO SOTIEYUALVUO
ALV 1d
os
Loa
1919| CraTERELLus, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 35
line must have been made from old prints after the spores had faded,
as they are distinctly a clear salmon-pink when at all fresh.
2195. Mixed woods, pasture near Mr. Pritchard’s, June 22, 1916. Photo.
2536. In moss in damp woods back of athletic field, June 20, 1917.
3261. In moist, shady place among moss and liverworts in cemetery, May 30,
1909. Painting.
Asheville. Beardslee.
North Carolina. Schweinitz.
5. Craterellus ochrosporus Burt.
Plants 3-4 em. high, stalk 2-2.5 em. long, smooth, and black except
at base which is covered with a minute creamy-buff tomentum; hol-
low to base; above it expands rather suddenly to the funnel-shaped
cap about 1-1.5 em. wide, which is brown and rough squamulose on
the upper (inner) surface. The hymenium (outer surface) is
smooth and a buffy flesh color. Texture fleshy, but toughish and
flexible.
Spores smooth, elliptic, 7.4-10 x 11-14.4». They are said to be
straw-yellow but we did not get a heavy enough print to determine
this point.
I have followed Burt in recognizing this species, but without con-
viction that it is distinct from the preceding.
1959. On a mossy bank by branch below Strowd’s spring, November 3, 1915.
6. Craterellus lutescenes Pers.
This has not yet been found in Chapel Hill and the following is
from Burt (Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 1: 336. 1914):
“Fructifications solitary to cespitose; pileus thin, somewhat mem-
braneaceous, varying from convex and umbilicate to tubiform or
funnel-shaped, often pervious, yellowish brown to fuscous, with mar-
gin often lobed or irregular; stem flexuous, cylindric, hollow, yellow,
drying ochraceous buff, often hairy at the base; hymenium remotely
ribbed, even or rugose-wrinkled, yellow, drying cadmium-yellow to
ochraceous buff; spores even, 10-12 x 6-8p.
“Fructifications 214-5 em. high; pileus 114-3 cm. broad, stem
114-4 em. long, 2-4 mm. thick.
36 JouURNAL OF THE MircHetyi Socrery | October
“On moist ground in woods and swamps. Newfoundland to North
Carolina and westward to Michigan. August to October.
“This species probably ranks next to C. cornucoptoides in frequency
in the United States. The long and yellow stem readily distinguishes
this species from C. ochrosporous. Specimens of Cantharellus in-
fundibuliformis resemble those of Craterellus lutescens in form, size,
and color, but those of the former species have true lamellz.”
Blowing Rock, Atkinson.
North Carolina. Schweinitz.
Low district, earth and woods. Curtis.
7. Craterellus calyculus (B. and C.) Burt.
Not yet found in Chapel Hill and known only from North Carolina
and South Carolina. The following is from Burt (Ann. Mo. Bot.
Garden 1: 338.1914): :
“Fructifications somewhat fleshy-membranaceous; pileus thin,
deeply cup-shaped, minutely tomentose, drying Saccardo’s umber,
opaque; stem apparently hollow, cream buff, attenuated below, to-
mentose at the base; hymenium even or slightly venose, cream buff;
spores slightly yellowish under the microscope, even, 8 x 6p.
“Fructifications 2-3 em. high; pileus 4-8 mm. broad; stem 1 em.
long, 1-2 mm. thick.
“On ground in damp shady woods. North and South Carolina.
August and September.
“Upon moistening, the type in Kew Herbarium proved too soft
and fleshy and the hymenium too waxy for a Stereum. The sections
have the structure of Craterellus. The species is near C. sinuosus
and may prove to be a small form of this when ample material gives
more complete knowledge of the species, but, for the present, I regard
C. calyculus as a distinct species. I refer to C. calyculus a collection
made by Professor Atkinson at Blowing Rock, North Carolina, the
rough-dried and cespitose specimens of which show a somewhat tubi-
form pileus and spores. 7-8 x 41p.”
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Low district, moist woods. Curtis.
EEE i i
1919] CraTERELLUs, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 37
CANTHARELLUS
Plants fleshy, growing on the ground or (in one case) on wood,
stem central or laterally attached in one species, gills fold-like or
somewhat thin and approaching those of a Hygrophorus with an
obtuse edge, cap usually depressed in center, sometimes infundibuli-
form; spores buff or ochraceous or rosy pink or light salmon.*
Important literature:
| Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9: 167. 1910.
Peck, N. Y. State Cab. Rep. 23: 121. 1872.
) Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 2: 34. 1887.
Key To THE Species oF CANTHARELLUS
| Stalk none or lateral, growing from the stems of liv-
ing mosses.
| Plant with a lateral stalk; cap glabrous......... C. muscigenus (2)
Plant sessile, cap finely downy................- C. retirugus (1)
Stalk central, not growing on mosses.
. erawine on rotting 1OpS.....52.-.-...-....5.2-< GC. lignatilis (12)
Growing on ground.
Cap pallid brown, gills ashy vinaceous........ C.infundibuliformis (3)
Cap grayish-drab, black when bruised, odor
See re aMPIT RES MT fale rasohciisyeralererevsraterecisis craleiersscs 6.2. C. sinuosus (4)
Cap grayish-brown, gills white or creamy...... C. umbonatus (11)
Cap buffy-brown with lilac tint, flesh lilac..... C. clavatus (8)
Entire plant cinnabar red or cap red and gills
LEED ossacpecagnggnsddncacs peo gcteceaaes C. cinnabarinus (9)
Cap some shade of yellow or orange.
Cap deeply infundibuliform, stem hollow.
Plants thin, small, less than 5 cm. broad. .C. infundibuliformis (3)
Plants larger, over 5 cm. broad............ C. floccosus (5)
Cap flat or only depressed, stem solid.
Cap and gills orange.
(Gulk) GSSuane Je ea aooosoobd Soop One toa C. cinnabarinus,
orange form (9), and
¢. minor (10)
WTPAC LOSE’: «cre sic apaieieie, avers aes. ove ree eveheyers ¢ C. aurantiacus (7)
Cap and gills yellow or creamy........ C. cibarius (6)
*Most authors speak of the spores as white for the genus, but this is not the case with
our Chapel Hill plants. In all of our species so far collected the spores have been distinctly
colored, when fresh. The color gradually fades in the herbarium. Beardslee writes me
that the spores of Asheville plants show similar colors.
38 JouRNAL OF THE MrrcHEtr Society | October
1. Cantharellus retirugus (Bull.) Fr.
Dictyolus retirugus in N. Am. FI. 9: 166.
Pratses 7 anp 16.
Cap up to 1 em. broad (said to reach 2 em.) quite sessile by the
dorsal surface, often hanging from center, but usually eccentric or
almost laterally seated at times, bell or shell-shaped when young,
then more expanded to saucer-shaped or broadly petalloid; very thin
and delicate, nearly pure white and finely downy when young, so that
the incurved margin is delicately fimbriate, at maturity thé down
collapses and the surface fibers split and separate like the surface of
a cocoon.
Gills very rudimentary, composed of irregular folds or veins in
center which may branch and deliquesce quite irregularly, fading
away before the margin is reached, or the surface may seem merely
pitted (as in Auricularia) rather than veimed, and often is almost
smooth; when young the hymenium is nearly white, then pale ashy
straw, the upper surface making the same change or remaining more
whitish.
Spores (of No. 3224) pure white, smooth, subelliptie to pip-shaped,
4-4.5 x 6.6-8.5p.
The place of attachment is usually a mm. or more wide, the sur-
face fibers disappearing into the moss. So exceedingly delicate is
the plant that it dries up to an earth gray or darker crumpled particle
so inconspicuous as to be found with difficulty even on preserved ma-
terial: where it is known to be plentiful. It breaks easily from the
moss when dry and revives very little when moistened.
This is certainly C. retirugus and not C. muscigenus. Bulliard’s
figure (Pl. 498, fig. 1) represent our plants exactly. It has not
been reported heretofore south of our most northern states and ranges
northward to Alaska and Greenland. Schweinitz reports C. musei-
genus from North Carolina, but not this species. We have not found
the former.
3224. Parasitic on a moss, bank by road east of campus. Jan. 27, 1919.
Photo. Plentiful.
Ted GNI; 7
CANTHARELLUS RETIRUGUS, No.
1919] CraTERELLUS, CaANTHARELLUS AND ReLatep GENERA 39
2. Cantharellus muscigenus Fr.
We have not found this plant and take the description from Murrill
(N. Am. Flora 9: 165. 1910, as Dictyolus). It is easily distin-
guished from C. retirugus by the lateral stalk, darker color, glabrous
cap and less delicate substance. For good illustrations see Bullard,
Pl. 498, fig. 2, and Cook, Illustrations of British Fungi Pl. 1115
(1065). .
“Pileus submembranaceous, laterally stipitate, spatulate, 1-2.5 em.
broad; surface glabrous, zonate, fuscous to whitish cinereous; margin
entire to undulate or lobed; lamellee distant, dichotomous, concolor-
ous; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 10-12 x 6-9”; stipe short, con-
eolorous or slightly darker, villose at the base.”
Middle district on mosses. Schweinitz.
3. Cantharellus infundibuliformis (Scop.) Fr.
Gregarious or cespitose. Cap. 2-3.3 em. broad, irregular, deeply
depressed in center and at times with a hole in the center leading
down into the hollow stem; margin undulate, broadly drooping or
almost plane; surface peculiar, roughened by pits, channels and
ridges, the latter terminating in small, pointed squamules which are
much more numerous towards the margin; color varying from a
reddish ochraceous orange, near capucine orange, to a pallid brown.
Flesh toughish, fleshy, tinted like the cap, only 1-1.5 mm. thick, al-
most tasteless and quite odorless.
Gills distant, connected by large, irregular veins, a few forking,
the wider ones about 2.5 mm. broad, with narrower ones between,
the edges fairly sharp for a cantharellus, especially in fully mature
plants; color varying from a dull salmon, exactly salmon-buff of
Ridgway at maturity, to ashy vinaceous.
Stem 2-4.5 em. long, 3-4 mm. thick in center, smooth, clear orange
color, much more brightly colored than the other parts usually,
straight or crooked and irregularly, flattened, pinched or channeled,
quite hollow from top to bottom, the cap pierced and opening into this
hollow in only two of our collections, often so in others.
Spores buffy-salmon, elliptic, smooth, 5.5-8.5 x 8-11.8y.
40 _ JOURNAL OF THE MrrcHELt Society [ October
A yery variable plant, particularly in color of cap and gills, but
easily recognized by the clear orange color of the cavernous stem.
Bresadola figures a branched or densely cespitose form that he calls
var. subramosus (Fungi Trident. 1: 87, Pl. 97). The colors
shown are not accurate for our plant.
549. Woods south of athletic field, June 18, 1915.
200. Sandy soil in low places in woods near Mr. Pritchard’s, June 20, 1916.
Photo.
2325. Edge of path along northern Meeting of the Waters branch, mixed
woods, June 30, 1916.
2353. Pine woods south of cemetery, July 3, 1916.
2681. Low damp woods, Battle’s Park, July 13, 1917. Cap perforated into the
stem.
2706. Damp woods near Battle’s Branch, July 17, 1917. Cap perforated into
the stem.
2757. In humus, upland woods, Battle’s Park, July 22, 1917.
3263. Under oaks, Battle’s Park, May 30, 1919. Painting.
3346. Low woods in front of cemetery, June 12, 1919.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Middle district (Schw.) woods among leaves. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.
4, Cantharellus sinuosus Fr.
Praters No. 9 ann 16.
Plants about 3-7 em. high, rather abruptly expanded above and
strongly crenated and lobed, the margin elevated or drooping; surface
lightly ridged and grooved, somewhat felted and slightly squamulose,
especially near the margin, the center passing down gradually into the
hollow stem, or at times with more of the appearance of having been
perforated into the stem; color grayish-drab, blackening in age or
when bruised. Flesh toughish, elastic, only 1-2 mm. thick, color of
cap, odor a very decided musky fragrance, taste not distinct.
Hymenium composed of yein-like wrinkles, which are more ele-
vated radially, with lower and irregular anastomosing ones, all blunt
and not more than 1 mm. high, color like that of cap with a tint of
flesh added, moderately decurrent.
PLATE 8
CANTHARELLUS INFUNDIBULIFORMIS, No. 2200.
#8c6 ON SNSONNIS SNTTHUVHINVO
6 HALVId
1919] CraTERELLUS, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 41
Stem 2-4 em. long, irregular, more or less ridged and longitudinally
rugose, color of cap but usually lighter, hollow except at the base.
Spores white apparently (spore print too light to be sure), elliptic,
smooth, some bent, 3.7-5 x 6.6-9.6p.
From the strong odor of this plant I refer it to Cantharellus sinuo-
sus Fr., but the spores are more like those of C. cinereus Fr., as de-
seribed, which is not decidedly odorous. It is easily distinguished
from C. infundibuliformis by the odor, color, and much smaller
spores.
2284. Base of a rotting deciduous stump near Dr. Pratt’s, June 28, 1916.
Photo.
2675. At foot of white oak by Battle’s Branch, July 14, 1917. Odor strongly
aromatic.
5. Cantharellus floccosus Schw.
Prares 10, 11 anp 16)
Plants gregarious, sometimes cespitose. Width up to 13.5 em. or
more and height the same, very deeply infundibuliform, the depres-
sion running way down the stem, the margin erect, except at complete
maturity when it is spread out and may be beautifully fluted. Color
of surface orange, very deep or light orange when old, covered with
a floceulence which becomes soft and agglutinated when wet. Flesh
of all parts white except just under the surface, thin, only about 5
mim. thick, somewhat acid in taste, no smell.
Gill surface running way down the stem, the low broad ridges so
much anastomosed as to have no individuality for any distance ex-
cept on stem. Color creamy with light tints of pinkish or orange
brown, the marginal parts lighter.
Stem usually bent below, tapering downward and pointed at base
and continuous with and not distinct from cap; hollow to near the
base.
When young the plant is shaped like a long hollow club, growth
later taking place above and forming the spreading top.
Spores (of No. 1588) ochraceous yellow, elliptic, smooth, 7-8 x
12-15p.
42 JOURNAL OF THE MrrcHELL Socrery [ October
Illustrations: Peck. Edible Fungi, Pl. 55, figs. 9-13, also Report N. Y. St.
Mu. 52: pl. 60, figs. 10-14.
Montreat. Rich humus under Rhododendron and Hemlock by branch,
July 6, 1915. (No. 1588.) Photos. W. C. Coker.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Middle and upper districts. Curtis.
6. Cantharellus cibarius. Fr.
Prates 1, 12 anp 16.
Cap usually from 2.5-6 em. broad, rounded when young, depressed
or flat when old, the margin nearly even or wavy, bent down when
young, plane or elevated when mature. Surface smooth or minutely
roughened, deep chrome-yellow, or paler yellow. Flesh yellow
under the surface, nearly white elsewhere, firm and toughish, odor
of apricots in our plants. Taste pleasant, usually slightly peppery.
Gills low but rather thin, about 1 mm. deep, branching about twice,
decurrent, anastomosing somewhat but not conspicuously, chrome
yellow or lighter. é
Stem about 3-4 em. long to the gills, usually bent, nearly equal;
smooth, pale yellowish or cream color, tough, firm and solid.
Spores (of No. 1599) a clear orange-yellow, exactly color of the
gills in a heavy print (but see No. 1168, below) elliptic, smooth,
4-5.5 x 7-8p. ;
Distinguished from Craterellus cantharellus by the distinct salmon-
pink spores, the more orange color of cap and gills, and by the lower,
more vein like and often absent gills of that species.
Illustrations: Gibson. Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms, pl. 19;
Taylor. Food Products III, p. 4; Peck, N. Y. St. Mu. Bull. 150: pl. 122, figs.
8-16.
195. Battle’s Park, near Dr. Battle’s house, September 14, 1910.
699. Damp, cool spots along Battle’s branch, June 20, 1913.
1168. In hollow below sphagnum moss bed and by old road southeast of
athletic field, July 20, 1914. Photo. Spores salmon pink, exactly as
in Craterellus cantharellus, elliptic granular, some with an oil drop,
3.7-4.6x7.4-9.2 1). Except for the spore color these plants are exactly
Cantharellus cibarius.
1547. In pine woods, near path to Judge’s Spring, June 18, 1915.
Spores light buff (Ridgway), elliptic, smooth, 4.5-5.5 x 72-94).
88ST ON SNSOOD0OTH SA TIHUVHLINVO
Ot ALVId
let
88ST ON “4 peonpey ‘SnsoD00 Ta SOTIGUVHLINVO
Il HLV Id
~
1919| CraTerRELiLus, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 43
1557. By path near branch west of Meeting of the Waters, June 19, 1915.
Spores light buff, 4.5-5.4 x 7.2-9.5 4.
1564. In several spots along Battle’s branch, June 20, 1915. Photo.
1599. In woods near branch, west of the Meeting of the Waters, July 13, 1915.
Photo.
1610. On bank above Howell’s Branch, July 15, 1915.
2321. Oak grove at Gimghoul Lodge, June 30, 1916. Montreat, July 6, 1915.
No. 1590. Coker. Spores elliptic, smooth, light buff, 4.5-5.4 x
6.8-8),
2728. Mixed upland woods, Battle’s Park, July 20, 1917. Cap 9.6 em. broad.
3292. Battle’s Grove and Park, June 2, 1919. Painting.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson. |
Common in Woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.
7. Cantharellus aurantiacus Fr.
We have not found this species in Chapel Hill, and the description
below has been kindly furnished by Mr. H. C. Beardslee. The
species is very different from others of the genus, the thin, broad gills
forking like those of an Agaric. It is also easily distinguished from
C. cibarius and C. cinnabarinus by the white instead of salmon-col-
ored spores. In the state Herbarium at Albany, N. Y., there are
specimens up to 12 em. broad.
“Cap rounded hemispherical, becoming expanded and plane or
depressed, 3-7 em. broad, somewhat tomentose, dull orange. Flesh
thin at the margin, which is at first incurved and irregular. Gills
thin, crowded, forking, decurrent, and bright orange. Stem 2-6 em.
long, 4-8 mm. thick, colored like the. cap, but darker at the base,
nearly smooth above, tomentose below. Spores white, 4-5 x 6-8p.
“Tn woods, growing on and around well decayed logs.
“This species is very distinct from C. cibarius. The bright orange
gills which are much broader and thinner than in C. cibarius at once
distinguishing it. At Asheville it is not common, but is found every
summer.”
Illustrations: Cook. loc. cit. Pl. 1104 (1057); Atkinson. Mushrooms,
figs. 127 and 128. Gillet. Champ. de Fr. Pl. 86 (141); Richon et Roze. Atlas
Champ. Pl. 49, figs. 16-19. Michael, Fiirhrer f. Pilzfreunde 1; Pl. 29.
Middle District. Schweinitz.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
44 JoURNAL OF THE MrrcH ety Socrety [ October
8. Cantharellus clavatus Pers.
Cantharellus brevipes Pk.
Prares 13, 14 anp 16.
Plants clustered and some with fused stems, up to 16 em. broad
and 16 em. high, deeply infundibuliform or with only slightly ele-
vated margins and undulately plain; the margins sometimes bent
down, sometimes straight; surface nearly smooth, slightly pruinose,
the very thin superficial layer easily splitting into fibers so that the
surface becomes marked with lines and areas where the lighter
colored layer shows; color buffy-brown, distinctly tinted with
lilae, which is the result of the deep lilac flesh showing through. The
color varies in different parts of the cap, the margin as it dries show-
ing little lilac. As the plant gets old a rosy tint is added to the lilae
flesh and also to the cap, and this may grow deeper until both become
rosy red with a tint of lilac. The rosy color of the cap becomes
darker and sordid as decay begins. Flesh of the cap soft and spongy,
but not fragile; taste very mild and pleasant.
Gills voundea vein-like, composed of ridges and folds that are ap-
proximately parallel towards the margin, anastomosing more down-
wards and strongly decurrent. The color of the gills and surface
between is a deep lavender brown, much deeper than the cap, and
with the maturity of the spores their cinnamon color is added to the
other tints as an obviously superficial dusting.
Stem about 6-8 em. long, tapering downward, solid, much more
firm than the cap, nearly smooth and colored like the hymenium ex-
cept at the base which is white; the flesh like that of the cap, a deep
lavender, turning through gray to white at base. The plants are
often fused at base and several caps may arise from one stem. The
stem is usually central, but may be lateral through the failure of
the caps to expand on one side. When placed on white paper when
fresh the gills leave a permanent light lavender stain.
Spores cinnamon-buff, long-elliptic, smooth, 3.7-4.6 x 12-15.7p.
This interesting and very rare plant is new to the South, and
has been collected only a few times even in the North. Murrill in
N. Am. Flora 9: 171. 1910, lists it as doubtful, saying “It does not
PLATE 12
PLATE 13
CANTHARELLUS AURANTIACUS (Photo by Beardslee
816 ON ““7r peomnpey SOLVAWIO SN TTGHUVHLINVO
FLA LVId
15
PLATE
educed
R
CLAVATU
S)
ELLU
>
v
CANTHAR
1919] CraTERELLUS, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 45
appear to be sufficiently distinct from (’. floccosus.” It is, however,
very different from the latter and is quite distinct. (See Mycologia
5: 261. 1913.)
The species is placed under Craterellus by Burt (Ann. Mo. Bot.
Gard. 1: 329. 1914). There is good authority either way, and the
two genera are very closely connected.
Illustrations: Bresadola. Funghi. Mangr. Pl. 82. (as Cantharellus) ; Kromb-
holz. Abbild. u. Beschr. Pl. 45. figs. 13-17 (as Cantharellus.)
918. On ground in deciduous woods on hillside, north side of Rocky Ridge
Farm. Oct. 16, 1913. Three Photos.
927. In mixed open woods near Judge’s Spring, Oct. 18, 1913.
9. Cantharellus cinnabarinus Schw.
Pratss 1, 15 anp 16.
Cap. 1.5-4 em. broad, umbilicate and the margin inrolled when
young, then funnel shaped from tlie elevation of the margin, often
crenated or strongly lobed, surface soft, fibrous, smooth or more often
roughish or subtomentose or minutely squamulose, dry, dull; color
a strong and characteristic cinnabar-red all over, typically, but vary-
ing to a clear strong orange all over and with all intermediate shades.
Flesh thin, toughish, color of the cap or lighter; taste mild or slightly
to distinctly peppery; odor aromatic, like that of C. cibarius.
Gills distant, strongly decurrent, about 1-2 mm. wide, connected
by thick, low veins, about color of cap or sometimes orange when the
cap is cinnabar.
Stem slender, toughish, firm, solid, about 2-2.5 em. long and 2-3.5
mm. thick, smooth or roughish, about color of cap.
Spores a pretty rosy pink when fresh in cinnabar plants, but vary-
ing to pale orange in orange plants, fading after a time in the herba-
rium, elliptic, smooth, about 4-6 x 6-9.
This is an attractive and easily recognized little species that is
usually found on mossy soil near branches or in low places in
woods. It is very common with us and is excellent as an edible. The
orange form may contrast strongly with the cinnabar plants and
are confusing to beginners. The color is, however, the only differ-
ence, and one often meets with cinnabar plants with contrasting
46 JOURNAL OF THE Mrrcuety Socrery [| October
orange gills and there are all color shades between deep cinnabar and
strong orange. Old plants may become very pale and blotched with
dull white. The spores partake of the color of the gills. Odor,
taste, size, shape, surface and spores are all identical in the different
color forms.
Peck has described a small orange plant, 1-2.5 em. broad, as C.
minor, and Atkinson has found it at Blowing Rock. In Chapel Hill
many plants of C. cinnabarinus are as small as this and I can detect
little if any other difference of consequence from the description.
However, not knowing these to be the same, I include C. minor with
the strong suspicion that it is not distinct.
196. Battle’s Park, near Dr. Battle’s house, mixed woods, Sept. 14, 1910.
Spores 4-6 x 6-9.
371. Battle's Park, by branch, Oct. 18, 1911.
546. Battle’s Park, near branch, Oct. 10, 1912. Photo.
1189. By branch southeast of Graded School, July 22, 1914.
1251. By Battle’s branch, at Lover’s Leap, Sept. 23, 1914.
1548. Low woods near Meeting of the Waters, June 18, 1915. Orange form.
Spores exactly as in red form, except for color which was orange
pink. 3.6-5.4 x 7.2-10),.
1556. Damp soil in hollow below Sphagum bed, July 19, 1915. Spores ellip-
tic, smooth, 4.6-5.4 x 7.210).
1565. By old Raleigh Road, under pines northeast of Judge Brockwell’s,
June 20, 1915. Spores rosy pink.
1634. Damp soil by Meeting of the Waters branch, July 23, 1915. Spores
a pretty rosy-pink color when fresh, elliptic, smooth, 3-5.4 x 6.8-8),.
Woods, Chapel Hill, July 2, 1916. Photo.
Low place in deciduous woods, Battle’s Park, May 30, 1919. Painting.
By Battle’s branch, June 24, 1919. Spores light orange color, 4-5.1 x
7.4-9.3 4. Painting.
eo w bo
wb w
an >
o oe
Asheville. Beardslee.
Common in damp woods (as Hygrophorus). Curtis.
10. Cantharellus minor Pk.
This plant is probably only a form of C. cinnabarinus, as men-
tioned above.
The following is from Murrill (N. Am. Flora 9:169, 1910):
“Pileus thin, fleshy, convex to expanded, irregular or depressed
at times, gregarious, 1-2.5 em. broad; surface glabrous, subrugose,
ochraceous to orange; margin inrolled at first, entire or repand: con-
97¢ ON SONIUVEAVNNIO SOTIHUVHINVO
f
?
;
i
9T HLV Id
1919| CraTERELLus, CANTHARELLUS AND RELATED GENERA 47
‘
text thin, pallid, mild, at length faintly peppery; lamellze decurrent,
distant, very narrow, often forking, seldom anastomosing, concolor-
ous: spores ovoid, somewhat one-sided, smooth, hyaline with a faint
yellowish tinge, 8-9 x 4-5: stipe slender, cylindric, equal, glabrous,
“shining, slightly striate at times, concolorous, usually solid, 2-5 em.
long, 2-4 mm, thick.”
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
11. Cantharellus umbonatus Fr.
The following is from Murrill (N. Am. Flora 9: 170. 1910):
“Pileus obconic, usually umbonate, convex to expanded, often de-
pressed, fleshy, flexible, gregarious, 1.5-4 em. broad; surface flocculose
to glabrous, usually smooth, dry, varying from light to dark grayish-
brown, margin regular, involute, concolorous; context white, thin,
mild, edible; gills decurrent, white or yellowish-white, becoming red-
dish when wounded, close, regular, more or less dichotomous: spores
narrowly ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 8-10 x 4p: stipe 3-8 cm. long
4-8 mm. thick, equal or tapering upward, subglabrous, solid, whitish
tomentose at the base, white or colored like the pileus above.”
I find this note by Curtis in the Berkeley-Curtis Manuscript :
2837. “(Canth. umbonat., Fr.) Cap 1-114 in. broad, acutely umbonate and
depressed, pale fuliginous and scaly, margin thin involute, exceeding
the gills. Lam. whitish. suberowded, narrow, ascending from the
stipe, subarcuate, all 3-5 forked. Stipe subequal, 1-2 in. long, 2 lines
thick, rather paler than the cap, solid, appressed, fibrillose, base
white mycelose. Spores white! Among leaves in dry woods. Nov.”
Illustration: Cook. loc. cit., Pl. 1106 (1058).
Common, woods among leaves. Curtis.
12. Cantharellus lignatilis B. and C.
This species does not seem to have been found since its first col-
lection by Ravenel, and our knowledge of it is quite meager. It may
not be a Cantharellus.
The original description is as follows (Ann. Mag. N. H. 44:
294, 1859):
“Reddish-brown; pileus 2 in. across, smooth, infundibuliform,
deeply striate, stem 2 in. or more high, 1/4-1/3 in. thick, smooth;
48 JouRNAL oF THE MrrcHELy Society | October
folds thin, decurrent. Of this we have no notes, but the peculiar
habit and characters will distinguish it. Curt. No. 1979. On rot-
ten logs, S. C., H. W. Ravenel.”
Low district, on carious wood. Curtis.
PLICATURELLA
Plants laterally attached, sessile or with a short stalk, subfleshy;
gills fold-like; spores rust color; no veil. This genus differs from
Cantharellus in the lateral attachment and rusty spores.
There is but one species.
Plicaturella olivacea (Schw.) Murrill
Cantharellus olivaceus Schw.
The following is from Murrill (N. Am. Flora 9: 172. 1910):
“Pileus subfleshy, dimidiate, subimbricate, slightly depressed,
2.5-4 em. broad, 3-4 mm. thick, sessile or attached by a short thick
stipe which is black and strigose; surface yellowish-green, pulverulent
or finely pubescent, margin subinflexed, undulate or lobed: context ~
homogenous, olivaceous, fragile when dry, 2.5-3 mm. thick; lamellee
anastomosing, dichotomous or branched, crowded, rather broad,
orange-yellow to reddish-brown; spores ovoid, smooth, ferruginous,
5 x 4p.”
Salem. Schweinitz. Type locality.
CHAPEL Hu1, N. C.
PLATE 17
Craterelius cantharellus, No. 1157
Craterellus odoratus, No. 2642
Craterellus cornucopoides, No. 2195 Cantharellus sinuosus, No. 2
Canthareilus infundibuliformis, No. 2200 Cantharellus cibarius, No. 2319
Cantharellus
Cantharellus floccosus,
Cantharellus cinnabarinus, orange form, No. 1548 Cantharelus cinnabarinus, No. 1556
No. 1789x670. All others x 2160
JUGLONE
By Atyin S. WHEELER
The American supply of dyes was very suddenly cut off when the
Great War began in 1914, and the ports of Germany were blockaded.
We were forced to turn to natural dyestuffs and to increase our pro-
duction of synthetic dyes. The progress in American manufacture
has been so great that the production of dyes in the United States in
1917 was nearly equal in total weight to the annual importations be-
fore the war.
NATURAL DYESTUFFS
The natural coloring matters are very numerous but they are not
always fast and their quality is not apt to be uniform. The most
important plants which are used as a source of commercial dyestutts
are indigo, logwood, madder, cutch, fustic, turmeric, archil, sandal
wood and quercitron bark. There are, however, many other sources
of dyes and among these is the walnut hull, long used on the small
scale by the thrifty housewife. The coloring matter has great tine-
torial power as any one knows who has removed the hulls from wal-
nuts. When these hulls are used and this is still done at the present
day, the dye imparted to the goods is a beautiful brown and is very
fast. I am told that the dye is also obtainable from the leaves, bark
and roots of the walnut tree. The walnut hull contains an aromatic
compound called “hydrojuglone which is a phenol in the naphtha-
lene series with hydroxy] groups at positions 1,4 and 5. Its formula
therefore is (I).
as mo
ow ou oH oO
It is with great difficulty soluble in water, forming a one-half
per cent solution at 25°C. It is readily soluble in alkaline liquids,
forming intense yellow solutions. This is most likely the dye which
has been used so much, especially by the farmer’s wife. This hydro-
49
0 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL Soctety [ October
Or
juglone is very readily oxidized, even by iron chloride, to juglone,
the subject of this paper. The oxidation affects the hydroxyl groups
at positions 1 and 4, removes the hydrogen atoms and thus produces
a quinone (II). Juglone is therefore 5-hydroxy-1-4-naphthoquinone.
HISTORY OF JUGLONE.
Juglone was first mentioned by Vogel and Reischauer!, who obtain-
ed it from fresh walnut hulls. It is next referred to by Phipson? who
called it regianin. His product was evidently not pure. In 1877
Griessmayer* published Reischauer’s notes on juglone (the first
appearance of this name) giving an analysis of this compound and
its copper salt. The names given above are derived from the botanical
name of the walnut tree, Juglans regia. Bernthsen* gave a number
of reasons for believing it to be an hydroxynaphthoquinone. Bernth-
sen and Semper? extracted 150 kilograms of ripe walnut hulls with
ether and obtained a yield of 150 grams or 0.1% of pure juglone.
By the action of nitric acid they obtained juglonie acid or dinitro-
hydroxyphthalie acid, showing that the hydroxyl group in juglone is
in the benzene ring. Mylius® fused juglone with potash and obtained
m-hydroxybenzoie acid and salicylie acid. Bernthsen and Semper‘
prepared the dioxime, having made the monoxime earlier. These
reactions established the constitution of juglone as being 5-hydroxy-1,
4naphthoquinone. Finally Bernthsen and Semper’ synthesized
juglone by oxidizing 1, 5-dihydroxynaphthalene with chromic acid,
obtaining a yield of 30-40 per cent, a record which I have never
been able to make. I have varied the process in many ways and never
get more than 16 per cent. The acetyl derivative and the monoxime
of the synthesized juglone were found to be identical with those
obtained from the natural juglone.
1Buchner Neues Repert. fiir Pharm. 5; 106. 1856; L’ Institut 1857, 71.
2Compt. rendus., 69: 1372. 1869.
3Ber.desdeutsch.Chem.Ges., 10: 1542. 1877.
4Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges. 17; 1945. 1884.
5Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 18: 203. 1885.
6Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 18; 463. 1885.
7Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 19: 164. 1886.
8Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 20: 934. 1887.
1919] JUGLONE 51
THE HYDROJUGLONES
Not only juglone but also *hydrojuglone and its isomer, ®-hy-
drojuglone, have been the subjects of considerable study in the Or-
ganic Laboratory of the University of North Carolina. The first
important discovery was the demonstration that the two hydro-jug-
lones were isomeric keto and enol forms, their formulas being III
and IV:
This investigation was begun in the chemical laboratory of the Swiss
Federal Polytechnic at Zurich and was completed in Chapel Hill.
The report is found in the Berichte d.d.Chem.Ges., 47, 2796 (1914).
That the alpha compound contains three hydroxyl groups is shown
by its conversion into a triacetyl derivative with acetic anhydride.
That there is no ketone group present is shown by our failure to ob-
tain an oxime or a semi-carbazone. The beta-compound also forms
a triacetyl derivative but this is because the acetic anhydride has an
enolizing action, causing the hydrogen in position 1 to move to posi-
tion 4, thus reforming the alpha-compound. However, ketone re-
agents such as semicarbazine and phenylsemicarbazine readily con-
vert the beta-compound into semicarbazones, V and VI:
ASH HoH
OK} N.NHCONKY zs Ww: KH CO.NHC, Hs-
These two reagents are successful because of their weak basic proper-
ties. The hydrojuglones are very sensitive to alkalies, so that the usual
ketone reagent, hydroxylamine, decomposes them instead of giving
an oxime. Semicarbazine is less basic on account of the presence
of the carbonyl group and phenylsemicarbazine is still less basic since
it contains in addition the phenyl group. This gives a strong hint
that phenylsemicarbazine should be a delicate reagent for those keto-
phenols which are particularly sensitive to alkalies.
or
bo
JOURNAL OF THE MrrcHELy Socrery | October
HALOGENATION OF HYDROXYNAPHTHOQUINONES.,
The next investigation undertaken here was the behavior of jug-
lone with the halogens, chlorine and bromine. ‘This work was done
with the assistance of J. W. Scott, candidate for the degree of Doctor
of Philosophy. Very little work indeed has been published on the be-
havior of naphthoquinones with halogens. Diehl and Merz? dis-
covered 3-bromo-2-hydroxy-naphthoquinone. Kehrmann and Mas-
cioni!® prepared the analogous iodo compound. Zincke and
Schmidt?! made naphthazarine dichloride and 2-chloronaphthazarine.
That is a very short story. In 1917 I published with V. C. Edwards!”
our study of the bromination of naphthazarine and of 1,4,5,6-tetra-
hydroxynaphthalene, reporting eight new derivatives of the first
compound and nine of the second. If we add to this the new work
on the halogenation of juglone, we see that this very small field has
been very greatly extended, and the end is not yet.
HALOGENATION OF JUGLONE.
The accompanying chart (pl. 18) shows clearly in outline the work
on the halogenation of juglone. Chlorine and bromine were used, the
juglone being dissolved in all cases in glacial acetic acid. The action
of the halogens is very different in a hot acid solution from that in
a cold solution. If the halogen is added to a cold solution, the addi-
tion products, B and G, are obtained. These are called juglone di-
chloride and juglone dibromide. Each of these loses one molecule
of halogen acid by the action of warm alcohol, yielding the mono-
halogen substitution products, C and H. ‘The proof that these still
contain the hydroxyl group is shown by the ready formation by acetic
anhydride of the acetyl derivatives, D and I. If, however, the halo-
gens are added to hot solutions of juglone, then substitution products
are obtained which are far more stable than the addition compounds.
We find here, however, a difference in the action of the halogens for,
strange to say, juglone takes up only two chlorine atoms, E, as against
three bromine atoms, J. These compounds behave in the same way
9Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 11; 1066. 1878.
10Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 28: 345. 1895.
11Annalen der Chemie, 286: 41. 1895.
12Jr.Amer.Chem.Soc., $39: 2460. 1917.
PLATE 18
o °
Br : Br
Restic \ Halogenction
Aninydride of
oH + O cX.coo ° Juplon <
Fics
° Ba oO Br °
e\ HBr Bn Ba
\Bo
el HBr Br Br
CH.co9 © oH 3
3 Acetic Be See
Anhydride vi \one Aceh pitas
ANS S 3B
° nm
c\ AN Tin
é Ba s
cl Sat hot
eck el
On fe} On fe}
c\ eld NaOH “4 Hel
4 e\ °
°
e\ F el
Arcelie
OH ° CH, £090 °
1919 | JUGLONE 53
with acetic anhydride, giving the acetyl derivatives, F and K. Much
more attention has been paid to tribromojuglone than to dichloro-
juglone. Tribromojuglone, on being heated with an aleoholie solu-
tion of hydrochloric acid loses one bromine atom which is replaced
by a chlorine atom, M. Again, on being heated with an alcoholic
solution of caustic soda, one bromine atom is replaced by the hydroxyl
group, N. These two reactions indicate that one bromine atom is
unlike the other two, that is, its environment must be different. This
fact is expressed in the formula given, in which one bromine atom is
placed in position 8. This gives a unique position to one bromine
atom, placing it in the phenol ring where it ought to be more reactive.
On the other hand, the other two bromine atoms being alike are there-
fore placed symmetrically in the quinone ring. Finally tribromo-
juglone forms a sodium salt, L.
NEW DYES.
Dichlorojuglone consists of golden brown needles and tribromo-
juglone of brilliant rich red needles. Being highly colored and con-
taining at the same time a reactive hydroxyl group these compounds
should be typical dyes, and my experiments have shown that they
are in reality very beautiful dyes. So far more attention has been
paid to tribromojuglone. If this compound is dissolved in ether and
the solution is shaken with an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate,
an indigo blue salt separates out. This readily dissolves in water.
If a piece of silk or wool is placed in the solution and the solution is
boiled, the purple color of the solution quickly changes to a yellow,
showing a reaction between the textile and the sodium salt. Silk is
thus dyed a very beautiful champagne and wool a medium shade of
tan. No mordant is necessary to fasten the color on the goods. How-
ever, if mordants are used the shades are changed in a number of
instances, especially with wool. In only one instance was a change
noticed with silk, a tin mordant producing a greenish bronze tint.
Cotton is not affected by the dye unless it is mordanted. If the cot-
ton is first impregnated with tannic acid, and then with the dye, it
assumes an ecru color.
The dichlorojuglone is also a dye and imparts to silk a rich ‘reddish
bronze color. Other compounds such as C, H, M and N are un-
54 JOURNAL OF THE MrrcuEry Socrery | October
doubtedly dyes, but their dyeing properties have not yet been studied.
No dyes so far described in the literature or patented belong to this
series of naphthalene compounds, hence they constitute a new group.
An application for letters patent has been made to cover this new
class and the patent will undoubtedly soon be allowed.
THE NEW HALOGEN JUGLONES.
A brief description of these new halogen derivatives of juglone
follows. Juglone dichloride,B, lemon yellow plates, recrystallized
from ligroin, melts at 159-160°. Monochlorojuglone,C, yellowish
brown needles, purified by carbon tetrachloride, melts at 166°, but
gives off a violet vapor above 130°. Acetyl monochlorojuglone,D,
brownish yellow plates, recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 147°.
Dichlorojuglone,E, lustrous golden brown needles, recrystallized from
alcohol, melts at 149°. Acetyl dichlorojuglone,F, yellow plates, re-
crystallized from alcohol, melts at 154°. Juglone dibromide,G, yel-
low prisms with pointed ends, recrystallized from ligroin, melts at
109°. Monobromojuglone,H, translucent yellowish brown plates,
recrystallized from acetone, melts at 166°. Acetyl monobromojug-
lone,I, golden brown plates, recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 148°.
Tribromojuglone,J, rich red needles, recrystallized from a mixture
of chloroform and ligroin, melts at 170°. Acetyl derivative, K, silky
yellow needles recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 186°. Mono-
chlorodibromojuglone,M, golden bronze plates, recrystallized from
alcohol, melts at 152°. Dihydroxydibromojuglone,N, golden brown
prismatic needles, recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 236°. The
sodium salt,L, is an indigo blue powder.
(CHAPEL Hitt, N. C.
a
OUR RATS, MICE AND SHREWS
By C. S. BrimLey
Rats and mice, both native and introduced, are the most numerous
as the most destructive of our mammals, and as shrews are always
caught to a greater or less extent when trapping for field mice, I have
also added what little information I had about them.
Rats and mice belong to the family Muridz, and there are no
other mammals in this region liable to be confused with them, except
the jumping mouse, which, although mouse-like in general appear-
ance, belongs to the Jerboidz, and is also included in this paper.
Shrews belong to the Insectivora, family Soricidxe, and are char-
acterized by small size, normal limbs, pointed snouts, and an un-
broken tooth row, differing markedly in this last respect from rats
(and all other rodents) in which there is a wide gap between the in-
cisors and the molars.
The species we get at Raleigh are (1) Introduced Forms: Wharf
or Brown Rat, Roof Rat, House Mouse. (2) Native Rats and Mice:
White-footed Mouse, Red or Golden Mouse, Ricetield Rat, Harvest
Mouse, Cotton Rat, Meadow Mouse, Pine Mouse, Jumping Mouse.
(3) Shrews: Southern Shrew, Carolina Mole Shrew, Little Mole
Shrew. This make a total of eleven rats and mice and three shrews.
One more mouse occurs in the eastern part of the State, and about
three more mice and an equal number of shrews in the mountains.
Tn size the Wharf and Roof Rats class as large rats, the Cotton and
Ricefield Rats and the Meadow Mouse as medium sized or rather
small rats, the other mice and the shrews do not exceed the size of
average or small mice.
In color the three introduced species, the Ricefield Rat and the
Harvest Mouse might be said roughly speaking to be mouse colored,
the Whitefooted, Red, and Jumping Mice are yellowish brown or
tawny, the Meadow Mouse dark brown and the Pine Mouse, chestnut
brown. The shrews incline to ashcolored or plumbeous, dark or
light, though some of the longtailed forms are more or less chestnut
55
56 JourNAL oF THE MrrcHEty Socrety | October
in color. Their pointed snouts and mole-like fur are characteristic.
Of the introduced species the two large rats are apt to be confused,
but weight seems to be diagnostic as the heaviest roof rat I have
weighed tipped the scales at only 5 1/2 ounces while the smallest
adult wharf rat weighed over 7, and the largest 21 ozs, with an aver-
age of not less than 11 or 12 ozs. The tails, too, differ in length,
the tail of the roof rat when stretched forward over the back reaching
well beyond the nose, while that of the wharf rat does not come much
further forward than the ears. Roof rats appear to be more diurnal
in habit, and usually seek to escape if possible by climbing upwards
while a wharf rat instinctively goes down. Neither species seems
to occur in the fields in this locality.
The house mouse occurs both in and around human habitations
and in fields far from the haunts of man. It is not likely to be con-
fused with anything else but the harvest mouse, which, however, has
much softer fur, a blunter snout, and more distinctly whitish under-
parts. Fortunately, too, it has a structural difference in that there
is a groove down the anterior face of its upper incisors, which is ab-
sent in the house mouse.
Of the native species the commonest is the whitefooted or deer
mouse, which is not likely to be confused with any other of our Ra-
leigh species except the red mouse from which it differs totally in
habits, being terrestrial while the other is an arboreal form. The
deer mouse is tawny on the sides with a darker area on the back, the
color of the sides and the white of the underparts abruptly distinct,
not shading into one another, tail bicolored, white below, tawny above.
This species is found everywhere in fields and in woodlands, often
forming fifty per cent of the mice and shrews caught when trapping.
It seems to nest mostly in rotten stumps or logs either above or below
ground.
The species most closely resembling the deer mouse is the red or
golden mouse which differs from all the rest of our rats and mice by
its arboreal habits. This is a species of low grounds and thickets
along streams, building its nests in small trees, reeds or thickets often
as high as fifteen feet from the ground. Usually an inspection of
the nests will tell if the mouse or mice are at home, as the hole is
usually open when they are away, and closed when the inmates are
»
PA EAE er Pet oe
1919] Ovr Rats, Micr ann Surews 57
at home. Each nest is inhabited by a pair of mice with or without
a brood of young according to the season of the year, the last brood
apparently remaining in the nests with their parents throughout the
winter. ‘This is a slightly larger species than the deer mouse, and
is more reddish in color, the.dark area along the back is less marked
and the color of the upper parts shades into the yellowish white of
the underparts without a break. The species is never caught in field
trapping for mice and I have caught but one in a trap in the woods.
The young are colored like the adults unlike those of the deer mouse
which are slate colored above.
The commonest of the field mice next to the deer mouse is the little
harvest mouse, which occurs as commonly but less uniformly, and
does not seem to be found at all in the woods. Its characteristics have
been noted in connection with the house mouse.
By far the largest of the field rats and mice is the cotton rat, a
stouter built animal and with a proportionately shorter tail than any
so far mentioned. This attains a length of from 8 1/2 to over 10
inches with a tail less than two-fifths of its total length, the color is
grizzled due to an admixture of yellow tipped hairs with black ones.
The species seems to be often very common in honeysuckle tangles
on upland ditch banks, and it seems more closely confined to upland
fields in this vicinity than any other of our species. Traps for small
mice are too small for it, and it will often tear the wooden ones to
pieces to get at the bait.
Another good sized species of quite different habits is the rice field
rat or rice rat, which casually much resembles a small house rat in
appearance. In total length it measures about the same as the cotton
rat, but as its tail constitutes about one-half of the total length it is
actually much smaller. Its home is in the marshes and eat tail
swamps along streams and it swims and dives as readily as a musk-
rat, its hind feet being larger in proportion than those of most other
mice.
The other two species of Muride occurring here are distinguished
from all the foregoing by their short ears and very short tails which
latter are less than three-tenths of the total length. The larger is
the meadow mouse a dark brown good sized mouse mainly inhabiting
lowground meadows, but found to a greater or less extent in all up-
58 JouRNAL oF THE MrrcHEtri Socrery | October
land fields, average length about 6 3/4 inches of which the tail con-
stitutes only 2 7/8 inches. This is a potential menace as are all its
near relatives to alfalfa and other hay crops.
The smaller of the shorttailed mice occurring here is the pine
mouse which is much smaller than the meadow mouse and with still
shorter ears and tail. It is more subterranean im its habits than the
other mice, both making burrows of its own and following the mole
runs under the surface of the ground. It is said to be a more of a
woodland species than the other mice, but is captured more or less
sporadically in field trapping. In many respects it is a more in-
sidious enemy than our other mice, for the damage it does to potatoes
(either kind) or peanuts is not apt to be noticed until the crop is dug
and empty shells alone are found.
We now come to the jumping mouse which like the red mouse
seems to be untrappable in this locality, though specimens are not
infrequently found drowned in the barrels set for muskrats. This
is a yellowish species with the coarse harsh fur partly composed of
black hairs, and the underparts are yellowish white. The tail is
over half of the total length and the hind feet are proportionately
very large, its usual method of progression being by leaping like a
frog. The species seems to be mostly contined to lowgrounds or the
borders of small streams, and is not at all common, Raleigh being,
I believe, the most southern locality from which it is known.
Of the shrews there are two groups, the longtailed shrews with the
tail more than one-third the total length and the ears more conspicu-
ous, and the short-tailed or mole shrews with the tail less than one-
fourth the length and the ears hidden by the fur, the latter look very
like diminutive moles, and are often mistaken for young moles by
the uninformed in spite of the marked difference in their forefeet
from those of a mole.
Of the longtailed shrews we get at Raleigh only one species, the
smallest and rarest of our small mammals, Sorex longirostris, a little
animal only about 3 1/2 inches long of which the tail constitutes
1 1/4, the few specimens taken by me have all been caught in traps in
fields, none in woods.
1919] Ovr Rars, Mice ann Surews 59
Of the mole shrews we get two species, the Carolina mole shrew,
which is about 3 3/4 inches long, the tail only 3/4 inch, and the little
mole shrew, which is barely 3 inches long, with the tail 5/8 inch.
The latter is usually somewhat paler than the Carolina shrew, but
is not always easy to distinguish except by dental characters. Both
species are found in fields and the Carolina shrew also in woods, and
both can be caught in traps baited with peanuts, which I find to be
practically the only bait worth using for field mice and shrews, al- .
though the heads of birds and mice can be used to trap shrews and
most species of mice.
A few words about trapping small mammals. I find that the best
traps to use so far as catching specimens is concerned are the ordinary
wooden choker mouse traps, cut in half and set in the runways; the
guillotine traps are also good, but shrews and mice seem to have a
preference for seeking their food in a hole, thus I have caught cotton-
rats in choker traps when their heads were wedged so tight in the
hole that it was hard to get them out.
The best season for trapping mice and shrews so far as the number
caught is concerned is from about mid-November to Christmas, but
those caught later on are in more adult condition and better pelage.
As soon as vegetation begins to grow rapidly in the spring the num-
ber caught rapidly diminishes, and by early April trapping is about
done for.
60 JOURNAL OF THE MitcHety Society [ October
The following measurements will give some idea of the compara-
tive size and proportions of our species:
|
Average All Specimens | Average Large Ones Largest One
Species |
Num- | Total -, | Num- Total - Total 2
ber | Length ae | ber Length a Length Tail
1. Deer Mouse=-- ae eae 170 5.75 2.38 26 6.50 2.87 7.00 3.12
(Peromyscus leucopus).
2. Golden Mouse_---------------- 143 6.38 3.00 — 26 «6.93 3.31 7.31 3.63
(Peromyscus aureolus.) | <
$3. Rice iRat= esa ena ae 71 8.25 4.06 13 9.81 4.81 > 10.56 5.25
(Oryzomys palustris.)
4, Harvest Mouse-_--------------- 160 4.56 2.06 32 5.12 2.50 5.56 2.50
(Reithrodontomys humulis.)
6. Cotton iiates = ae ene 108 8.56 3.38 23 9.93 3.81 || 10.87 4.50
(Stgmodon hispidus.)
6. House Mouse-_-.--------------- 21 5.87 2278) |-2-- Compt. Rend., 145 (1907), 62.
® Compt. Rend., 152 (1911), 87, 1250.
19 9)
BD
JOURNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SocIETY [June
gases passed over it. The heating was done by an electric sleeve and
the temperature up to 550° recorded by an accurate thermometer in-
serted in the tube with the bulb by the side of the boat. No cor-
rections were made for the portion of the thermometer stem exposed
beyond the tube, as such accuracy was not necessary. For tempera-
tures above 550° ammeter readings, which had been standardized, were
used. Two or three grams of the powdered samples were taken for
each experiment.
Expt. 1. Litharge was heated quickly up to 300°, then at the
rate of 5° to the minute. At about 345° it began to turn black and
at 360° it had changed entirely to black. At 390° the color began to
lighten and at 400° it was pure white. No further change was ob-
served up to 550°. The white powder (lead chloride) was entirely
dissolved by water. This experiment is especially instructive as the
two steps in the reaction, first a reduction followed by chlorination,
are quite distinct.
Erpt. 2. The green oxide of uranium (U;Os) was treated in the
same way and also showed the antecedent reduction changing at first
into the black oxide (U30;) at 450° and forming the chloride at 500°.
In the remaining experiments the two steps, reduction and chlor?
nation, if they occurred separately could not be distinguished. Chromie
oxide began to chlorinate at 625°, stannic oxide at 400°, alumina at
450°, manganese dioxide at 460°, calcium oxide at 630°, magnesia at
475°, ferric oxide at 460° and zirconia at 480°.
The mixture of gases used in these experiments probably contained
an excess of carbon monoxide. For a few of the substances the re-
action was repeated with a considerable excess of chlorine. Under
these conditions the chlorination temperature for ferric oxide was
lowered from 460° to 370° and for zirconia from 480° to 425°.
A comparative table of the approximate chlorination temperatures
follows:
Substances cc, oa, -- GL cocl, CcO+ Cl, COC, + Cm
TiO, 430° 450°
ZrO, 430° 300° + 400° 480° 425°
Tho, 420° 650°
Sn0, 400° 400° 400°
BaO 330° 500°
MgO 390° 450° 475°
ZnO 400° 450°
Al.O, 390° 400° 450°
1920) CHLORINATION BY Mixep Carson MONOXIDE 89
Substances CCl, CCl, + Cl, co + Cl, COCl, + Clin
Fe,0, 245° below 300° 350° 460° 370°
Cr,0,; 580° 600° 625°
MnO, 400° 450° 460°
NiO 550° 550°
U,0, 360° 450° 500°
CeO, 350° 600° A
La,O, 330° 600°
Certain facts may be stated with regard to these reactions. First,
they do not seem to take place in the case of compounds of silicon and
boron. In many cases an antecedent reduction is noticed, but this
takes place at a much lower temperature than that at which the re-
ducing agent is usually effective. The combination of the reducing
agent with chlorine as carbon tetrachloride or carbonyl chloride in-
creases the activity. It may be that these compounds act only after
dissociation, but then it is difficult to explain the still greater activity
in the presence of excess of chlorine. This increased activity may be
explained on the assumption that in certain cases the reduction is a
surface action which slows down or ceases unless the product is re-
moved. The rapid removal of this by the chlorine speeds up the re-
action. :
Our experiments show that mixtures of carbon monoxide and
chlorine, the latter preferably in excess, may be very conveniently
used for bringing about industrial chlorinations.
CHAPEL Hint, N. C.
A RAPID VOLUMETRIC METHOD FOR THE DETERMI-
NATION OF ARSENIC IN ARSENATES
By JAMES M. BELL
The rapid and exact method of Mohr for the determination of
arsenious acid depends on the reaction:
As,O, + 2H,0 + 21.=As,0, + 4HI
This reaction is reversible, going toward the right when one of the re-
action products is removed as it is formed. Two methods have been
proposed for the removal of hydrogen iodide, both based upon the
reduction of the hydrogen-ion concentration. In the first of these
methods, the solution is kept neutral or slightly alkaline by means of
a large excess of sodium bicarbonate, added just previously to the
titration with iodine solution. This method gives satisfactory results.
The evolution of carbon dioxide may be avoided by the use of di-
sodium phosphate instead of sodium bicarbonate, as was proposed by
Washburn.! Advantage is here taken of the shght hydrogen-ion con-
centration in solution containing both disodium phosphate and mono-
sodium phosphate. This method also gives excellent results.
A volumetric method of equal accuracy for arsenates was sought
in connection with a study of the arsenates, the results of which will
appear in a later paper. The volumetric method of the Association of
Official Chemists? depends on the reversal of the reaction as written
above, followed by titration with iodine solution. This is effected by
treating the arsenate with rather concentrated sulphurie acid and
potassium iodide and by removal of one of the constituents on the left
of the equation, iodine. Long continued boiling follows until all the
iodine has been volatilized. The solution is then neutralized and the
arsenious oxide ‘titrated against iodine solution in the presence of
sodium bicarbonate. The removal of iodine by long continued boiling,
sometimes until fumes of SOs are evolved requires careful watching
and may also involve the removal by volatilization of arsenious iodide.
A yellow deposit of this substance frequently appears around the neck
of the flask and it is probable that some of it may have escaped. This
loss is indicated by low results obtained with known samples and by
the failure to obtain duplicate results.
1Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., 30, 31 (1908).
Gata of the Committee on Editing Tentative and Official Methods of Analysis
sD Ode
[ 90 ]
1920] DETERMINATION OF ARSENIC IN ARSENATES 91
A better method of eliminating free iodine was sought. The fol-
lowing procedure was finally employed: To 25 ¢.c. of a solution con-
taining about 0.1 gram of As,O; were added one to two grams of
potassium iodide and after solution 5¢.c. of cone. hydrocloric acid.
This mixture is then boiled and as free iodine appears a dilute so-
lution of sodium sulphite is added from a burette to destroy the yel-
low color of the solution. Sodium thiosulphate cannot be used, as it is
decomposed by hot acid soiutions with the liberation of free sulphur.
Boiling is continued for a few minutes after the last appearance of
iodine in order to remove any excess of sulphite, as SOs, which may
have been used. The flask is then cooled in cold water and caustic
soda solution is dropped in from a pipette until litmus paper turns
blue. Dilute hydrochloric acid is added drop by drop until the litmus
paper just turns red. Crystals of disodium phosphate, 3 to 5 grams,
are now added, turning the litmus blue, and titration against N/10
iodine solution follows immediately.
As a test of the accuracy of the above method, a quantity of As) Oz
was dissolved in dilute hydrochlorie acid solution; the solution was
made alkaline and then faintly acid; an excess of disodium phosphate
was added and titration against iodine solution followed immediately.
After this titration, the solution containing arsenic only as AsO;
was reduced by the method above described and the titration repeated.
The results will be seen to agree within the experimental error:
No.1 No.2 No. 3 No. 4
SHEA ELTL GION secccocce-terenccersecerneanconrveusrens 17.55¢e 17.80ce 17.79ce 17.76ce
BIGCON GE GA GRATION, x ocs-cccecsqccceceoreeeceerenectcosses 17.58ee 17.79ce 17.76ce 17.74ce
The quantities of arsenic taken in each of the trials was not the same,
so that no comparison should be made of the different samples with
each other. The agreement between the two titrations for the same
quantity of arsenic shows that the proposed method is as accurate as
the Mohr method for arsenious oxide. The time required, after the
sample is in solution, is from 15 to 20 minutes for reduction to the
arsenious condition and subsequent neutralization and titration
against the standard iodine solution.
CHAPEL Hitt, N. C.
THE LAND OF FERNS
THE HABITATS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FERNWORTS OF
FLORIDA
By JoHN K. SMALL
PuLaTes 24-28
Florida has been called the ‘‘land of flowers.’’ Even more prop-
erly could it be called ‘‘the land of ferns.’’ While its pinelands and
prairies are themselves not without their own peculiar species, its
woods, hammocks, marshes, swamps, and sand-dunes, so abound in
fern plants, often in such remarkable luxuriance, that Florida be-
comes the Fern State, par excellence, among all the States of the
Union.
The pinelands! are the forests of pine trees, apparently the perma-
nent tree covering replacing the broad-leaved growth or hammocks of
former ages, at least in some parts of the state.
The prairies? are flat, more or less extensive, usually damp, treeless
areas, mostly in the peninsula.
The woods® are the broad-leaved forests, usually in the hilly or
rolling parts, especially of northern Florida. ;
The hammocks+ are dense growths of broad-leaved trees, in a pine-
forest or on a prairie, mostly in peninsular Florida. The use of this
word is confined to Florida and adjacent States. It was formerly con-
fused with the word hummock. The word is probably of Indian
origin. Lime-sinks which are usualiy conspicuous ferneries, are com-
monly in hammocks, and are included here.
The marshes® are wet prairies. They are common throughout the
peninsula. Depressions in the prairies often form ponds.
The swamps® are wet woods. They are common throughout the
state and are often along or near streams.
The sand-dunes* are undulating or hilly areas of siliceous or eal-
1Their characteristic fernwort genera are few: Anemia, Pycnadoria, Pteris, Sphe-
nomeris, Lycopodium, Selaginella.
? Their characteristic genera are few: Blechnum, Onoclea, Lycopodium.
°2Their characteristic genera are few: Botrychium, Ophioglossum, Lygodium, Pteris, Adian-
tum, Asplenium, Athyrium, Dryopteris, Polystichum, Selaginella.
*Their characteristic genera are numerous: Ophioglossum, Cheiroglossa, Trichomanes,
Actinostachys, Stenochlaena, Polypodium, Phlebodium, Campyloneurum, Phymatodes, Vit-
taria, Paltonium, Adiantum, Hypolepis, Cheilanthes, Asplenium, Tectaria, Dryopteris, Nephro-
lepis, Selaginella, Psilotum.
* Their characteristic genera are several: Osmunda, Ceratopteris, Acrostichum, Blech-
num, Anchistea, Lorinseria, Dryopteris, Azolla, Lycopodium, Selaginella, Isoetes.
°'Their characteristic genera are: Osmunda, Actinostachys, Acrostichum, Anchistea,
Lorinseria, Blechnum, Dryopteris, Meniscium, Nephrolepis, Onoclea, Lycopodium, Sela-
ginella, Psilotum.
*Their characteristic genera are few: Pteris, Cheilanthes, Selaginella.
[ 92 ]
[By poavoy
YOOULLUR AY, SULULT, UT
“Bi “WOpOoULA wou
6 ULV Id
are
1920] THe Lanp oF FERNS 93
eareous sand, active along the coast, stationary back of the coastal
lagoons and in the interior. Sheli-mounds or kitchen-middens are
usually built on or near dunes. The so-called ‘‘serub,’’ which com-
prises extensive areas of white sand supporting a characteristic plant
association, is included here.
In these various areas are found about one-third of the different
kinds of ferns and fern-allies growing naturally in all America north
of Mexico; and the variety in habit and leaf-form of these far exceeds
that exhibited by the ferns of any other part of either the United
States or Canada. In Florida more than one hundred ferns and fern-
allies, both simple and complex, from very small to gigantic, grow
either as native or as naturalized plants.
There are ferns in nearly every part of the State, but only the more
marked areas of distribution will be referred to on the following
pages, to-wit: northern Florida is the long horizontal (east-west) axis
of the State, while peninsular Florida is the long perpendicular
(north-south) axis. The Florida Keys* are the islands of the Florida
reef off the southern coast. The Everglade Keys are islands in the
southern part of the Everglades. The Florida Keys and Everglade
Keys are islands of rock. The upper series of Florida Keys are of
coral limestone and are clothed with hammock. The Everglade Keys
and the lower series of Florida Keys are of Golitic limestone and are
clothed with both hammock and pine forest. The lime-sink region is
an area in the northwestern part of the peninsula, which is surrounded
by other phytogeographic regions. It comprises mostly rolling sandy
pine woods with depressions or sinks, but only few streams. How-
ever, near the rivers there are many large springs.
The different kinds of fernworts may be grouped thus: (a) natur-
alized exotic species, (b) endemic species, (c) species typically of a
more northern distribution, and (d) species typically of more south-
ern distribution, and consequently tropical.
There are, apparently, only three naturalized fernworts. These
are:
Pyenadoria longifolia (Bracken)
Dryopteris setigera (Wood-fern)
Marsilea vestita (Pepperwort)
7 §Key (Spanish cayo, English cay) primarily applied to islands along the coast in and
near Spanish-speaking countries, largely replaces the use of the word “island,” particularly
im southern Florida, and by the inhabitants is applied to islands in the Everglades as
well as to the islands of the coast and reef of Florida.
94 JOURNAL OF THE MrirCcHELL Society [June
Little is known concerning a rare bracken, Pycnadoria longifolia,
within our range, and it may yet prove to be a native plant. There
seems to be no good reason why it should not be native, for it occurs
plentifully on the islands on the other side of the Gulf Stream. The
other exotic has found such favorable habitats and grows in such a
natural manner that it is difficult to realize that it is not a native
plant. In fact, never has a satisfactory explanation been offered as
to how the large wood-fern, Dryopteris setigera, did gain a foothold
in these apparently natural habitats. Of course, it may be that its
spores were primarily carried there by winds from cultivated plants
and thus lodged in favorable habitats. But the true manner of its
introduction may remain a mystery forever. The pepperwort,
Marsilea vestita, is native west of the Mississippi River. It seems to
have been brought into Florida through the agency of the railroads,
and as far as we know it has not been found far away from the lines of
traffic.
Two additional species, a bracken, Pycnadoria cretica, and a
clubmoss, Lycopodium cernuum, are sometimes considered naturalized
plants, but there has never been good evidence advanced to support
that theory. :
There are seven endemic species in Florida. These are:
Asplenium biscayneanum (Spleenwort)
Asplenium Curtissii
Tectara Amesiana (Halberd-fern)
Selaginella funiformis (Resurrection-plant )
Selaginella humifusa
Isoetes Chapmanii (Quillwort)
Tsoetes alata
The first-mentioned spleenwort grows in only one hammock—a
hammock on the Everglade Keys, in the southern end of the Ever-
elades, while the second one is found in hammocks in the lime-sink
region of the northern part of the peninsula. The Tectaria is known
only in the hammocks of the Everglade Keys. The first-cited species
of Selaginella occurs in peninsular Florida, while the second one has
been found in northern Florida, as well as in the peninsula. The
first-mentioned quillwort has been found only in western Florida,
while the second one is known to oceur only in the Gulf Hammock
region. This region is a rather narrow strip along the upper western
coast of the peninsula with limestone near the surface or cropping out.
The coast line differs from that farther south in being devoid of
OM MOAT OL
c¢ WLV'Id
1920] Tue Land or FERNS 95
islands. The very gradually sloping ocean bottom acts as a barrier
against the approach of high waves from the Gulf of Mexico. The
long-leaf pine is the most abundant tree, but there are many low ham-
mocks besides the great Gulf Hammock of Levy County—whence the
name for the region.
The vast majority of the species comprising this fern flora are na-
tive plants that occur also outside the state, either in the eastern
United States or in tropical America. They fall into two groups:
the one composed of northern elements, the other of southern elements.
With very few exceptions the plants are fibrous-rooted. The species
of the genera Botrychium, Ophioglossum, and Cheiroglossa are fleshy-
rooted and doubtless al] represent mycorrhiza forms.
The northern elements comprise about one-third of the species.
They are not, however, all strictly typical of decidedly northern lati-
tudes. On the one hand, some only extend northward as far as south-
ern Georgia, and others are merely in the coastal plain of the Gulf
of Mexico, while on the other hand a few of the species that are
‘naturally included among the northern ferns are found in the Amer-
ican tropics. Following is a list of the species:
Botrychium obliquum (Grape-fern)
Botrychium virginianum (Rattlesnake-fern)
Ophioglossum vulgare (Adder’s-tongue)
Ophioglossum crotalophoroides
Trichomanes Boschianum (Filmy-fern)
Osmunda regalis (Royal-fern)
Osmunda cinnamomea (Cinnamon-fern)
Lygodium palmatum (Climbing-fern)
Pteris aquilina (Brake)
Adiantum Capillus-Veneris (Venus’-hair fern)
Pellaea atropurpurea (Cliff-brake)
Anchistea virginica (Chain-fern)
Lorineeria areolata (Chain-fern)
Asplenium platyneuron (Spleenwort)
Asplenium resiliens
Athyrium Filix-foemina (Lady-fern)
Dryopteris Thelypteris (Shield-fern)
Dryopteris floridana (Wood-fern)
Dryopteris hexagonoptera (Beech-fern)
Polystichum acrostichoides (Christmas-fern)
Onoclea sensibilis (Sensitive-fern)
Marsilea vestita (Pepperwort)
Azolla caroliniana (Watermoss)
Lycopodium alopecuroides (Clubmoss)
96 JOURNAL OF THE MITCHELL Society [June
Lycopodium prostratum
Lycopodium adpressum
Lycopodium carolinianum
Selaginella apus (Little-clubmoss )
Selaginella ludoviciana
Selaginella acanthonota (Resurrection-plant )
Selaginella arenicola
Isoetes flaccida (Quillwort)
These ferns occupy, for the most part, temperate and sub-tropical
Florida.® The plants are predominantly terrestial. Some kinds, how-
ever, are aquatics; others are amphibious. Many kinds prefer as a
habitat what we commonly eall soil, others grow best on exposed rock,
while a few seem to thrive luxuriantly in ‘‘peat.’’
The lowland kinds reach Florida along the Atlantic Coastal Plain,
while the highland species extend southward from the mountains or
from the Piedmont region along the hills and ridges and through the
river-valleys of western Georgia and eastern Alabama. The typically
lowland kinds, the majority of the species of the above list, often
range far southward in the peninsula, while the ranges of the highland
species generally end in northern Florida or in the upper part of the
peninsula, for example: Athyrium Filix-foemina, Dryopteris hexragon-
optera, Polystichum acrostichoides.
The tropical elements, comprising, as they do, about two-thirds of
the species, furnish the more varied and consequently the more in-
teresting fern-plants of our range. They are represented by:
Ophioglossum tenerum (Adder’s-tongue)
Cheiroglossa palmata (Hand-fern)
Trichomanes lineolatum (Filmy-fern)
Trichomanes punctatum
Trichomanes Kraussii
Actinostachys Germani (Curly-grass)
Anemia adiantifolia (Flowering-fern)
Ceratopteris pteridoides (Floating-fern)
Ceratopteris deltoidea
Stenochlaena Kunzeana (Holly-fern)
Acrostichum aureum (Leather-fern)
Acrostichum excelsum
Polypodium Plumula (Polypody)
Polypodium pectinatum
Polypodium polypodiodes (Resurrection-fern)
*Includes particularly all the state, except the Everglade Keys, the Cape Sable region,
and the Florida Reef. The ferns have been considered in ‘Ferns of Tropical Florida,”
i-ix, 1-80, 1918, and “Ferns of Royal Palm Hammock,” i-vii, 1-38, 1918, and incidentally
in papers published in the journal of The New York Botanical Garden from 1904 to 1920.
oY Nai 1 these
a4
1920 | Tue Lanp or FERNS
Phlebodium aureum (Serpent-fern)
Campyloneurum angustifolium (Strap-fern)
Campyloneurum costatum
Campyloneurum latum
Campyloneurum Phyllitidis
Phymatodes exiguum (Vine-fern)
Vittaria lineata (Shoestring-fern)
Paltonium lanceolatum (Tip-fern)
Pyenadoria pinetorum (Bracken)
Pteris caudata (Brake)
Adiantum tenerum (Maidenhair-fern)
Adiantum melanoleucum
Hypolepis repens (Beaded-fern)
Cheilanthes microphylla (Lip-fern)
Blechnum serrulatum (Swamp-bracken)
Blechnum occidentale
Asplenium serratum (Spleenwort)
Asplenium heterochroum
Asplenium abscissum
Asplenium dentatum
Asplenium erosum
Asplenium verecundum
Asplenium Curtissii
Asplenium cristatum
Tectaria heracleifolia (Halberd-fern)
Tectaria coriandrifolia
Tectaria minima
Tectaria Amesiana
Meniscium reticulatum (Everglade wood-fern)
Meniscium serratum
Dryopteris panamensis (Shield-fern)
Dryopteris stipularis
Dryopteris normalis
Dryopteris augescens
Dryopteris ampla
Dryopteris gonglyodes
Dryopteris parasitica
Dryopteris radicans
Dryopteris tetragona
Nephrolepis exaltata (Boston-fern)'*
Nephrolepis biserrata (Sword-fern)’
Sphenomeris clavata
Lycopodium cernum (Clubmoss)
Psilotum nudum (Brushmoss)
9
r
These tropical ferns, nearly all of which are hammock plants and
1 These common names are used interchangeably.
98 > JoURNAL OF THE MITCHELL Society [June
grow for the most part on trees, in humus, or on exposed limestone,
are largely confined to three well-defined areas. Two of these con-
stitute ‘‘tropical Florida’’—that is to say, the Florida Keys and the
Everglade Keys. The other area is that lime-sink region in the north-
western part of the peninsula, mentioned above and to be referred to
more fully further on.
The Florida Keys consist of a chain of low islands built upon the
Florida Reef mainly south of the peninsula. All of them are remnants
of what were evidently larger islands in past ages.t° They are really
situated in the waters of the Gulf Stream, and extend from the At-
lantic Ocean on the northeast into the Gulf of Mexico on the south-
west. They are naturally divided into two groups: those of the upper
or more northern group, which are of coral-rock, and those of the
lower or more southern group, which are of limestone. All the
islands are clothed with tropical hammock, except portions of a few
and here they are either partly heath-like or partly covered with pine.
These hammocks and pinelands harbor but ten different kinds of na-
tive ferns. But of these, one only (Paltonium lanceolatum) has not
yet been discovered on the Florida mainland. d
The Upper Keys are for the most part long and narrow ridges of
coral-rock and are clothed with evergreen hardwood forests which
harbor the one kind of fern not yet known to occur on the Everglade
Keys. The Lower Keys are more spread out, more even, and rather
less elevated above the sea. They are clothed both with hardwood for-
ests and, in the case of a half-dozen islands, with pine woods, at least
in part. The Lower Keys have as yet yielded no ferns not already
known on the Everglade Keys. In fact, the Florida Keys have a
much smaller fern fiora than the Everglade Keys. Only about one-
fifth of the species of the Everglade Keys have been found there. No
doubt in their past the fern flora was larger than it is now. It may
have rivaled or excelled that of the Everglade Keys, for the Florida
Keys consist of two areas of different ages, coral and limestone; but
this region has been for a long time decidedly on the wane as regards
area, and doubtless also vegetation.
In addition to the leaching process of erosion that’ has reduced the
surface of the Everglade Keys, the Florida Keys have had the me-
chanical and chemical action of the sea to contend with and the evi-
“This statement refers to the islands composed of rock. The mud flats and islands
covered with mangrove are evidently, as a rule, increasing in size, especially in sheltered
places, but they scarcely figure in the matter of ferns. They are destitute of ferns, unless
an occasional Acrostichum aureum got a foothold there.
1920) THe Lanp or FERNS 99
dence of reduction are not hard to observe. These islands have been
worn down and washed away not only by the never-ceasing action of
the sea, but also by the hurricanes of ages. This is quite evident.
The rock surface, particularly in the case of the Lower Keys whose
limestone corresponds to that of the Everglade Keys, is polished off
and plate-like, instead of merely leached out and honeycombed. What
the former fernworts consisted of we cannot even imagine, but we are
safe in assuming that the list was more extensive than that which we
are able to record there now.
The Everglade Keys, the second tropical area—a phytogeographic
region isolated in the Everglades—comprise a curved series of lime-
stone islands appearing on the surface about the neighborhood of the
Miami River, trending southwest and disappearing in the southern
end of the Everglades. The area is surrounded by the Everglades,
except where a portion fronts on Bay Biscayne or its lagoons.
As on the Florida Keys, the native flora of the Everglade Keys
consists almost wholly of tropical plants. Pineland predominates
in extent of area today; but the few hammocks—evidently themselves
remnants of a once dominant and magnificent forest—still harbor
nearly fifty kinds of our tropical ferns. And among these are no
naturalized exotic species, no typically northern species. The only
northern ferns in the vicinity are those occurring where the Ever-
glades and the limestone islands meet.
The number of ferns and fern-allies in this region is quite re-
markable when we consider that the area involved comprises only a
few hundred square miles, a mere fraction of the State’s large area.
Although variety in soil and other physical features is slight, this
area harbors more than fifty per cent. of the fern flora of Florida.
An overwhelming majority of the species are typically tropical
American. In addition to these, there are several cosmopolitan spe-
cies and a few endemic ferns. The plants of nearly one-third of the
species are epiphytic, living on the moisture of the air and getting
solid food from the bark and small quantities of humus, while an-
chored on trees and prostrate logs. This condition doubtless makes up
to some extent for the lack of variety in topography, climate, and soil.
The Everglade Keys consist of two main divisions, the Biscayne
pineland!! and the Long Key pineland. The former group is made
__ “These two groups of islands are separated from each other by a distance of three
miles. The intervening Everglades contain a number of sloughs which represent the
upper reaches of an unmapped river that flows southward and empties into the Bay of
Florida. The larger or eastern group of islands takes its name from Bay Biscayne which
washes the shores of one of the islands for a distance of about fifteen miles. The smaller
ee. takes its name from Long Key, the largest island lying west of the sloughs referred
0 above,
in}
100 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [June
up of about a dozen larger islands, which are mostly bounded by the |
Everglades on two sides and separated from each other by narrow
channel-like intersecting prairies. The Long Key group has a much
smaller area than the Biscayne pineland. It consists of about five
larger islands and a few smaller ones. Both groups are of limestone,
and they are slightly elevated above the Everglades. The rock is
rather porous and the softer spots of the almost universally exposed
surface have been eroded, mostly by leaching out, so as to form a
surface honeycombed with all sizes of cavities having very ragged
and sharp edges. These limestone islands are almost completely for-
ested with the Caribean-pine (Pinus caribaea) which grows nearly
everywhere on the exposed rock. However, the pine-woods, or pine-
lands, are interrupted here and there by hammocks or areas of hard-
wood shrubs and trees, some areas small and some much larger, al-
though all taken together these comprise but a very small percentage
of the region under consideration. The hammocks may be divided
into two groups; first, the high pineland hammocks which are islands
or colonies of hardwood trees in the pine-woods. They are dry except
for the water contained in deep lime-sinks and in the humid air.
They number about a score. Second, are the low pineland ham-
mocks, indefinite in number and situated along the boundary line of
the pinelands and the Everglades proper and prairies. These are
usually high and dry towards the pine-woods and low and wet along
the Everglades or prairies.
The ratio of pineland ferns to hammock ferns seems astonishingly
small. There are only three kinds of ferns that may be considered
naturally pineland plants. Even two of these ferns will spring up mm
clearings in hammocks which have been partly destroyed either by
nature or by man. The other forty-eight species are hammock plants.
Their habit ranges from the stiffest to the most graceful and their
structure from the coarsest to the most delicate. The pineland species
are strictly terrestrial in habit. The hammock kinds are to a great
extent epiphytic.
The hammocks of the Biscayne pineland are rich repositories of
ferns. The trees are nearly all evergreen. More abundant are:
pigeon-plum (Coccolobis), devil’s claws (Pisonia), blolly (Torrubia),
cherry (Laurocerasus), wild-tamarind (Lysiloma), Jamaica-dogwood
(Ichthyomethia), coral-bean (Erythrina), torch-wood (Amyris), bit-
terwood (Simarouba), gumbo-limbo (Elaphrium), Guiana-plum
86 OLLV Id
1920] THe Lanp or Ferns 101
(Drypetes), soapberry (Sapindus), butter-bough (Exothea), wild-
coffee (Colubrina), lancewood (Ocotea), stopper (Eugenia), and
many others, all growing closely associated to make the hammocks.
Nearly all the kinds of ferns of tropical Florida may be found in
them. The well-lke lme-sinks, the hammock floor, and the trunks
and limbs of rough-barked trees are the habitats of the many species,
each and all usually forming ferneries of indescribable beauty.
They can be appreciated by the eye alone; even the camera falls far
short of doing them justice. In some places the deep well-like sinks
have their sides completely covered with mats of iridescent filmy-
ferns (Trichomanes) to the exclusion of all other vegetation, while
nearby tree-trunks and logs are completely covered with another kind
of filmy-fern. In other sinks the small halberd-fern (Tectaria) pre-
dominates, while in still others we find the honeycombed rock sides
adorned with various ferns, filmies (Zrichomanes), maidenhair
(Adiantum), halberd-fern (Tectaria), wood-fern (Dryopteris), and
spleenwort (Asplenium), not to mention the rarer holly-fern (Sten-
ochlaena), which is one of the few climbing ferns of Florida. The
hammock floor is another kind of fernery. There the strap-fern, vari-
ous wood-ferns, maidenhair, spleenworts, sword-fern, and large hal-
berd-fern, comprise the more conspicuous kinds. One species of wood-
fern (Dryopteris ampla) is, at the same time, the most conspicuous
and most elegant. It sometimes has an erect stem a foot and a half
high and elegant lace-like leaves with a spread of a dozen feet! In
these remarkable hammocks there are ferns everywhere, ferns under-
ground, ferns on the ground, and ferns in the air. The trunks and
limbs of rough-barked trees are actually clothed with masses of ferns,
as well as with orchids, and other plants. The resurrection-fern (Poly-
podium), the strap-fern (Campyloneurum), and the Boston-fern (Ne-
phrolepsis) are the most common epiphytic kinds, while the elegant
vine-fern (Phymatodes) occurs plentifully in one hammock. Pal-
metto trees are often conspicuous ferneries. Below the crown of
leaves and growing from among the old leaf-bases one often finds a
collection of Boston-fern (Nephrolepis), shoestring-fern (Vittaria),
hand-fern (Cheiroglossa), and serpent-fern (Phlebodium).
In passing, before taking up the additional tropical locality, it may
be of interest to mention a kind of half-way station where a few
tropical kinds of ferns have found congenial conditions, and flourish.
It is the magnificent hammock that clothes the eastern shores of Lake
102 JOURNAL OF THE MitcHELL Sociery [June
Okeechobee. Here vegetation is protected by the tempering of the
westerly winds, that blow across the lake in winter. As a consequence
the Boston-fern (Nephrolepis) and the strap-fern (Campyloneurum),
as well as some epiphytic orchids, are abundant.
The third tropical fern area—and the one by far most difficult to
understand or to interpret satisfactorily—is that district several hun-
dred miles north of the Everglade Keys previously referred to, the
lime-sink region in the northwestern part of the peninsula. Here tie
hammock is composed of trees not tropical, but characteristic of more
northern warm temperate regions. The trees are mostly deciduous-
leaved. There one finds iron-wood (Carpinus), oak (Quercus), elm
(Ulmus), sugarberry (Celtis), mulberry (Morus), sweet-gum (Liqui-
dambar), ash-leaved maple (Negundo), maple (Acer), and flowering
dogwood (Cynoxylon). The boulders, sinks, chasms, canons, caves,
and cliffs hidden in these hammocks support a growth of ferns, even
if of a fewer number and of less variety, yet, just as tropical, both
in character and in kind, as do the lime-sinks of the Everglade Keys.
There is one striking difference, it is true. This is the absence of the
epiphytic kinds so common to the more southern area. The resurreec-
tion-fern (Polypodium polypodioides) is the only truly epiphytic kind.
Following is a list of the species found in the largest known grotto:
Polypodium polypodioides (Resurrection-fern)
Polypodium Plumula (Polypody)
Polypodium pectinatum
Pteris cretica (Bracken)
Adiantum tenerum (Maindenhair-fern)
Asplenium abscissum (Spleenwort)
Asplenium Curtissii
Asplenium heterochroum
Asplenium platyneuron
Asplenium verecundum
Tectaria heracleifolia (Halberd-fern)
Dryopteris floridana (Wood-fern)
Dryopteris normalis (Shield-fern)
Dryopteris reptans
These species, or the related types in the case of the endemic
Asplenium Curtissii, are of general tropical distribution. The plants
are evergreen and have no apparent resting period during the year.
Such a copious growth of ferns is rarely seen anywhere else in Flor-
ida. Boulders and cliffs are often entirely hidden from view by dense
masses of the various ferns growing intimately mixed. On other over-
1920 | THe Lanp or FrerNns 103
hanging rocks with rather smooth faces the plants are often scattered.
Most of the kinds grow not only en the perpendicular faces of the
rocks, but also on the top of boulders and all more or less horizontal
- surfaces. The masses of leaves of all sizes and kinds of ferns often
completely hide numerous pitfalls of various sizes and ranging from
a few feet to twelve feet deep. Walking is rendered exceedingly
dangerous from these treacherous pitfalls alone, not to mention the
soft and crumbling edges of cliffs and ledges.12
Among the tropical ferns that do not comply with our rule of these
three tropical phytogeographie areas, are the amphibious leather-ferns
(Acrostichum), which extend northward along the coastal strip or
through the Everglades up into the Lake region, the floating-ferns
(Ceratopteris) which are scattered through the peninsula up into the
Lake region, and such epiphytes as the hand-fern (Cheiroglossa), the
serpent-fern (Phlebodium), the vine-fern (Phymatodes), the shoe-
string fern (Vittaria), two species of strap-fern (Campyloneurum),
and the sword-fern (Nephrolepis).
The exception in the case of the epiphytes, however, is easily ac-
counted for. The soil or rock conditions in the country lying between
southern Florida and the northern part of the peninsula are wanting,
but whenever the conditions of hammocks in this intervening territory
are favorable, for example, the hammock on the eastern shore of
Okeechobee, these epiphytes, finding congenial conditions, take hold
and thrive.
There are nine kinds of ferns common to the Everglade Keys and
to the lime-sink region. They are of tropical origin. There are forty-
two species growing on the Everglade Keys not yet found in the lime-
sink region, and five species have been collected in the lime-sink region
not yet met with on the Everglade Keys.
Travelers and botanists observed and perhaps collected specimens
of ferns in Florida before the beginning of the Highteenth century.
Then during the earlier part of the last century, further collections
were made in many localities, and about the middle of that century
nearly fifty species of ferns were known to grow wild in the entire
state. During the eighth and ninth decades of the last century and
“For more detailed accounts of these fern grottoes see A. H. Curtiss, Plant World
5: 68-70, 1902, and R. M. Harper, American Fern Journal 6: 68-81, 1916.
104 JOURNAL OF THE MITCHELL SOCIETY [June
the first decade of the present century, however, during which periods
collectors carried on botanical explorations in the less-known parts of
the state, the list of Florida ferns was increased by more than fifty
additional species. So that now, as already stated, we know thet in
this state alone there are growing, without cultivatien, over one hun-
dred different kinds of ferns and fern-allies.
THe New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.
THE REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH CAROLINA
ILLUSTRATED BY CENSUS STATISTICS
By Rotanp M. HARPER
PLATE 29
In the Journal of School Geography (afterwards called the Journal
of Geography) for January and March, 1898, there is a 14-page de-
scription of South Carolina by Prof. L. C. Glenn—a former resident
of that state, and a North Carolinian by birth—which is a good ex-
ample of what can be done by a careful observer with the proper
geographical point of view, without reference to census reports or
other previous literature.
The present paper supplements Prof. Glenn’s by dividing the
same state into natural regions and illustrating some of the contrasts
between them by means of statistics, mostly taken from the 13th
United States Census (1910). The main object of this study is to give
readers an idea of the vast amount of geographical information that is
buried in census reports and going to waste, as it were, for lack of
geographers sufficiently interested in that kind of work to dig it out
and put it together by regions. Most of the same kinds of ratios here
worked out are indeed given in recent census reports for whole states,
but as the average state is divisible into at least half a dozen regions,
differing in all sorts of ways, the contrasts between them are pretty
effectually concealed by the common practice of using state averages.
Description is here reduced to a minimum, to avoid unnecessary
duplication of what has already been written by Professor Glenn and
others. And in order to economize space only a few of the many pos-
sible kinds of statistics are used, but those few are believed to be
among the most significant. By utilizing more of the census tables,
and also by going back to earlier censuses, the length of this article
could have been increased many times without sacrificing much of its
geographical interest. Statistics could also have been obtained from
other sources than census reports; for example, the relative areas of
different soil texture classes from government soil surveys, and the
relative abundance of different trees or other plants from the writer’s
field notes. But these lines have not yet been worked up with a degree
of thoroughness at all comparable with a census, and they may there-
fore be left out of consideration at present.
£105 ]
106 JOURNAL OF THE MrrcHELL Society [June
Conditions in South Carolina are very favorable for showing cer-
tain fundamental relations between geology, or soil, and civilization.
The state can be divided into seven or eight belts approximately par-
allel to the coast, each differing from its neighbors in geology, soil or
topography (and incidentally in climate, though that gives no abrupt
transitions and therefore does not help us. much in drawing the re-
gional boundaries), with corresponding differences in the density, ra-
cial composition and education of the population, the development of
agriculture, ete. The counties, although rather large for statistical
refinements (averaging about 709 square miles each in 1910) fit these
belts very well, considering the fact that they were laid out with little
regard to regional geography. This is not quite so true of census
periods previous to the last, however, when some of the counties were
larger, and that is one reason why the regional statistics given here
are based on the last census only. (A few additional counties have
been created since 1910, but those are of course ignored.)
The different belts or regions were well described by Maj. Harry
Hammond, of Aiken County (1829-1916), one of the greatest geogra-
phers the South ever produced, in the 6th volume of the Tenth Census,
and in still greater detail in his 734-page handbook of South Caro-
lina, published about the same time (1883) by the state agricultural
department.* The present writer, having visited most of the counties
in South Carolina, has introduced some minor modifications, and the
boundaries as now recognized are shown on the accompanying sketch
map.”
The regions will be described very briefly, and the results of the
statistical investigations then presented in a table, followed by ap-
propriate comments.
The Blue Ridge, including the highest mountains in the state, with
a maximum altitude of about 3,500 feet, occupies only a few hundred
square miles in the extreme northwest, too small an area to figure at
all in the statistical tables. It is therefore combined with the next
region. ;
The upper Piedmont region, on account of its geographical position,
is the highest, coolest, and most hilly part of the state, with the ex-
* Unfortunately the only leaf bearing the author’s name, namely, that containing the
preface and bibliography, was cut out of most copies of this monumental work by the
publishers, on account of a slight misunderstanding; and the authorship is therefore some-
times credited to the then Commissioner of Agriculture by those who do not know the
circumstances.
2 The fall-line, or boundary between the Piedmont and sand-hills, is generalized from
a geological map by Earle Sloan, in the 1907 Handbook of South Carolina.
1920 | Tue ReeionaL Geography or SouTH CAROLINA 107
ception of the Blue Ridge just mentioned. Its area is about 3,600
square miles. It is characterized by eneiss and other metamorphic
rocks, which weather into red clayey loams and gray sandy loams of
medium fertility. It has more water-power in proportion to its area
than any of the regions lower down, and cotton manufacturing is a
very important industry. The statistics used are based on the six
northwesternmost counties, all of which have more whites than negroes
(which cannot be said of any other six contiguous counties in the
state).
The lower Piedmont region is similar geologically to the upper,
except for having more granite, trap and slate. On account of being
nearer the coast and less elevated the topography is a little smoother
and there is less water-power than in the upper division (as could be
brought out by means of certain census statistics if one wanted to take
the trouble). The soil is apparently just a little more fertile on the
average than that nearer the mountains. (Fertile soil and abundant
water-power hardly ever characterize one and the same region.*) The
area is about 6,500 square miles, approximately coextensive with
eleven counties.
‘The boundary between the upper and lower Piedmont regions is a
rather arbitrary one, for the most striking difference between them,
and one not wholly accounted for by the rather small differences in
natural environment, is in the racial composition of the population,
which is brought out in the table. The cause of this marked differ-
ence is not altogether clear, but it is probably largely historical,
though it may be partly fortuitous. The same distinction can be made
very satisfactorily in the Piedmont region of Georgia, but not in North
Carolina, perhaps on account of soil differences.
The innermost division of the coastal plain is the sand-hills, which
extend all the way across the state,—except for being interrupted by
river valleys—and a considerable distance into the two adjoining
states. The area is irregular and not easy to measure, but is probably
about 3,000 square miles. This is an elevated and very sandy region,
as the name implies. It has an agreeable climate and pure water, and
contains some well-known winter and spring resorts, such as Camden
and Aiken. The soil is rather poor, but the counties used in preparing
the table (Chesterfield, Kershaw and Lexington) all include parts of
more fertile regions, so that the census statistics are not altogether
* See Journal of Forestry (Washington) 16: 443, 1918.
108 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL Society | June
typical. If it were possible to exclude the more fertile areas the figures
would show greater contrast than they do.
The upper pine belt embraces considerable diversity, from high red
hills to flat sandy pine woods and swamps, but there are all sorts of
intermediate conditions, and it would be difficult to subdivide this
region in any way that would give us significant statistics as lone as
the counties are as large as they are. The region covers about 14
counties and 11,000 square miles.
The lower pine belt differs from the preceding chiefly in having
almost no red hills, more ponds, more sandy soil, and more long-leaf
pine, It is approximately coextensive with Dorchester, Colleton and
Hampton counties, and covers about 2,700 square miles.
The Cape Fear pine-barren region centers around Wilmington,
N. C., and in South Carolina includes most of Horry County, about
half of Georgetown (but not half its population), and perhaps part
of Marion, or about 1,500 square miles. It is characterized by copious
summer rain (nearly half the annual preciptation comes in the four
warmest months), and the soils are sandy and pretty well leached of
fertility. The statistics used to illustrate it are based on Horry .
County alone.
The coast strip includes the islands, marshes, and marly flats along
the coast, mostly south of the Santee River. The soils are of various
degrees of fertility, but mostly pretty well supplied with phosphorus,
the raw rock or ore of which has been mined in several places for fertil-
izing purposes. Some of the richest soil is too swampy for profitable
cultivation, however, especially since the competition of Louisiana
practically put an end to the rice industry that once flourished here.
The area is about 1,600 square miles of land, and the counties of
Charleston and Beaufort are taken as typical.
The first table gives statistics of density, race, nativity and il-
literacy of the population in each of seven regions, together with cor-
responding figures for the state as a whole at the last four censuses,
this addition being for the purpose of illustrating certain general prin-
ciples better and facilitating comparisons with other states that have
been or will be studied in the same way. There is also a column for
urban percentage, urban population being defined at the last two cen-
suses as that living in cities and towns with over 2,500 inhabitants.
(Previously a higher minimum was used, so that in order to get com-
parable figures one has to pick out the places having more than the
1920 | THe REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF SouTH CAROLINA 109
specified number of inhabitants and add them together.) The illiteracy
percentages are based on the number of persons over ten years old
unable to read and write.
In both tables the highest numbers in each column are printed in
heavy type and the lowest in italics, to help the reader pick out the
extreme range of variation in South Carolina and also the salient
features of each region as far as they are shown by the kinds of data
here used.
The influence of racial demography is illustrated still further by
putting at the bottom of both tables separate statistics for the twenty
counties that have more than 40% of whites, and the 23 ‘‘blackest,’’
with less than 40% white.
TABLE 1. POPULATION AND ILLITERACY
=| Percentage of total} Percent illiterate
3 SS
=z
REGIONS, ETC. =
<1 A =)
El2So}] Ho ° o
zZ\22/22| §| &
Plzelee| 2] <
Whole state, 1880 4.9)78.5/55.4
1890 _.. 6.3) 64.1)/44.9
1900 6.5/52.8|35.9
1910 6.8|38.7|25.7
[UTEPRET LEAT 000) aa |78.1|68.3| 0.3|31.4/16.8)13.3)10.0
HU EMMBETCOTNOU 225225 c0 ccc ceo ea once cee nsec esc 53.6/39.6| 0.2|/60.2]11.7] 7.6] 7.8]¢
Sand-hills ....._.. 0.1\45.3| 7.5|11.5| 3.5]
Upper pine belt - 0.2|65.6| 7.3/10.3] 4.1
Lower pine belt -.. -|26.9|36.9| 0.1/63.0] 0 | 8.1] 0.1
Cape Fear region - -|22.5|75.1| 0.1)24.7| O |18.7|16.0
Cons Sin a ee 74.0|28.3| 2.4|69.2)49.5| 2.0| 6.1/6
PUMVRIGES De COUNLICS: 2....-.c.0c2ccs---cacencccasacenne 57.0/56.7| 0.3/42.9]15.6/12.3] 7.6/37.1/22.8
PMIACKORG \COUNGICS =: -.2-n<22---cscccerzecocacs-- 43.8/31.9| 0.5/67.6/14.0] 6.8] 6.3/39.7]|28.7
The second table is devoted to agriculture, and gives for the whole
state in 1900 and 1910, for each region, and for the same two groups
of counties above outlined, the ratio of ‘‘improved land in farms’’ to
total area (expressed as a percentage), the expenditure for fertilizers
in the year preceding, per acre of improved land in the census year (in
dollars and cents), the percentage of white farmers, the average num-
110 JourNAL or THE MitcHELL Society [June
ber of improved acres managed by white and negro farmers, and the
value of farm buildings, for both races separately and combined.
TABLE 2. AGRICULTURE
a Improved Value of
iS a | acres per buildings
q 5 | farm per farm
2 E BE
REGIONS, ETC. #=|82| 3 =
S2/=2|/Se0| 2|/el2 ie] 2
us aziai een) 22) || Si || bo &o
asleaiae| Blale lal 4
Whole state, 1900 29,6|0.78|45.0| 50.1/26.6| 304) 67|173
1910 31.2/2.49/45.1) 43.9/26.8) 617/155)364
|
Wipper Piedmont sess ee ese ere 41.1|1.77|68.0| 31.9|26.9| 536|183|422
Tower [biedmonty ace ee ee ee ...|41.0|7.63|39.4| 46.0/31.0) 680)157|363
Sandhills) 22s ...|25.6|2.36]62.0] 38.7/27.0) 453|126)337
Upper pine belt 32.9/3.75/36.8|} 52.1/26.8| 726/156)/365
Tuower pine belt 2-2 20.2/1.94/42.4) 58.5/21.8| 570/141/324
Cape Fear pine-barrens ....... ..|11,9|2.96|81.7| 26.7/13.8| 271|104|243
COaStMmS tripe ee Sacnsad ects stseecaccae eects 15.0|2.78| 8.1|100.0|12.4|1083|122)200
20) whitest, cowmties! 22 cccencecoe eeceeeeee here eeenee 33.8|2.45/58.0) 37.1|28.4| 556)169/393
23) blackest GOUMtICS ean 29.2}2.62|32.8| 55.4/25.8| 720)146/335
The densest population is in the upper Piedmont region, where
the most manufacturing is, but the coast strip is a close second, on ac-
count of containing the state’s principal seaport, which ineludes nearly
half the population of that strip. The other extreme is in the Cape
Fear region, which has the poorest soil. The last named has the largest
percentage of whites; while the coast strip has the most negroes and
also the most foreigners, for more or less obvious reasons. The per-
centage of negroes and foreigners in the state as a whole has de-
creased in recent decades.
The aggregate illiteracy is least in the two regions that have the
smallest proportion of negroes, and would probably be greatest in the
coast strip but for the fact that nearly half the population of that
region is urban and therefore has pretty good school facilities. Il-
literacy among the native whites, curiously enough, is greatest where
negroes are fewest, and vice versa, as may be seen not only from the
highest and lowest figures in that column, but also from the statistics
of the two divisions of the Piedmont, which, as already stated, are
similar in natural features but differ widely in racial composition, and
from the two groups of counties with different proportions of negroes.
1920) Tue REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH CAROLINA 111
If illiteracy is a safe criterion, the quality of the foreign-born
population of South Carolina has deteriorated a little in recent de-
cades, while the natives, both white and black, have made great
progress. The foreigners are still a little superior to the native whites
in that respect, however, except in the coast strip, where they are most
numerous. (In the other regions they have probably never consti-
tuted as much as 1% of the population since there has been a census. )
Nearly half the negroes in the lower pine belt were unable to read and
write at the time of the last census, perhaps because that region had
less than ten white people per square mile; not enough to maintain a
very efficient system of rural schools. There is much less variation in
illiteracy among the negroes in different regions than among the
whites, which agrees very well with what we already know about
that race,
Turning now to the agricultural statistics, the percentage of im-
proved land depends largely on soil fertility, and is lowest in the
poorest region, but in South Carolina some moderately fertile regions,
like the coast strip, have large areas of swamp and marsh, which ma-
terially restricts the possible improved acreage. This may explain
why the lower Piedmont region has a trifle less improved land than
the upper, instead of more, as we might expect from the smoother
topography, ete.
The expenditure for fertilizers depends partly on soil fertility
or the lack of it, and partly on the intensity of cultivation, being
nearly always high near cities. In South Carolina, however, the upper
pine belt leads in this respect, though it has neither the poorest soil
nor the largest urban population; and the explanation may be simply
that the farmers there (and also in the corresponding part of North
Carolina) have acquired the fertilizer habit. A farmer in Marlboro
County established a world’s record for corn in 1889 by raising 255
bushels on one acre, of course with the aid of heavy applications of
fertilizers. It will be noticed that the expenditure for fertilizer per
aere in the state more than trebled between 1900 and 1910. This may
be partly due to a progressive exhaustion of the natural fertility of
the soil, and the decline in value of money (amounting to about 40%
in that decade) following the discovery of gold in the Klondike region
in 1897, certainly had something to do with the increased expenditure,
but after making allowance for these a growth of the practice of using
commercial fertilizers is still apparent.
112 JOURNAL OF THE MrtrcHELL Society [June
The percentage of whites among the farmers does not differ much
from that among the total population, except that it is decidedly
larger in the poorest region and smaller in the coast strip; in the
latter case perhaps because of the scarcity of good water in the rural
districts, a condition which negroes can endure better than whites.
White farmers have the smallest farms and poorest buildings in
the Cape Fear region, where white illiteracy is most prevalent, and
the other extreme in all three particulars is the coast strip, long char-
acterized by large plantations of rice, sea-island cotton, and other
crops not grown much in the interior. There the average white farmer
cultivates over eight times as much land as the negro, and has a home
worth nearly nine times as much. As already noted under the head
of illiteracy, the negroes vary less in different regions than the whites.
They seem to prosper most in the Piedmont region and least in the two
regions along the coast; but that does not necessarily indicate that the
coast negroes are not the most contented.
Looking at the last two lines of the table it will be noticed that the
cultivated acreage and building values of white farmers increase with
the proportion of negroes, just as the illiteracy for the same race de-
creases, which is contrary to the opinion held in some quarters that the
presence of an inferior race in large numbers tends to lower the eivil-
ization standards of the superior race.
In the state as a whole the farms of white men decreased in size
between 1900 and 1910 (following a pretty general tendency through-
out the country, correlated with increasing popuiation and increasing
agricultural efficiency), while those of negroes increased a little. The
average white farmer’s buildings doubled in money value during the
same period, while the negro’s inereased nearly 24% times. Part of this
increase of value is only apparent, as explained under the head of
fertilizers a few paragraphs back, but after making allowance for that
substantial improvement is evident. Just how long this had been in
progress is not certainly known, for the census made no returns of
farm-building values prior to 1900, nor did it separate the races of
farmers until then.
The relations between soil, population, race, education, improved
land, farm areas, building values, ete., pointed out here, are not pe-
culiar to South Carolina by any means, but have been found to apply
in much the same way in Georgia, Alabama, and other southeastern
states, a fact which should be of considerable interest to geographers.
FLORIDA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.
NOTES ON THE LOWER BASIDIOMYCETES OF NORTH
CAROLINA *
By W. C. CoKEr
|
PuatTes 23 anp 30-66
With the exception of some minute forms parasitic on insects, ete.,
the true fungi may be divided into three great classes, as follows:
A. PHycomycetrs. Simple plants of webby or moldy growth, not
forming large or complicated fruit bodies. In their reproduction
they are distinguished by the presence, in most cases, of true
eggs or gametes in addition to asexual spores. They include,
among other forms, some of the molds, such as the black mold on
bread, the downy mildews, which are destructive parasites on
higher plants, as grapes, potatoes, ete., and the water molds, one
of which causes a disease of fish. None of this group will be
treated in this work. A separate book on the water molds of the
United States will be published soon.
B. Bastpiomycetes. To this group belong the vast majority of mush-
rooms and toadstools. With the exception of some of the lower
groups, such as the rusts and smuts, which are diseases of higher
plants and are not treated in this book, they form in nearly all
cases a complicated fruit body that we usually speak of as the
plant, but this body is the product of an extensive vegetative SYs-
tem of a webby or cottony character which ramifies through the
earth or wood from which the mushroom arises. The most dis-
tinctive character is the production of the spores on the ends of
club:shaped or pear-shaped microscopic branches or basidia which
are formed on certain parts of the fruit body, and help to make
up a distinct spore-producing surface or layer called the hymen-
ium. In most species each basidium produces four spores on its
end, each supported on a slender stalk.
C. Ascomycetss. A very extensive group of fungi of great economic
importance because of the large number of destructive parasites
it contains. They are quite varied in form and size, ranging
from minute (as in many parasites, in yeast, ete.) to moderately
large (as in the Morels). The spores are contained in saes which
* Many of the drawings in this chapter were made by Miss Alma Holland, Assistant in
Botany. Mr. J. N. Couch, Assistant in Botany, drew most of the figures of Gymr sporan-
gium, Septobasidium and Sebacina. A good many figures were drawn by the author and inked
in by Miss Holland. The colored plate was painted in part by Miss M. E. Eaton, of New
York, and in part by Miss Cornelia S. Love, of Chapel Hiil.
[113 ]
114 JOURNAL OF THE MITCHELL Society [June
are usually elongated and which discharge by the rupture of the
tip. There are usually eight spores in each sac, but this numer
is in some cases increased by the division of the original ones
into several or many before they are discharged. Only a few
of the larger forms will be treated in this series of papers, and
the key to their families will be given later.
Key To THE Families OF BasIpDIOMYCETES
1. HYMENOMYCETES: Hymenium (spore bearing surface) exposed before ma-
turity and composed of gills, tubes or spines, or in some cases quite smooth.
(In those mushrooms which are enclosed in a cup when young the cup is
broken and the plant emerges before the spores are ripe.)
Basidia clongated and divided into four or
fewer cells by cross walls; texture of plant
toughly or softly gelatinous or waxy in the
species here treated (of the very large
group of rusts we are treating only a few
species of Gymnosporangium, which are gel-
atinous at one stage).
Basidia arising from a specialized, thick-
walled, constricted spore, which is two-
celled in the species here treated (the
other families of rusts are here omitted) ..Aecidiaceae (Pp. 115)
Basidia not arising as above, but from
hyphal threads, or in Saccoblastia from : 5
thin-walled, lateral, pendat sacs ............ Auriculariaceae (p. 119)
Basidia divided across into several irregular
cells; texture of plant fibrous and leathery ...Septobasidium (in Auri-
culariaceae) (p. 125)
Basidia ovate, pyriform or spherical, divided
into two or four cells by longitudinal or
oblique walls
Basidia arranged in rows of several; tex-
Tore eLAL MOUS) oe cancerenecseaesscesteeranesenneesaseeeras Sirobasidium (p. 128)
Basidia single; texture in one group gela-
tinuous and forming erumpent, folded or
convoluted masses; in another forming
thin, resupinate, tough, leathery and co-
riaceous crusts; in one gelatinous genus
with the form and teeth of a Hydnum....Tremellaceae (p. 129)
Basidia long, slender, terete, forked above into
two long branches, not divided into cells;
texture gelatinous or sub-cartilaginous............ Dacrymycetaceae (p. 160)
Basidia not divided into cells and not forked,
mostly club-shaped
Hymenium smooth; form of plant various,
but without sharp distinction between
an expanded cap and a stem, sometimes
completely spread out (resupinate) on
the substratum.
Texture tough, leathery and fibrous;
if branched, the branches not
rounded (except in a few species)....Thelephoraceae
Texture softer, fleshy; plant cylin-
drical or club-shaped and un-
30
PLATE
93074.
No,
JUNTIPERI-VIRGINIANAE,
GY MNOSPORANGIUM
1920} Tue Lower Bastpiomycetes or Nor?tTH CAROLINA 115
branched or more often branched
like a coral or bush or tree............. Clavariaceae
Texture fleshy; plant mushroom-
shaped or trumpet-shaped; hy-
menium borne on the under side
and often slightly wrinkled............. Craterellus*
Hymenium borne on pendant teeth (if
gelatinous see Tremellodon) .............--::++ Hydnaceac
Hymenium borne in pores, or if gill-
like (Lentinus) then the plant is very
POU Ey ANG! COL Ye ens scans-aencecaseecenatecencess Polyporaceae
Hymenium borne on gills; plant more or
TESSeSO Lt A000. Gedy scns.c.ceresennanspanuaresceechwaxe Agaricaceae
2. GASTEROMYCETES: Hymenium enclosed until maturity inside the plant body
and not breaking out at all (as in the puff balls) or exposed at maturity
by being elevated on a stalk (as in the phalloids) ; in one family forming
a nest-like cup containing ‘‘eggs’’ at maturity.
Plant body more or less spherical or pear-
shaped, sometimes stalked, opening at one or
more places or wearing away to expose the
SEIDEL). sees secooeeceaeee pore eoneceoee ceo Deosechooo EC -Lycoperdaceae
Plant body breaking from an egg-like case at ‘
maturity and forming a delicate, more or
less porous stem, which bears at its tip a
smooth or folded or complicated or divided
structure which supports the slimy and bad-
ReCra es U Sar cree fniyaT CTIA cece y -focnsccsenceateassasecarsees aerate _Phallaceae
Plant body small, forming a sessile or stalked
cup which opens at maturity to expose a
group of egg-like bodies within ...............:0 Nidulariaceae
AECIDIACEAE
In the most recent monograph of the true rusts or Uredinales by
Arthur (N. Am. Flora 7:83. 1907) the order is divided into three
families, the Coleosporiaceae, the Uredinaceae and the Aecidiaceae.
Of these the last family is by far the most important economically and
contains some of the most serious diseases of fruits and farm crops.
The number of species is so large and the life history so complicated
by a number of spore forms and an alternation of two generations,
often on different hosts, that a study of the rusts is now almost a
subject in itself. This complexity, together with their economic im-
portance, has resulted in the production of a very large literature to
which one may be guided by any of the recent text books on Plant
Diseases, such as Duggar’s Fungus Diseases of Plants and Stevens’
Fungi which Cause Plant Diseases.
The destructive rusts of grains, grasses and clovers cause a loss
of millions of dollars in the United States yearly. To them are closely
* Treated in the Agaricaceae. See this Journal. 35: 31. 1919.
116 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL SOCIETY [June
related the rusts of apples, quinces, haws, ete., that cause much
damage in the South Atlantie states and which infest the red cedar
as their alternative host. We have chosen three species of these cedar
rusts to represent the group of rusts in this paper. They belong to
the genus Gymnosporangium in the family Aecidiaceae.
GYMNOSPORANGIUM
Producing on cedar in wet weather in the spring conspicuous
masses of yellowish jelly either directly on the twigs, branches, or
main trunks or on special large galls on the small twigs. This jelly
contains a large number of two-celled spores, called teleutospores or
teliospores, which sprout at once in the jelly to form elongated
basidia, called promyeelia, which are divided into four cells by
cross walls, each cell sprouting to form a smaller curved spore ealled
a sporidium, These last are then blown about and falling on leaves
or fruits of apples or their relatives may infect them and produce
in a few months discolored yellowish spots which produce on the
underside tubular projections in which are borne in chains another
kind of spore called the aecidiospore or aeciospore composed of one
cell with a warted wall. These when blown back to the young cedar
will infect the leaves and cause the development of the large galls
again which are full grown and produce spores the second spring
after the infection. The life history of these rusts thus requires two
distinct hosts and each must be infected by spores borne on the other.
On the upper side of the infected spots on the apple, ete., are borne
in sunken flasks very small pyeniospores which have no known fune-
tion. Of the many species of the genus we select three that are found
in Chapel Hill.
In addition to the treatment in North American Flora and in the
texts mentioned, where references are given, one may refer to de-
tailed work by Heald on the life history of the apple-cedar rust in the
22d Rep., Nebraska Agr. Exp. Station, p. 105, 1909; also a paper by
Coons in the same series 25th Rep., p. 217, 1912.
Key To THE THREE SPECIES TREATED
All forming gelatinous exerescences on cedar (J. virginiana) in spring.
Forming globular, uneven balls which vary in size
from a pea to a small apple, from which long
Pelatinous: PROCESSES! “ALISCsscscccecscececssessecececereneesieerceneees! G. Juniperi-virginianae (1)
Forming rough and usually thickened areas on twigs
‘peop “UTD AIVNINGED NOTONVAOdSONWAD
‘poonpotr WUE “GUIM) YBLL3 ‘ON STAV-SAGIN WOIDNVYOUSONWAD
Lé ULV Id
u
1920 | THE Lower Bastpromycetes or NortH CarouiNna 117
and branches, or less often on trunks, from scars
on which arise globular or wedge-shaped, often
confluent and irregularly-diffused masses of jelly
5
Jelly masses, only up to 7 mm. high, small and
rounded; teliospores, 17-23, thick..
. germinale (2)
Jelly masses wedge-shaped, up to 25 mm. high;
LBINOSPONES;) SUS wy MLMICK.ts.ssccaresaceseceocsomsesereseeesees G. Nidus-avis (3)
1. Gymnosporangium Juniperi-virginianae Schw.
G. macropus Link
Puates 30 AND 52
This species is easily recognized on cedar by the large brown balls
with shallow pits which form long, tentacle-like, gelatinous processes
in wet weather in spring. After forming a crop of spores the balls
die and turn blackish. The mycelium is not perennial but grows on
the cedar through about twenty-one months from the infection of a
leaf in July and August to spore formation a year from the following
April. Infected apple leaves show thickened spots that are yellow or
orange and on these spots below are several clusters of pale tubes
which soon become lacerated and torn and more open. From these
drop the brownish aeciospores which again infect the cedars. The
elongated teliospores are 11-17 x 34-70» and sprout from near the
septum.
The abundance of the cedar in this section makes the infection of
apples very easy and, with the exception of San Jose scale, which is
much more easily controlled by spraying, this is the most serious apple
disease in Chapel Hill. There is hardly a cedar tree in town without
these rust balls on them and apple trees near them frequently lose
nearly all their leaves in June and July and grow a new set by August.
Different kinds of apples show great variation in resistance to the
disease, the most immune apparently being the Staymans Winesap.
Shockley and Bonum are very susceptible.
2307a. On Juniperus virginiana, May 7, 1915.
2. Gymnosporangium germinale (Schw.) Kern
G. clavipes Cooke and Pk.
PLATES 31 AND 52
Attacking cedar twigs about 3-8 mm. in thickness, producing a
gradual fusiform enlargement about 5-12 mm. thick. The gelatinous
118 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL SoOcIETY [June
processes are in the form of low, small, rounded cushions crowded
all around the infected area and are in large part fused into a con-
tinuous mass. Teliospores thicker than in our other species, 17-23 x
40-55, the upper cell with a single apical pore, the lower with a pore
by the pedicel through which the germ-tube may emerge or it may
emerge through the pedicel scar itself. The pedicel is stout, slightly
swollen a little below the spore, 7-1lu thick at point of attachment.
The aecial stage is on the shad-bush (Amelanchier), affecting the
fruits as much or more than the leaves. The infected fruits reach
nearly full size and turn reddish where not attacked, but are dis-
torted and imperfect. A tree in the garden at Glen Burnie is infected
every year.
2786a. On twigs and small branches of cedar, April 9, 1918. Photo.
3. Gymnosporangium Nidus-avis Thaxter.
Puates 31 anD 52
This is not uncommon in Chapel Hill, making rough and un-
sightly areas and scars on the branches and rarely even on the trunks
of cedar. The gelatinous outgrowths are crowded in longitudinal
rows often all around the branches for a distance at times of several
feet. The branch is not much swollen, but the rough surface due to
the ruptured bark makes such places larger. The individual scars
are usually oval and about 2-4x 4-7 mm., approximated by the scars
of the preceding years. Gelatinous processes (telia) wedge-shaped,
chestnut brown, 7-15 mm. high,
Teliospores (of No. 2772a) two-celled, 13-18.5 x 37-58u, the two
cells often partly separated before sprouting, the upper sprouting
apically or at the septum or from both places, the lower from near
the septum in one or two places, the slender pedicels not swollen.
This plant does not agree well with Gymnosporangium Nidus-avis
as deseribed in North Am. Flora (1.¢. p. 196), which is said to have
larger teliospores with stouter pedicels, the upper cell sprouting api-
cally, the lower at the septum (ealled ‘‘apically’’ also). But Dr.
Kern writes me that he would eall our plant G. Nidus-avis. He says:
‘“As regards the pores in the teliospores of Gymnosporangium the
arrangement is quite variable. The generie description in the North
American Flora states that they are usually 2 in each cell, but some-
times 1, 3, or 4, variously arranged, often near the septa, sometimes
De — — —
t
TR
1920] THe Lower BasipioMyceTES OF NORTH CAROLINA 141
1408. On a fallen oak branch, Tenny’s ravine, October 20, 1914. Photo.
3979. On decaying oak log, Strowd’s lowgrounds, January 18, 1920.
3. Tremella frondosa Fr.
PuLaTes 39 AND 56
This is much the largest of our Tremellas, forming a mass up to
15 em. in diameter, and up to 7-10 em. high of flat, very thin, crumpled
and contorted, petal-like lobes of a gelatinous but quite tough con-
sistency like rubber; fused below into flattened and more or less exten-
sive base which enters the wood. Surface quite smooth and, unless
old, glaucous with the spores; color when fresh and not too old a
rather light fleshy brown, in age becoming darker; drying to a raisin
color if fresh, or to blackish if old. In drying there is much less
shrinkage than in other species and the form is well retained.
Spores (of No. 4173) white, smooth, spherical to short oval.
5.5-7.7 x 6-10.5y, a few 8.54 wide. Basidia pear shaped, irregularly
divided into four cells, 7.7-9.3 x 11-15p, some up to 18p.
Edible. Our nearest relative of this is 7. aspera which may ap-
proximate it in size and color. For easily distinctive marks see under
that species. Bulliard’s Pl, 499, fig. 6T is good of the plant, so also
is Lloyd’s fig. 1195 in Mye. Notes 55. 1918. Brefeld gives the spores
of this species as spherical with a mucro, 10-12» (l.c. p. 122). Under
the name 7. foliacea in the Curtis Herbarium are most of the large
leafy Tremellas, some of which are certainly 7. frondosa. The differ-
ence between these two species, if any, does not seem to be well
established. See Gilbert’s illustrations in Trans. Wis. Acad. 16: PI.
82, fies. 13, 14. 1910.
536. On a small oak log east of school house, October 9, 1912.
1006. On oak stump in Dr. Pratt’s yard, October 4, 1908.
1372. Battle’s Park, southeast of Dr. Battle’s, October 17, 1914.
2456. On an oak log, swamp of Bowlin’s creek, October 1, 1916.
4173. On oak wood, February 23, 1920.
4. Tremella aspera n. sp.
Puates 40 anp 56
A good-sized plant, in our one collection about 3-5 em, long, 2-3 em.
broad and 3-4 em. thick, formed of flattened, much crumpled and con-
torted lobes which arise from more or less extensive and separated
points of attachment; surface not smooth, but finely granular under a
142 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [June
lens; color of raisins, but much darker in age; gelatinous and rather
tender.
Spores pure white, spherical with a distinctive mucro, 8.6-11.8p.
Basidia subpyriform, large, divided quite irregularly into four cells,
15.5-18.5 x 20.2-25.9p.
There seems to be no agreement among European botanists as to
what 7. foliacea Pers. is (if indeed different from 7. frondosa), and
furthermore our plant does not agree with any of them. Bresadola’s
idea of T. foliacea:is that it grows on Larix and Abies 4-8 em. high and
broad, from hyaline-saccharine to fleshy-isabelline tinted with umber-
violet. Spores hyaline, globose, 7-10 x 7-9, basidia subglobose to
ovate, 16-18 x 14-16. Subhymeniai hyphae 2-2.5p thick (Fung. Tri-
dent. p. 97, Pl. 209, fig. 1). This conception is evidently quite differ-
ent from that of Brefeld (1c. p. 98) who places 7. foliacea in the
genus Ulocolla and doubts its distinction from U. saccharina (previ-
ously Exidia saccharina) which, he says, has identical basidia, spores
and sporidia, as well as color, and grows also on coniferae.
This species differs from T. frondosa in rougher surface that is
not glaucous, larger spores and much larger basidia, more complicated,
crumpling, thicker, less simple and less perfect lobes, more tender
structure, and darker color. In drying 7. frondosa shrinks very
much less than 7. aspera and does not become so black.
3950. On decaying oak stump back of Power Plant, January 17, 1920. Photo.
Type.
5. Tremella auricularia Moller
Puate 62
Forming a flat, somewhat crumpled, folded, erect and branched
plate about 1.5 em. long and 7mm. high and less than 1mm. thick;
color a dull reddish clay, almost intermediate between raisin color
and clay color; surface smooth. Texture softly gelatinous and tender.
Spores white, elliptic or in one view approaching jug-shaped,
9.2-9.7 x 9.3-15u, a few oval. In sprouting the spores form a good
number of very small spherical sporidia about 3-5p thick, which ab-
sorb all the contents and form a group in place of the collapsed and
almost invisible spore. Basidia four-celled, 12.5-15p thick.
This is easily different from our other species in the white, jug-
shaped spores, small size, delicate texture and dull color. That it is
Moller’s species seems certain. His description and figures agree,
PLATE 39
TREMELLA FRONDOSA. No. 536.
. +
ey 3
'
es a
1 *
4
a) . ‘
7 el Fj
or
s*
Pas) D i = ~
“* y
i «A % r.
, 1
ae q '
2 u 4
4 W! : + ty ‘
a
2 0
E - ‘
:
: .
) : ;
e
r ri
v) r
‘ j
PLATE +40
TREMELLA ASPERA. No. 3950.
1920] THe Lower BasipIoMyceTES OF NoRTH CAROLINA 143
the spores having just the right shape and sprouting in the same
quite peculiar way. The spores are said to be pear-shaped, 10-12p
thick; basidia 15p thick (see Mdller: Protobasidiomyceten, p. 170,
Pl. 4, fig. 16. 1895).
4159. On privet (L. sinense), February 21, 1920. Drawings.
6. Tremella lutescens Pers.
Pruates 23, 41 anp 57
Plant forming an elevated, lobed mass with a surface of crumpled
folds resembling somewhat a duodenum, many of the larger folds
hollow, emerging from a small attachment and often bursting through
the bark; surface not rough; breadth about 1-2.5cem., height about
3-17 mm., surface dull, glaucous from the spores, color pale orange to
clear orange, drying usually a rather darker orange and retaining
much of its form. Texture firmly gelatinous, much less soft than
Eridia gelatinosa. ;
Spores (of No. 3895) smooth, spherical to short-elliptic, 6.3-9 x
7-13, varying in size with the cells from which they spring. Basidia
pear-shaped, divided into cells by longitudinal or slanting or quite
irregular walls, the cells often quite unequal in size.
Easily recognized by its bright color, folded and hollow structure,
medium size, glabrous surface, absence of a white membrane within
and growth on deciduous wood. This seems very like T. compacta
MGller from Brazil inform, size, color and hollow lobes, but that is
said to have basidia 12-14» thick and spores 6-7p thick (Moller 1.c.
p. 107). See also Lloyd in Mye. Notes 58:825. 1919. In the Curtis
Herbarium plants labelled 7. lutescens are mostly T. fuciformis. Such
are plants from Hillsboro, N. C., Santee Canal, 8S. C., and Alabama.
One so labelled from the Schweinitz Herbarium (Bethlehem) is a
Dacrymyees with large eight-celled spores, 7-7.8 x 20-23. It looks like
Curtis’ Society Hill Dacrymyces which he ealls T. aurantia, but which
is not that species.
This I have decided to call 7. lutescens rather than T. mesenterica
although IT am far from convinced that these two species are properly
understood either in Europe or America, if indeed they are distinct.
There are no serious discrepancies between our piant and 7. lutescens
as understood by Brefeld. His plant, contrary to the usual state-
ment, is orange when young, paler in age. The plant is usually re-
144 JOURNAL OF THE MiTCHELL Society [June
ferred to as paler than 7. mesenterica, whitish in youth. Brefeld
states the spores as being round with a point, colorless, 12-15y thick.
He received one plant from a correspondent that he took to be
T. mesenterica. This was distinguished from 7. lutescens by more
irregular, distally enlarged, more or less nodulated sterigmata. Spores
about. the same as in 7. lutescens (10-12 thick) but sprouting with
much fewer projections than in the latter. (See also Tulasne in Ann.
Se. Nat. 1853, Pls. 10 and 11).
This is almost certainly 7. mesenterica as understood by Schweinitz.
A specimen from him in the Curtis Herbarium is like my plants, ba-
sidia oval, 12-4-15 x 17-18y, surface of the plant smooth. Curtis’ own
specimens labelled 7. mesenterica (Society Hill, S. C., No. 1407, on
deciduous bark) are a Dacrymyces with eight-celled spores about
15.5-21.7p long.
3895. On dead stem of Ligustrum, Rosemary Street, December 14, 1919.
3916. On a decaying oak limb, bursting through the bark, Battle’s Park, De-
cember 21, 1919. Basidiospores pale yellow to orange yellow, ovate or
subspherical, 7.4-9 x 8-llu. Basidia oval, 13.7-15.5 x 18-20u, divided into
four cells by longitudinal or slanting walls. Conidiospores orange yel-
low, oval, 2.8-3.7 x 3.4-5u. >
4032. Decaying maple wood on Strowd’s hill, January 25, 1920.
4069. On a fallen branch of Spanish oak, February 4, 1920. Spores short-
elliptic, 7.4-10 x 9.3-14.8y. Basidia oval, 14.8-16.6x16-20,.
4108. On oak bark by Battle’s branch, February 13, 1920. Hollow in part, deep
orange when young.
4204. On dead oak in Tenny’s ravine, March 13, 1920. Lobes hollow. Spores
short-oval, 7-8.5.x 9.3-12.5u. Many secondary ones of various sizes.
Basidia oval, young ones pear-shaped, irregularly divided, 11.2-15.5 x
14-20p.
7. Tremella pinicola Britz.
Puates 41 anp 58
Orange-yellow, composed of a few thin, flat, crumpled lobes or
more folded and less plate-like, not hollow, making a clump 2.5 x 1.2
em., and 7-10 mm. high, which is pinched at the base and attached by
a line; not rooted; lobes when distinct about 1mm. thick, surface
nearly or quite glabrous. Texture firmly gelatinous; flesh translucent
about color of surface.
Sporidia oval or elliptic, orange-yellow, 1-2.5 x 3-54. Basidia sub-
spherical to oval, 16.5-18.5 x 20-23u, irregularly divided into four
cells. Basidiospores subspherical, 10-11 x 11-12.2p.
[ATELIA NUCLEATA. No. 4046.
No. 4050.
ad Wy. JRSTROEMIA. No. 4062.
DACRYMYCES J ULATUS. No. 4185.
TREMELLA ISCENS. No. 3895.
1920 | THe Lower Basipiomycetes or NortH CAROLINA 145
We refer this to 7. pinicola Britz. because it is about the same
color and size, grows on pine and has similar spores. There is nothing
else at all like these on pine and it seems best to interpret it in this
way at present rather than to make a new species. Only microscopic
comparison with the type, if any exists, can make the determination
sure. Britzelmayr’s description of his species is as follows (trans-
lation) : ‘‘Gelatinous, externally orange, inside clearer, sessile or with a
short stalk, surface with small undulations and pits, in other respects,
including the spores, similar to 7’. mesenterica; on the bark of pine, fir
and larch throughout the year.’’ (Bot. Centralb. 54:104. 1893), I
have not seen his fig. 19 in his Tremellini fascicle as it is missing in
the copy at the New York Botanical Garden. Tremella pinicola Pk.
was published earlier and would take precedence, but it is not a
Tremella. (See note on p. 150).
This cannot be 7. rufolutea from Cuba. In the Curtis Herbarium
is a specimen labelled 7. rufolutea from Cuba (Wright, No. 217). It
is a resin-colored mass of considerable size, apparently solid and amor-
phous. It is certainly not a Tremella. (See note by Lloyd under
T. compacta in Mye. Notes 58:825. 1919.) No basidia could be ob-
tained from it. Massee’s notes on 7. rufolutea seem to refer to an
entirely different plant (Jour. Myce. 6:183. 1890). It resembles most
Naematelia quercina (No. 3935) in form and color, basidia and spores,
but differs in absence of the internal white membranes and different
surface. Tremella lutescens (No. 3895) is also very similar in form
and color, but differs in the smaller spores, smaller and more elongated
basidia and hollow sacs. Both differ also in growing on deciduous
wood. The lobes of the present species (No. 4050) are more lke
folded plates (as in 7. frondosa but to a less degree) than in the
other two. Tremella spectabilis Moller from Brazil is of somewhat
similar form and color, but has basidia 13-15,» thick and spores
5-6 x 10p, and probably grows on deciduous wood (kind not stated)
(Moller, l.c. p. 122).
Hartsville, 8. C. On bark of Pinus taeda, December 25, 1919, (No.
4050). Coker.
8. Tremella virens Schw.
Puates 23 AND 57
Forming pulpy, much convoluted, irregular, flattened, compound
masses which may extend along the branch-hke E.widia glandulosa for
146 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [June
a distance of 15 em.; individual plates are centrally attached and
spread out flat on the bark, about 5-10 mm. broad and 1.5-2 mm.
thick except where crumpled by pressure, then at times up to 6 em.
high, with much the habit of larger masses of Naematelia; at first
firmly gelatinous then softer on exposure; color amber to pale amber,
with a faint olive tint, later with brownish red tints in parts; not root-
ing; surface glabrous, not glaucous. ‘
Spores (of No. 4070) elliptic, smooth, heht greenish-yellow under
microscope, 6-7.4x 9.3-12.9u. Basidia oval, 12.5-14x 15-16y, four-
parted.
That this is 7. virens seems certain. It is different from anything
else we have, grows on dogwood and, in large groups, always shows
a distinctly greenish tint. It is not confined to dogwood, but is
also found on oak. Tremella virescens Schumacher (Enum. Plant.
Sell. 2:439. 1803) does not seem very different as understood by
Brefeld. He was confused on the name of the last and beans it as
“*T. virescens n. sp. formerly Naematelia virescens Schm.’’ (Bre-
feld l.c. p. 128, Pl. 8, figs. 25-28). Naematelia virescens (Schm.)
Corda is supposed to be the same, but Corda speaks of the inside veined
with white and figures the center pale (Icon. Fung. 3:35, Pl. 6, fig. 90.
1839). The spores of 7. virescens are given by Lindau as ovate,
12-151 lone; basidia olive green, 15-20% thick (Krypt. Fl. Mark
Brand. 5a:920. 1914).
4070. On rotting dogwood branch with bark on, February 4, 1920. Photo.
4153. On dead dogwood limb, February 22, 1920. Basidia oval, about 13-l4u
thick.
4161. On decaying oak limb, February 22, 1920. Spores elliptic, smooth, pale
greenish-yellow under microscope, 5.5-7.4 x 9-l3u.
4172. On dead oak limbs, February 23, 1920. Plants pale greenish amber, ex-
tending 2.5 x 15 em. Spores subspherical to elliptic, smooth, 5.5-7.4 x
7.5-12y, pale greenish amber under microscope.
9. Tremella carneoalba n. sp.
Puates 23, 42 anp 59
Plant forming small, convoluted, flattened pustules which touch
and crowd each other over considerable areas or in part may be only
gregarious. Individual pustules about 1-8 mm. broad and up to 4mm.
high, wet but not viscid; color pallid white to creamy yellow and
often with a distinet flesh tint so as to be more flesh color oe: yellow ;
texture firmly gelatinous.
PLATE 42
TREMELLA CARNEOALBA. No. 3877
—— — ————————— Sr rtC CCC CT
1920) THe Lower BastpioMyceTes OF NoRTH CAROLINA 147
Spores white, spherical, variable in size, 6.3-10.24 in diameter,
smooth, sprouting soon in water to a short promycelium with an
apical spore of the same shape and a little smaller. Basidia spherical
to very short-oval, 14-16 in diameter, four-celled by longitudinal
walls, which are median or eccentric and often oblique, the cells often
of different sizes and producing spores in proportion. Sterigmata
long to very long, irregular, pointed, collapsing as well as the basidial
cells as soon as the basidiospore is formed.
Distinguished by the small size, pale color and pulvinate form.
The plant dries down to very inconspicuous amber-colored crusts with
a thin, superficial dusting of white fibers. It revives to the origin u
form on wetting again.
This cannot be 7. viscosa, for that has elongated, sausage-shaped
spores according to Berkeley (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 13:Pl. 15,
fig. 4) and Patouillard (Tab. Analyt. No. 475). Britzelmayr gives
the spores of 7. viscosa as 5-6 x 10-124, but Schroeter gives them as
subglobose, 11-13 x 15-17p (see Saceardo). This looks like a confusion
of species. The illustration in Flora Danica showing habit (Pl. 1851,
as Thelephora viscosa) is very much like our plant. Tremella candida
var. effusa Alb. and Schw. can hardly be this, as it is said to be 4%
inch thick. If it were not for its growth on wood this could hardly
be distinguished from Sebacina caesia Tul. as illustrated by
Patouillard (Tab. Analyt. No. 681). That is said to grow on the
ground. The habit sketches are almost exactly like our plant and the
subspherical spores (8x 10-121) sprout to a single spore of similar
shape. Eidia albida, as illustrated in Massee’s British Fungi and
Lichens, Pl. 30, fig. 1, is an exact representation of our plant, even
the pinkish tint being shown, but all the published spore measure-
ments of that species agree in giving them an elongated, sausage-shape
(see also notes under 7. fuciformis).
Exidia guttata Bref. is also very similar in form and color, but
is a true Exidia with the curved spores +x 10y. Tremella globulus
Bref. is small, brownish and pulvinate, but could not be this as the
spores are 15-18» in diameter. The hymenium is brownish, the inner
part colorless (?) (‘‘Weiss’’) (Bref. l.c. p. 126).
3877. On fallen branch of Carpinus in Arboretum, December 12, 1919. Photo.
Type.
4020. On twigs of privet on the bush in President’s yard, January 24, 1920.
Typical Exidia glandulosa was abundant on the same twig and crowded
the Tremella in places.
uo
148 JOURNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SOCIETY [June
4022. On Robinia twigs on tree, January 24, 1920. Color watery milk with a
faint pink tint. Spores 7-9.74 in diameter, spherical (spore print on
slide), many budding and sending out promycelia to form a spore of
the same shape on the end just as in No. 3877.
10. Tremella subanomala n. sp.
PuLaTE 58
Pulvinate, convoluted, forming an apparently compound tuft
4x 6mm. and about 1.5 mm. thick; color pallid brown to wine-brown;
the surface appearing minutely granular under a lens; texture very
firmly gelatinous, harder than any other species; bursting through the
bark.
Spores subspherical, remarkable in being compressed a little at
right angles to the mucro, 7.4-10, in diameter, a few up to lly. Ba-
sidia subspherical, a few oval or pyriform, not collapsing when emp-
tied, four-celled by longitudinal divisions, 13-17, thick.
This is like a plant on alder labelled 7. bulgaroides E. & E. from
Canada (Macoun) at the New York Botanical Garden, but I cannot
find that this name was ever published. It is nearest Tremella carneo-
alba which differs in pinkish-white color, more gregarious growth, and’
basidia that collapse after forming spores. It is not unlike 7. anomala
Moller (l.c. p. 120) in size, form, and color (up to 0.5 x 1.5 em.; color
smoky-yellow), but that has basidia 10u thick and spores 6y thick.
4005. Dead Alnus twigs by Battle’s branch, growing with Cyphella, January 22,
1920. Type.
11. Tremella moriformis Smith.
T. colorata Pk.
This has so far not been reported from North Carolina (except by
Curtis as D. moriformis, probably from the S. C. collection by Ray-
enel), but it almost certainly occurs in the state and should be looked
for. I have prepared the following description from the good type
specimens of T. colorata Pk., from a collection of JT. moriformis
from Bresadola (on Robinia from the Trentino) and from a collection
from South Carolina in the Curtis Herbarium (Ravenel). See
Sowerby’s English Botany 36 :2446. 1812.
Plant forming irregular, more or less anastomosing, pulvinate
patches extending more or less densely for several ems. on the wood,
1920 | Tue Lower Bastpiomycetes OF NortH CAROLINA 149
individual patches tending to take an elliptic form like half of a foot-
ball. Surface granular and irregular, not typically convoluted; the
outer layer nearly black, quite tough and forming a kind of crust;
the inner tissue more gelatinous and a lighter purple under the mi-
eroscope; hyphal threads with numerous clamp connections, each
thread distinctly purplish. Basidia near the surface, subspherical to
oval, 12-14.54 thick, colorless when young, purple when mature, di-
vided often irregularly into four cells. Spores said by Peck to be
color of hymenium when mature, globose, 12.7-17.7 in diameter. His
figures are evidently wrong, and he probably took the younger basidia
for spores. We have not been able to be sure of the spores in any of
the herbarium specimens examined. Spore-like material present was
badly mixed and much collapsed.
If a true Tremella, this species is evidently an aberrant one. It
is easily recognized by the blackish-purple color, practically black
in herbarium specimens except under the microscope.
We include the following notes for the convenience of students :
Tremella tremelloides (Berk.) Mass. (Sparassis tremelloides Berk.). The follow-
ing is adapted from Massee (Jour. Myc. 5:184, P1.14, fig. 1. 1889). Tre-
melloid, lobes fasciculate, elongated, suberect, almost free to the base or
variously united, compressed, springing from a small contracted base, surface
seabrid, dull orange; spores elliptic-oblong with a minute oblique apiculus at
the base, 11-12 x5y. On wood, Lower Carolina (Type in Herb. Berk., Kew).
Forming large tremelloid tufts, always springing from a very small basal
portion which penetrates the matrix; lobes suberect, 3-4 inches high in well
grown specimens, sometimes smaller, in some specimens variously plicate and
almost free to the base; in others the lobes are united laterally and form a
gyrose tuft, always much compressed. The distinctly scabrid surface is very
characteristic, and is due to thickly scattered papillae, which give a very harsh
feel to dry specimens. Basidia large, sterigmata developed in succession. From
Massee’s figure of the spores this is probably an Exidia.
Tremella gigantea B. & Cooke, is, according to Massee, a gelatinous lichen (Jour.
Myc. 6: 182. 1890).
Tremella rufolutea B. & C. See my note under 7. pinicola, also see Massee (Jour.
' Mye. 6: 183. 1890).
Tremella enata B. & C. is represented in the Curtis Herbarium by No. 2456 on
oak from Society Hill, S. C., a number mentioned in the original description.
On examining it I found nothing to indicate that it is either a Tremella or a
Dacrymyces. It is apparently not related to either. Massee, however, has
studied the other number mentioned in the original description, No. 4307, at
150 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL SoOcIETY [June
Kew, and thinks it a Dacrymyeces. We adapt the following from his deserip-
tion: (Jour. Mye. 6:182, P1.7, figs. 14-17. 1890): Erumpent; dark amber,
appressed, surface slightly rugulose, or almost smooth, bounded by the ruptured
bark, up to 1 centimeter diameter; basidia cylindrical, bifureate at the apex,
45-50x5u; spores elliptic-oblong, colorless, with an oblique apiculus at the
base, slightly curved, 10-11x3.5y. Superficially resembling a small discolored
form of Tremella albida, but a true Dacrymyces. From 3 millimetres to 1
centimetre across. On Alnus serrulata and oak, Lower Carolina.
Tremella myricae Berk. & Cooke. The following is adapted from Massee (Jour.
Mye. 6: 182. 1890): Foliaceo-gyrose, gelatinoso-elastic, semi-pellucid, smoky
gray, when dry blackish with a tinge of purple here and there, surface with
minute, scattered points; spores broadly elliptic, with an oblique apiculus,
8-9 x 6-7u, colorless. Forming thin, feliaceous expansicns when dry, 1-4 cen-
timeters across. The minutely scabrid surface when dry is characteristic. On
bark of Myrica and Persea, Gainesville, Fla. (Ravy.).
Tremella dependens B. & C. The following is from Massee (Jour. Myc. 6: 185.
1890): Pendulous, elongato-clavate, attached by a slender stem-like base,
mucilaginous, pale dingy yellow, the central portion consisting of exceedingly
thin hyphae immersed in mucilage; towards the even surface the hyphae
become thicker and form a compact layer which produces basidia at every part
of the surface; basidia spherical with four elongated sterigmata; spores elliptic-
oblong, smooth, colorless, 7 x 3-3.5u. Hanging down from underside of rotten
poplar (Liriodendron) logs after rain, Alabama. Peters. :
Tremella stippitata Pk. (Rep. 27; 100. 1875) is a Coryne. He also reports T.°
enata B. & C. (1. e. p. 100).
Phaeotremella pseudofoliacea Rea. (Trans. Brit. Mye. Soc. 3:377. 1912). This
genus is based apparently only on the umbrinous spores (which are obovate,
12 x 9-124). The plant looks much like our Naematelia quercina in external
form, and the spores are about the same.
Exidia scutellaeforme B. & C. In the Curtis Herbarium is a specimen of this
from Alabama (Peters No. 1093: Curtis No. 6343. Type?) The dried plants
are black and look like #. glandulosa. In Dr. Farlow’s writing is the note:
“«Basidia are vertically 4-parted.’’ ;
Exidia pinicola (Pk) (Rep. 39, p. 44. 1886 as Tremella). Peck’s description is:
“*Pulvinate, gyrose-plicate, somewhat lobed and lacunose, raisin-colored when
moist, blackish when dry, filaments slender, branched; spores oblong, curved,
colorless, .0005 in. long, .0002 broad. Dead branches of pine, July.’’
We have examined the type and find the color as described; basidia oval or
pear-shaped, 4-parted, 9.3-10.3u thick; spores curved-elliptic, smooth, 3.7-4 x 9.5-
1l.1lu. This evidently throws the plant into the genus Exidia, and it seems
nearest E. gelatinosa. The surface appearance is that of a crowded colony
of very small individuals of EB. gelatinosa, and is not at all cerebriform. It may
be easily recognized by the raisin-color, small flat plates around sunken
chambers and growth on pine. The texture is toughly gelatinous. It may
well be that this is the same as EZ.wmbrinella Bres. which grows on conifers, is
said to be near E. recisa, and has spores 3-4x11-l4y, basidia 8-9 x 10-12,
(Fung. Trident. 2:98, Pl. 209, fig. 2. 1900).
1920 | THe Lower Basmpiomycetes or NortTH CAROLINA 151
The following are translations of Schweinitz’s original descriptions
of species of Exidia and Tremella with notes added hy us:
Ezxidia lurida Schw. (No. 1100. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor p: 185: 1832) ‘‘Effused
gyrose-plicate, pale, circular; rather thick. Shrunken on drying. Dotted over
with a few papillae. It occurs here and there on branches of Celastrus, Beth-
lehem.’’ A plant in the Schweinitz Herbarium has the general aspect of EF.
gelatinosa but.seems different in the absence of scurfy particles. A preparation
showed basidia of the Exidia type.
Ezidia spiculata Schw. (No. 1101. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185:) ‘* Adpressed,
effused, thick-lobed, rough, wrinkled, olivaceous-green, very slightly shrunken
on drying, but black in color, Papillae frequent on the upper side; margin
divided into small obtuse lobes. Rather rare on the cut surface of trunks
of Platanus, Bethlehem.’’ On examination the type ‘showed no papillae when
wet; dark, effused, crumpled, extensive. Not shrunken to a membrane. A
slide revealed no facts of value.
Ezidia applanata Schw. (No. 1102. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185.) ‘‘ Applanate-
expanded, closely adpressed, margin at. length subfree, oblong in shape, mod-
erately thick, 2-3 lines long; drying black and somewhat pulverulent-scurfy ;
marked on the surface with a few wrinkles or veins. Papillae scattered. On
the inner bark of Rhus glabra, Bethlehem.’’? This may be £. glandulosa but
a slide from the type showed no characters of value.
Tremella crenata Schw. (No. 1141. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. p. 89: 1822). ‘‘ Rather
large, thick, wavy-applanate, ribbed, fuscous brown; margin beautifully crenate.
Occasional on branches.’’ This is &. gelatinosa.
Tremella crassiloba Schw. (No. 1112. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185.) ‘‘Erum-
pent, firm, with thick, fleshy-tremellose, rounded white lobes forming a globose
mass. In the’ wet state, surface apparently squamulose; when dry, black and
pulverulent. Bursting forth from fallen branches, Bethlehem.’’ A specimen
in the Schweinitz Herbarium shows low, black, pulvinate, somewhat uneven
warts about 1-1.5 mm. broad, coming through small holes in the bark of decid-
uous branches; when wet becoming murky clay-color and gelatinous, about
consistency of Exidia glandulosa but does not seem to be that or E. recisa.
There are no papillae and the surface is not obviously granulose. Basidia sub-
spherical, 4-celled, 11-134 in diameter.
Tremella corrugata Schw. (No. 1113. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185.) ‘‘Cespi-
tose, corrugated, with rather thin, flabby lobes, margin elevated, veiny; black-
ish-purple in color. Sub-squamulose in the dry state. An inch in diameter.
Rare on wood and branches, Bethlehem.’’ This is Lxidia gelatinosa.
Tremella palmata Schw. (No. i117. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186.) ‘‘ Rooted,
penetrating the wood with a tomentose root. Stem compressed; palmately ex-
panded, horny when dry, of elegant golden color, sub-diaphanous, apex capitu-
late, gyrose-plicate, compressed and dilated; the head confluent with the stem.
In form and habit related to Cantharellus spathularia, n. 292, on dead wood,
Bethlehem.’’ This looks much like Ditiola radicata from the specimen in the
Schweinitz Herbarium, but I could get very little from a preparation made
from it.
152 JOURNAL OF THE MITCHELL SOCIETY [June
TREMELLODON
Plants gelatinous, translucent, whitish to heht or dark-brown, more
or less stalked, the top expanded and bent over, with short teeth on
the underside. Basidia longitudinally divided into four parts with
four sterigmata.* Spores smooth, white, sphericai. We have but one
species which when large would be taken at first sight for a Hydnum
except for the gelatinous texture.
Tremellodon gelatinosum (Scop.) Pers.
Puates 43 AND 59
Plants upright, petaloid and bent over at top to form a one-sided
cap under which the small spines hang down; height from 2-7 em.,
breadth at top up to 7 em., at base about 1.5-2.5 em.; color of cap sur-
face usually from lght to dark brown, in drying becoming darker
and blackish in places; rarely the whole plant may be a pure soaked
white, in age the upper part becoming a light pinkish buff; in darker
plants the brown may be slightly tinted with blue or violet; surface,
except spines, covered with minute papillae with some wrinkles on the -
posterior side near the base. Flesh gelatinous, watery and translucent,
but firm and tough.
Spines gelatinous, white, confined to the underside of the cap, up
to 2.5 mm. long, the spores being borne only on their proximal half or
two-thirds. No spores are borne except on the spines.
Basidia short, pear-shaped, 10.3» in diameter with four stout
sterigmata. Spores white, spherical, about 6.5. in diameter.
This is a remarkable and interesting plant, having the spines of
a Hydnum and the texture and basidia of a Tremella. It is found on
decaying pine and is rare. It is said by Mellvaine to be edible and
delicious when slowly stewed. For illustrations in color, see Schaeffer,
Pl. 144; Krombholz, Pl. 50, figs. 18-22; Richon & Roze, Pl. 65, figs.
12-17; Gillet, Pl. 661 (124). See note in Mycologia 12: 142. 1920.
912. Ona pine log, October 11, 1913. Photo and drawings.
2954. From inside decaying pine stump, woods south of athletic field, December
1, 1917. Photo.
2956. From side decaying pine stump, Strowd’s pasture by Bowlin’s Creek,
December 3, 1917.
4034. On pine log on Strowd’s hill, January 25, 1920.
4092. On pine log back of athletic field, February 8, 1920.
aLV'Id
1920 | Tue Lower BastpioMycEeTES OF NorTH. CAROLINA 153
TREMELLODENDRON
A remarkable genus, growing on the ground in woods and re-
sembling stipitate species of Thelephora in habit, form and texture,
but with the basidia divided into four parts by longitudinal septa, as
in the Tremellaceae, and having the spores smooth, white and elon-
gated. The genus was established by Atkinson (Journal Mycology
8:106. 1902), and the species have been treated by Burt (Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. 2:731. 1915).
Key TO THE SPECIES
Plant whitish, much branched, the stems or branches
or both fusing where coming together.
Stout and often large and heavy. ..............:cescescceseeeeees T. candidum (1)
Delicate, the branches slender and numerous ............ T. merismatoides (2)
Plant whitish, slender, little branched, the stems single
and not fused with others ... . Cladonia (3)
. aurantium (4)
Plant simple, orange colored
1. Tremellodendron candidum (Schw.) Atk.
Puates 44 anp 59
Plant upright, centrally stalked, densely branched, the clumps
reaching a diameter of 8 cm. and a height of 6 em., but usually much
smaller. The base is a fused mass which soon branches into more or
less distinet, but often confluent upright stalks which subdivide into
more or less flat and often laterally fused branches, these terminate in
fibrous or decidedly fimbriated, bluntish tips, which are nearly or
quite white, the remainder of the plant being a creamy or sordid white.
The texture is very tongh, almost woody below and is not at all brittle.
Basidia four-celled by longitudinal septa; spores (of No. 1385)
white, elliptic, with mucro, smooth, with large or small oil drops, very
oily as seen by the many oil drops in the water, 4.8-6.6 x 8.5-13p.
A very abundant plant in woods and lawns and very variable in
size and stoutness.
Burt recognizes T. pallidum as the larger, more solid forms I here
inelude under 7. candidum. I cannot see good grounds for recognizing
more than two species here. We have many intermediate forms and
sizes. I am also not sure that 7. merismatoides is different, but am
including it as a convenient name for the most delicate, Pterula-like
form.
154 JOURNAL OF THE MircHEeLL Socimry [June
352. Mixed woods, damp low place, growing on ground, October 20, 1910.
648. On hillside east of Howell’s branch, October 29, 1912.
695. In messy grass in middle of campus, June 15, 1913.
1385. In old Raleigh road, just north of Piney Prospect, October 19, 1914.
Photo.
1386. By Battle’s hranch, September 25, 1913.
2245. Forming a partial fairy ring of very fine plants, swamp of New Hope
Creek, below Durham-Chapel Hill bridge, June 24, 1916.
2420. Deciduous woods, Battle’s Park, July 22, 1916. Spores 4.5-6 x 7.7-11.1p.
These are typical, stout, large plants.
North Carolina. Schweinitz.
North Carolina. Atkinson.
2. Tremellodendron merismatoides (Schw.) Burt.
PuatTE 45
Plant 2.5-3.8 em. high, in compound clusters about 2-3 em. broad
above, with several partly fused stalks and very many delicate, only
slightly fused branches; white and tough.
Spores (of No. 2324) smooth, elliptic, some bent, 4.8-6.6 x 7.4-11p.
The more delicate forms of 7. candidum approach this, but we
have found none close enough tu it to make a complete gradation and ~
it may be a good species, as considered by Burt. The spores are exactly
like those of 7. candidum in appearance; in our one collection they
run a little shorter than in No. 1385, but no shorter than in No. 2420,
which are typical large plants.
999
2324. In sandy humus, deciduous woods by western. branch of Meeting of the
Waters, June 30, 1916. Photo.
3. Tremellodendron Cladonia (Schw.) Burt.
We have not found this and adapt the following from Burt (Le.
/yefisxer, Alshils))) ¢
Plant 2.5-5 em. high, 0.7-2 em. broad; stem about 1.5 mm. thick;
solitary or gregarious, erect, coriaceous-soft, pallid, drying warm
buff, sometimes with the older portions pale olive-gray, stipitate;
stem cylindric, palmately branched into a few—often three—eylindric
branches, each or some of which occasionally branch again in similar
manner; branches arranged in a plane from flattened end of stem or
branch or in a circle about the eylindrie end of the stem which is then
sometimes perforate and the branches often channelled; hymenium
amphigenous, or inferior when the branch is channelled; basidia
“S8ET ON “WOCTANVO NOWINUCOTION AML
”
=
te
PLATE 45
TREMELLODENDRON MERISMATOIDES. No. 2524
cz
1920 | THe Lower BasipiomycetTes or Nor?tTH CAROLINA 155
longitudinally septate, pyriform, 9x15; spores colorless, simple,
even, curved, 4.5-6 x 9-154. On ground in woods. Canada to Missis-
sippi and westward to Missouri. August and September.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
North Carolina. Schweinitz.
4. Tremellodendron aurantium Atk.
This was described from Blowing Rock, N. C., by Atkinson and has
not been found since. We give below the original description (Ann.
Mycologici 6:59. 1908) : ;
“Plants simple, slender, 1-3 em. long 2-3 mm. stout, dark orange,
tough. Basidia subglobose, 10-124, longitudinally divided; sterig-
mata 4, long, slender, flexuous. Spores, oboval-subelliptical, granular,
then with an oil drop, 7-10 x 5-6, white, hyaline.”’
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
EICHLERIELLA
Plant forming small, adherent patches with the margin free and
often a little bracketed, rarely attached only by the center; texture
tought, coriaceous or leathery, dry or rarely waxy. Basidia ovate,
divided into four cells by longitudinal divisions. Spores long, curved,
smooth, white. The genus resembles Corticium or Stereum or Cyphella
except for the four-celled, ovate basidia. We have but one species,
the only one recorded from this state. See Burt, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard.
2:743. 1915.
Eichleriella Leveilliana (B. & C.) Burt.
Corticium Leveillianum B. & C.
Stereum Leveillianum B. & C.
Puates 46 aANpD 59
Plant forming subcireular, mostly resupinate patches about
3.7 mm. wide, with a narrow, free margin which may curve outward
on the upper side for about 1-1.5 mm. if the substratum is vertical ;
dorsal surface of the shelving margin tomentose, nearly white to light
or dark gray depending on exposure, scarcely zonate. Hymenium a
clear, light rosy pink, fading to nearly white in areas or all over when
old. The thickish, blunt margin is sharply determinate, and tends to
156 JOURNAL OF THE MrrcHELL Society [June
become somewhat free all around. Texture leathery and pliable, not
brittle when dry. In this lot of numerous patches one plant, emerg-
ing from a lenticel, was attached by only a point eccentrically placed,
all the rest of the cap beg free. When young the plant appears as
a little peltate disc, but this soon expands and except for the free mar-
ein attaches itself to the bark as it grows.
Basidia like those of a Tremella, ovate, four-celled by longitudinal
divisions, 9.8 x 18, sterigmata long. Slender branched threads grow
up densely beyond the basidia to form the hymenial surface. Spores
white, smooth, bent, sausage-shaped, 4-5.5 x 12.5-17.3p.
This is a remarkable plant and was first described from South
Carolina as a Corticium. It would be referred at once to Corticium
or Stereum if it were not for the peculiar basidia. The pretty, deli-
cate rosy color is preserved in drying.
3829. On sweet gum (Liquidamber) twigs, back of Peabody Building. Decem-
ber 6, 1919. Photo.
3953. On frondose twigs on grape arbor, January 17, 1920.
SEBACINA
Resupinate, on bark or wood as in Corticium or encrusting herb- *
aceous stems or mossy tree bases from the ground; texture various,
waxy to leathery or coriaceous; basidia ovate and longitudinally sep-
tate as in Tremella; spores white, smooth, mostly enlongated and bent
or flattened on one side (in S. cenerea Bres. they are said by Bresadola
to be subglobose, 12-13 x 12-15, in S. caesia Tul. they are given by
Patouillard (Tab. Analyt. No. 681) as ovoid, 8 x 10-124). We have
found four species in Chapel Hill and two others are reported from
the state. See Burt. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 2:749. 1915. Of the four
species we have found only one can be distinguished in Burt’s
monograph. We have tried to determine the other three from the
European literature, but not having been able to do so as yet have
decided to let them go unnamed until we become more familar with
the genus. Burt has seen our plants, but has not cared to give a
positive opinion from the material sent. All our figures are from
fresh material and the spore characters taken from good spore prints.
Key TO THE SPECIES
Diffused as a thin or thickish crust on dead wood, with
the habit of a Corticium.
Plant up to 1 or 1.5 mm. thick; spores 6.3-9 x 7.7-
OO it cvstevcnsaree ..S. sp. (No. 4116) (2)
PLATE 46
3829 (rig
No.
ot
4
a
&
ies
&
at
e=]
ea)
=
=
a
4
a
ey
S.
1920 | THe Lower BasipioMyceTEs OF NORTH CAROLINA 157
Plant much thinner, color nearly white to creamy
or pale slate
RSON ES) Ae. 8- Os kool See IU (i tceneccaeperenscentectecesserexenseasecee S. calcea (1)
Spores 3.5-4x5.5-8.54; basidia near the sur-
face . sp. (No. 4118) (3)
Spores 3.7-4.5x6-9.5,; basidia more deeply
SHALES (occ. clecveeneecevnsedictensacteobonsereanncen: cae eeRO rane aee S. sp. (No. 4119) (4)
Growing from the ground and running up and en-
crusting the bases of living or lifeless objects; color
buff
Sometimes with branches or flaps; hymenial layer
GINO pc, DICK oes ceoe cece ncnccesscecenstsctsexsevcceanorereaeeneereeys S. inerustans (5)
Without branches or flaps; hymenial layer 200-
ODM UL CR wccrascssecaceeceenctncsscestecucncecenccecteccenctecssccerectaenee S. Helveloides (6)
1. Sebacina calcea (Pers.) Bresadola
Puates 46 AND 60
Entirely resupinate, closely attached, forming elongated and an-
astomosing patches from very small up to about 5-6 em, long and
6 mm. wide, very thin, only about 50-110, thick; surface minutely pul-
verulent, dull, the closely adnate, well-defined margin white, the re-
mainder very light drab gray. Substance sub-gelatinous or sub-
fleshy, not to be removed in flakes.
Spores white, rod-elliptic, bent, 4.8-6.3 x 14.5-18y, a few as short as
11.52. Basidia subspherical, 13-14 thick, divided into four cells by
longitudinal divisions; sterigmata long, thickish in the distal half;
paraphyses forming a transparent, almost structureless, layer above
the basidia, their finely branched tips loaded with erystals.
This agrees well with S. calcea as described by Bresadola and by
Burt. It is said to grow on both coniferous and frondose trees. In
the southern states it has been reported only from Georgia.
5963. On a dead branch of Robinia pseudacacia in Arboretum, January 12, 1920.
2. Sebacina sp. ?
Puates 47 anp 61
Forming low, crowded and anastomosing, nodulated masses and
pustules looking very like a mixomycete; patches 9 em. or more long
and up to 1.5 em. wide in our collection (probably quite indefinite as
to size and form of arca covered) ; thickness up to 1 or 1.5 mm.;
color a pallid creamy yellow or dusky cream; surface glabrous, shin-
ing unless getting rather dry. Texture succulent but not gelatinous
158 JouRNAL OF THE MrrcHELL Socrery [June
in the usual sense, but firmly waxy. Fibers of the flesh slender and
regular, about 1.5-2 thick, sparingly branched.
Spores oval, flattened on one side, yellowish under microscope,
very variable in size, 6.3-9 x 7.7-12.24, sprouting into threads by one
or two germ tubes, which may arise at any point. Basidia oval, 13.7-
14.4x 16.3, irregularly four-celled, collapsed soon after formation of
spores. Sterigmata much thickened upward, some very long and
slender. Paraphyses slender, densely packed, curved over and mostly
branched a little at the ends, the branches crooked and more slender
and set with very minute crystals. Much larger, roughly globular or
angular erystals with slender, spine-like hyaline projections also
oceur rather abundantly through the hymenium; they are mostly
about 7-9 thick.
This species is markedly distinct from all others we have seen.
The peculiar color, pustulate, anastomosing form, plump spores and
large crystals separate it easily from our other Sebacinas. The pro-
jections on the erystals do not seem to be of the same nature as the
crystals themselves and after drying reappear very obscurely if at
all. They may be the stubs of hyphae that took part in the formation
of the crystals. So thickly interwoven are the tips of the paraphyses”
and so dense the little crystals that there is formed a distinet and
darker crust over the surface. We place this in Sebacina rather than
Tremella because of the waxy texture, abundant, branched paraphyses
and abundant erystals. Exidia is excluded by the plump spores.
4116. On underside of old, hard heart of an oak branch, on ground, west of
athletie field, February 13, 1920.
3. Sebacina. sp. ?
Puate 60
Plant forming a thin, extended membrane about 150, thick which
is nearly smooth or obscurely nodulated and closely adherent to the
wood, the margin quite indefinite; surface dull, color a pallid milky
slate with a faint tint of lavender or flesh; texture waxy; threads of
context closely packed.
Spores (of No. 4118, print) white, smooth, elliptic, 3.5-4 x 5.5-8.5p.
Basidia four-celled, 7.4 thick, ovate, situated near the surface (in
some cases nearer than shown in the drawing). Paraphyses not highly
specialized or branched, covered with crystals through the upper layer,
parallel, upright and closely packed.
7
y
v
PLATE
4116,
No.
SEBACINA SP.
1920 | Tue Lower BasipioMYCETES OF NoRTH CAROLINA 159
In drying the membrane shrinks much, to an almost invisible film;
differs from No. 4119 in slate color, smaller basidia which are near the
surface, and in the closely packed threads of the flesh. Our plant
agrees rather closely with Burt’s description of S. podlachica Bres.
in color, size of basidia and spores, position of basidia and closely
crowded threads of the context; but he does not mention the crystals
in the hymenium or refer to the species on seeing our plant.
4118. On decaying underside of piece of decorticated oak wood, New Hope
Creek, February 14, 1920. Drawing.
4. Sebacina sp. ?
PLATE 60
Plant variable in thickness, usually about 400-500» thick except
where nodulated or wrinkled, much thinner in areas: forming an ex-
tensive slick membrane. with indefinite margin, usually between bark
and wood and between layers of the rotten wood, sometimes on surface
also of the rotten bark; color pallid straw or clay or dull whitish;
surface smooth, or nodulated and irregularly pitted and wrinkled;
texture waxy, not very tough or elastic; threads of context loosely
packed. The plant is not removable from the wood when fresh with-
out breaking it into pieces.
Spores (of No. 4119, print) white, smooth, elliptic, 3.7-4.5 x 6-9.5n.
Basidia oval, four-celled, 7.8 x lly». Paraphyses upright, closely
packed, branched near the surface into a few crooked forks on which
are small crystals.
4119. On decaying gum wood, near New Hope Creek, February 14, 1920.
Drawing.
5. Sebacina incrustans (Pers.) Tulasne
We have not yet found this in Chapel Hill, but it probably oc-
curs here. It forms an irregular fleshy-leathery, buff crust which
creeps up and around the bases of objects, often on grasses. Spores
white, 6-8 x 12-14». For a full description see Burt. l.c. p. 752. See
also a photo by Lloyd in Myc. Notes 52: fig. 1115. 1917.
Asheville. Beardslee.
6. Sebacina Helvelloides (Schw.) Burt.
This is much like S. incrustans, but differs in its less fleshy struct-
ure and thicker hymenium. It grows on the ground among mosses
160 JOURNAL OF THE MitcHELL Society [June
and on bark at the bases of trees. It was originally described from
North Carolina by Schweinitz as a Thelephora. See Burt. Le. p. 756,
for a full description.
Salem. Schweinitz.
DACRYMYCETACEAE
Small plants growing on wood; texture gelatinous and soft or
toughish-gelatinous to more or less cartilaginous; form various, up-
right and single or branched like a Clavaria (as in species of Calocera),
or forming simple or complicated little cushions which may be smooth
or much folded or more or less flattened (as im Dacrymyces) or some-
what cup-shaped or spathulate (as in Guepinia). The important dis-
tinctions are microscopic and are based on the basidia and spores.
The former are branched above into two long, thick sterigmata which
gradually taper to the pointed ends where the two spores are borne.
The color of the plants is usually yellow or orange, and they are some
times viscid. Spores smooth, elliptic, usually bent, divided across
into two or more cells at least before sprouting, orange or creamy
yellow. See Brefeld: Untersurchungen aus dem Gesamtgebiete der
Mykologie 7:138. 1888, Also see Tulasne, as cited under Tremel- .
laceae.
Key TO THE GENERA
Plants sessile, gelatinous, pulvinate, the surface convo-
luted; spores divided into four or more cells before
SPLOWUGEAS: fe teerccerssrsetecesteccccstssseneeteamececerevessneedeeranteneneveomereenns Dacrymyces
Plants with a smooth, gelatinous stalk, swollen above
into a convoluted head which bears the hymenium;
Spores as, In VD AerymMy Cesscrcerceeerres-teceriae coerce see Dacryomitra
Plants with a short, subcartilaginous stalk, the small
head rounded or flattened horizontally like a carpet
tack and little if at all convoluted
Plants stalked, upright, spathulate, or cup-shaped, or
petalloid; tough, the sterile stalk pubescent; spores
divided into two cells before sprouting... Guepinia
Plants stalked or subsessile by a central point, enlarged
above, fleshy-tough, the hymenium gelatinous; spores
divided into two cells before sprouting............. wien Ditiola
Plants stalked, upright, slender, simple or branched like
Ciavaria, toughish and usually viscid; stalk not pubes-
cent; spores divided into two cells before sprouting....Calocera
Dacryopsis
DACRYMYCES
Gelatinous, sessile, pulvinate, subhemispheric or flattened, usually
convoluted on the surface like a brain, the entire exposed surface
1920 | THe Lower Bastpiomycetes oF NorRTH CAROLINA 161
covered by the hymenium, in several species with a distinct toughish
root. Basidia narrow, elongated, divided at the end into two long
forks which bear one spore each on distinct sterigmata. Spores yellow
or orange, curved-elliptic like a sausage or one side curved, divided
into cells by cross walls before sprouting. Small conidia often pro-
duced by the sprouting spores and on the surface of the young fruiting
bodies. For development of basidia and other cytology see Wager
in The Naturalist 695 :364. 1914.
Key T0 THE SPECIES*
Growing on pine
Not rooted, small, watcry orange or amber, or paler;
nearly always on decorticated wood; spores mostly
over 18y long, divided into about eight cells before
sprouting .. cencecoeccosnceR ELROD
Rooted, on wood with bark on
Bright yellow or orange, drying red and rounded;
spores 18-22, or longer, divided into about eight
CIS een ecee icvox en sne dsunacsateuczsssapsicssesaasesciedcsssscessenccvosssdoessives D. aurantius (2)
Pale smoky or watery amber; spores 10-13y long......D. pallidus (7)
Raisin-colored, spores 21-27 long - pedunculatus (4)
Rooted on decorticated wood; drying dull red-brown,
and flattened; spores 13-18.5u, long, divided into
SAMMI MEL OUR CON] S22 sccsevacapieceuecenstns cree. cavcesteterereees eae tees D. involutus (3)
Growing on deciduous plants
Orange or wine-color or paler; rooted, drying reddish,
. abietinus (1)
spores 10.5-15y long, divided into four cells.............0 D. Ellisti (5)
Small, mostly yellow with an olive tint when
young, drying a dull amber colov..............e:eee D. minor (6)
Small and very inconspicious, smoky-brown; dry-
TPES MED LUCAS FIDO T OWED cor sacetcezsceo-scox-cesavesse ereactevscrsetecce D. fuscominus (8)
1. Dacrymyces abietinus (Pers.) Schroeter
D. stillatus Nees
PLATES 23 AND 63
Plant forming little pustules varying from less than one mm. to
about 3-4 mm. broad, and 1-2 mm. high, gregarious or touching so as
to form larger compound masses; color watery-orange or amber or
fading to paler yellowish or sordid or sub-hyaline; surface feeling wet.
but not viscid ; not passing into the wood by a tough white root (as in
D. Ellisti and D. aurantius, but apparently seated directly on the
wood by the central part of the underside; texture gelatinous, but
holding its shape well unless very wet and then often collapsing to a
* See notes on other species, pages 172-174.
162 JOURNAL OF THE MITCHELL SOCIETY [June
soft, shapeless jelly; no taste or odor; flesh concolorous. In drying
fading down to small amber or raisin-colored droplets.
Spores (of No. 3832, spore print) deep orange, smooth, long-ellip-
tie, mostly bent, 5.5-7.4 x 18.5-25.9», not divided into cells when first
shed as a spore print, but later (in about a week) divided into about
eight cells. Basidia forked into two long prongs.
Common on decorticated pine and cedar wood. This differs from
D. Ellisii 1 the much longer spores with more numerous cells. From
the good description by Persoon (Obs. Mye., p. 78. 1796) there can be
no doubt that we have his plant. It is more than likely that
D. stillatus Nees is the same, but he did not say that it grew on
coniferous wood. His figure is tolerably good for our plant (Syst. d.
Pilze, p. 89 (18), Pl. 22, 1858). Plants in the Curtis Herbarium under
the latter name from Alabama (Peters) and South Carolina (Ravenel
and Curtis) are like our plants, but specimens from Fries so labelled
in the Curtis Herbarium are doubtfully the same and seem rooted
(no spores to be found). Fries says that D. tortus grows on rotten
pine wood and refers to Bulliard’s 7. deliquescens as the same.
This has led to the impression that D. deliquescens grows on pine,
a supposition which to me is more than doubtful (see remarks under
D. minor). In the Curtis Herbarium are collections called D. tortus
on pine and Taxodium from Society Hill, 8S. C. (Curtis), also one
from Ravenel. These all seem to be the same as my plant. Karsten
gives the spores of D. stillatus as 18-22 x 8u; Hennings (Engler and
Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien) as 18-28x8-12u. Dacrymyces imvolutus,
also on pine, has shorter spores, is rooted, and is otherwise
quite different. Brefeld’s conception of D. stillatus would exclude
our plant. He has it on corticated coniferous wood (often on P. syl-
vestris), bursting through the bark in lines, more reddish than in his
D. deliquescens, having a firm white root in the bark; spores large,
8-10-celled, 12 x 25-30u. His plant is evidently near our D. aurantius
Schw. if not the same.
3832. On decorticated pine logs south of athletic field, December 7, 1919. Photo.
3956. On a pine rafter on a grape arbor, January 17, 1920. Spores 5.5-7x
15-20u, mostly divided into about eight cells.
3965. On pine, January 17, 1920.
4074. On partly decorticated pine branch, February 4, 1920. Spores 5.5-7.4x
17.4-23y.
4132. On decorticated cedar pole in Arboretum, February 21, 1920.
Frequent on pine wood. Schweinitz.
No. 35
4
Zz.
<=
=
K
=
=
-
=
1920) THe Lower Bastpiomycetes or NoRTH CAROLINA 163
2. Dacrymyces aurantius (Schw.) Farlow.
D. chrysospermus B. & C.
PuatTeEs 23, 48 anp 63
Plants forming compact, rounded, brain-like, complicated masses,
the surface grooved and folded through the compacting of the partly
separated components ; surface slimy when very wet. Color deep orange
all over except where it fades into the white base which extends into
the substratum as a kind of tough root. Flesh tough, sub-gelatinous,
color of surface, translucent; tasteless and odorless.
Spores (of No. 3500) deep orange, curved-elliptic (sausage-
shaped), smooth, 7-9-celled, the great majority 8-celled before sprout-
ing, 5.5-7 x 18-22.5p. Basidia slender, with two long forks.
The orange color becomes more red in the dried plants, and this
character, together with the large size and the tough, white, radicat-
ing, usually flattened base, distinguishes this easily from related
species except Ditiola radicata, which see for distinctions. It is com-
mon with us on corticated pine wood, the root extending through
the bark and flattening against the wood.
Farlow’s description of a plant he took to be 7. aurantia Schw.
agrees with ours. He finds the spores to be 5.5-7.5 x 20-25y, four- to
eight-celled (Appalachia 3:248. 1883). Mr. Lloyd seems to
have changed his opinion as to the species as he has seen my
plants and agrees with my determination although he has illustrated
something entirely different as this species (Mye. Notes Old Sp. Ser.
N. 1:11. 1908). He thinks our plant does not grow in Europe.
I find in the Schweinitz Herbarium fortunately an ade-
quate bit of this still in the original envelope, unmounted
(on a mounted part the Dacrymyces has almost wholly
disappeared). The spores are just like those of our plant
and unlike those of any other. They are 6.2-7.4x18-2lp, mostly
8-celled. In the Curtis Herbarium is an even better collection from
Schweinitz (Bethlehem) under the name 7. aurantia. It is certainly
like ours, with abundant spores which are large, 8-celled, curved,
6.2-7.2 x 16.5-234. That D. chrysospermus B. & C. is also the same
is thought most probable by Dr. Farlow, and the plants distributed by
Ravenel (No. 466) as D. chrysospermus are like T. aurantia. Under
the name D. chrysospermus in the Curtis Herbarium is a collection
164 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Socrery [June
from Massachusetts (Sprague No. 778: Curtis No. 6211) which is like
T. aurantia and like our plants. The spores are 8-celled, 6-7 x 18-20.
The original description of D. chrysospermus is as follows (adapted) :
‘*Erect, clavate-lobed, orange; spores golden, 4-6 septate. On stumps,
erect, lobed above, orange, dusted with the golden spores. More
highly developed than D. deliquescens. New England. Sprague.”’
(Grevillea 2:20. 1873). Dacrymyces multiseptatus Beck of Europe
on pine seems near or the same. The spores are given as 7-10 septate,
20-26 x 6-7 (see Sace. Syl. 6:799). It is also of interest to note that
Bresadola has referred to D. palmata (Schw.) Bres., a European plant
on bark of Abies excelsa, that is represented in the New York Botani-
eal Garden by a good collection from him. This cannot be distin-
guished from our D. aurantius except that the spores average shorter
(5.5-6 x 13-18.54, with 8 cells). Brefeld’s idea of D. stillatus seems
much more like D. aurantius than like D. abietinus (see notes under
latter species).
3500. On pine log with bark, north of Meeting of the Waters, October 22, 1919.
Photo and painting.
3837. On pine log with bark, south of athletic field, December 7, 1919. Spores
6-7.4 x 14.8-24u, eight-celled. : :
3917. On pine log with bark, Battle’s Park, December 21, 1919. Spores 7-8 x
17-26y, eight-celled.
3985. On pine bark from fallen limbs, southeast of old graded school, January
19, 1920. e
4004. On dead pine limbs with bark, near outdoor stage, Battle’s Park, January
22, 1920. Spores elliptic, 6.6-7.7 x 15-234, some divided when shed into
eight cells.
4080. On pine bark, February 4, 1920. Spores bent-elliptic, 5.5-7.5 x 14.8-22y,
eight-celled.
4193. On pine bark, February 25, 1920. Spores 6.3-7.4 x 14.8-22.3u.
3. Dacrymyces involutus Schw.
D. corticoides EB. & E.
Puates 23, 50 anp 63
Forming compound, adherent, rather thin, convoluted patches
reaching a length of about 6em., a breadth of 2 em. and a thickness
of 2-4 mm., the component parts about 3-5 mm. broad and fused
with adjoining ones, each attached in center by a distinct whitish,
tough, little root about 3-5 mm. long, which tapers downward to a
point and is buried in the soft wood; exposed surface of the pads
1920 | Tue Lower Basipiomycetes oF NortH CAROLINA 165
orange-yellow, more or less closely convoluted like a brain, not glau-
cous; this form varies to gregarious colonies of smaller plants as small
as 1mm., some crowded, some single. Young plants are mostly the
same orange color as older ones, but others have a distinct tint of
olive as in D. minor, also like the latter in the protection of the very
young plants by a floceulent-cottony coat, which is broken through
and at times carried up for a while as a little white cap; texture
toughish waxy-gelatinous; surface opaque, inner part transparent and
concolorous.
Spores (of No, 3972) orange-yellow, sausage-shaped, curved, 4.3-
6.6 x 13-18.5y, soon divided after shedding into four cells. Basidia as
usual in the genus, strongly two-pronged, 3.7 x 4m thick.
A striking plant, peculiar in the distinet little round roots which
descend into the wood about 3-5 mm. apart, the effect being like that
of a lot of thickish and irregular thumbtacks with the heads fused,
and the points stuck in the pine. It differs from the other yellow or
orange species as follows: from D. abietinus by rooting bases, stronger
color, larger masses and shorter spores with fewer cells; from D. au-
rantius 1 smaller and, when in masses, separate rootlets which are not
so deeply penetrating, in shorter spores, in not drying red, and in
occurrence on decorticated and more rotten logs; from D. Ellisii in
larger masses, spores averaging jonger and in growing on pine; from
Ditiola radicata in unbranched and proportionally smaller stalks,
absence of viscidity, occurrence on decorticated wood and in not dry-
ing red; the spores are nearly alike.
We have examined the type of D. involutus Schw. in his herbarium and find
that it agrees with our plant, showing the characteristic form and the flocculent
covering in youth. The spores agree perfectly except that they are not quite
so long, a matter of small importance as the length of spores in this genus varies
considerably in different collections. In the Schweinitz collection they are elliptic,
curved, about 4-celled, 5.5 x 12.54. Schweinitz’s description is as follows:
“Of the size of D. stillatus, subrotund-dilated, gyrose-plicate, pale golden.
Base covered with fibrous white tomentum which often grows over the whole
fungus. Related to D. lacrymalis, on old wood at Salem and Bethlehem,’’
This is certainly D. corticoides, collections of that species
determined by Ellis at the New York Botanical Garden,
agreeine perfectly and the description agreeing in convin-
cing details (Jour. Mye. 1:149. 1885). The ‘‘narrow, white, subbyssoid
margin’’ appears clearly in our plants when drying undisturbed. The
color of the dried plants is a dull reddish-brown with yellow areas;
166 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL Society [June
partly dried plants are more orange than fresh ones. Lloyd has seen
our plants and thinks them Arrhytidia flava Berk., which in a letter he
says is ‘‘certainly co-generic and possibly the same as D. corticoides.’’
See also Mye. Notes 61, fig. 1780. 1919. Patouillard also thinks the
species should be referred to Arrhytidia as it is not truly gelatinous.
This is. also indicated by the fact that dried plants do not revive at
all well when moistened again. For variety conigena E. & E. (spelled
canigena in error) on pine cones see Jour, Mye. 2:87. 1886. From
the description it would seem than D. confluens Karst. might well be
the same thing (Sace. Syl. 6:801). I have retained our plant for the
present in Dacrymyces to avoid a multiplicity of closely related
genera.
3972. On a decorticated, rotten pine log by path to Meeting of the Waters,
January 17, 1920. Photo.
4079. On a decorticated pine log near Meeting of the Waters, February 4, 1920.
4179. On decorticated pine, February 26, 1920. Spores curved-elliptic, orange,
four-celled, 5-7 x 11-14.8y.
+. Dacrymyces pedunculatus (B. & C.)
Exidia pedunculata B. & C.
Puates 23, 41 anp 62
Plants single or crowded and compounded into groups or rows
up to 3 em. long, simple individuals 2-3 mm. broad, 1.5-6 mm. thick,
turbinate, rooted by a stout base, the flat top margimed. Texture
rather softly gelatinous, the stem tougher; color of raisins or a little
paler; surface dull, minutely granular under a lens.
Spores (of No. 4158) very large, elliptic, 9.3-11 x 21-27p, eight-
celled soon after falling, orange with a tint of salmon, soon sprouting
into small, elongated sporidia 1.7-2 x 3.5-4.54, which may be borne in
groups. Basidia very large, 108-130» long, 9-9.5y thick.
The simple plants are shaped about like a short horseshoe nail and
approach in form D. involutus; the flattish top may have a few
wrinkles or be quite smooth. The root is about 2-4 mm. long and ends
in a paler but not white mycelium which runs between the bark and
wood. Compound groups are rooted by an elongated flat plate which
gives rise to a crowded and convoluted group of heads much as in
D. aurantius. The species is very distinct not only in the very large
spores and basidia but also in the color, which is about that of Exidia
gelatinosa. It is odd that the spores are so differently colored from
1920 | Tue Lower Bastpiomycetes oF NorTtTH CAROLINA 167
the plant, but several good prints make the color certain. It will be
remembered that in Tremella colorata Peck states that the spores are of
the same raisin color as the plant. There is fortunately in existence
in the Curtis Herbarium a good collection of Haxidia pedunculata
B. & C. (Society Hill, 8. C., No. 3750), which | find on examination
is certainly this. They are on pine with same shape and color, thick
spores unmistakably the same but averaging somewhat shorter than in
our specimens. They are 8-celled, 7-10 x 16-22p.
4158. On a fallen, corticated branch of Pinus Taeda, February 21, 1920.
4185. On a corticated pine branch, Strowd’s lowgrounds, February 25, 1920.
Photo. Spores 9.7-14 x 20.5-27n.
5. Dacrymyces Ellisii n. sp.
PuatTes 23, 50 AND 63
Plants bursting through the bark and forming small, flattish,
smooth or crumpled pustules about 2-6 mm. wide which are sometimes
crowded into somewhat larger masses up to 15 mm. wide; the pustules
le flat on the substratum but are the expanded tops of tough, whitish
stalks which are hidden by the bark into the cracks of which they de-
scend for several mm. and finally fade into the white mycelium; sur-
face damp, somewhat viscid, firmly gelatinous, orange or wine-color,
fading to pale or sordid yellowish.
Spores (of No. 3861) deep orange, smooth, sausage-shaped, bent,
a part of them divided into about four cells when shed, 5-7 x 10.5-13.3,.
The species is somewhat scarce in American herbaria and seems
to have no settled name. It occurs in the Curtis Herbarium (Massa-
chusetts, Sprague, bark of oak) under the name D. deliquescens, but it
cannot be that species. Others so named in the same herbarium are
different, one from Massachusetts seeming to be D. abietinus. I have
tried to find out what D. syringae really is but have not succeeded.
The Flora Danica figure (Pl. 1857, fig. 3) does not help much.
Dacrymyces syringicola is different (see p. 171). Plants at the New
York Botanical Garden on magnolia labelled D. diplocarpus EH. & E.,
but apparently never published, have spores 3-septate, 4-5 x 11-13u
and seem the same as ours. They were sent by Ellis to Patouillard
who said he did not know it. A similar collection by Ellis on magnolia
bark is labelled D. syringae. Another collection on oak of the same
thing from West Virginia (Nuttall) was sent to Massee who determ-
16
wm
JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL Society [June
ined it as Tremella enata B. & C., which is certainly different if Curtis’
No. 2456 can be said to represent it (see page 149). Lloyd has seen our
plant and says: ‘‘This is not sure to me for it is too permanent and
the spores of deliquescens are not orange but pale yellow.’’ The species
is certainly different from D. minor (D. deliquescens) which grows on
decorticated wood, has much paler spores, and less orange and less
complex fruit bodies without distinct roots and which become very
inconspicuous when dry. It does not seem impossible that Dacryopsis
Ulicis (Plour.) Sace. may be our D. Ellisii. The appearance is much
the same and the spores 4-celled, 5 x 15-184. (See note under Dac-
ryopsis ceracea). From D. abietinus and D. aurantius, the
other conspicuous yellow or orange forms, it differs in growing on de-
ciduous wood and in the much shorter spores; from the latter it dif-
fers also in smaller size, but is like it in having a toughish, contracted,
white rooting base. .
3861. On branches of peach in a brush heap, December 9, 1919. Photo. Type.
3918. On decaying maple limb, December 21, 1919. Spores orange, smooth,
sausage-shaped, some bent, 5.5-7.4x11-l4y. Spores sprouting on slide
with from one to four sprouts, some three-septate.
3982. On decaying oak log, January 18, 1920. Spores bent-elliptic, 4.8-6 x
10.5-124, soon divided into four cells.
4003. On fallen oak limb, January 22, 1920.
4035. On decaying maple limb with bark, January 25, 1920. Spores sausage-
shaped, 4.8-6.7 x 12-l5y, 4-celled before sprouting.
4036. On piece of decayed oak, January 25, 1920. Painting.
4120. On bark of decaying birch limb, February 14, 1920. Spores 4-5 x 12-14.8,.
4170. On a cortieated oak branch, February 25, 1920.
6. Dacrymyces minor Pk.
2D. deliquescens (Bull.) Fr.
2D. lacrymalis Pers.
2D. hyalinus Quelet
Puates 49 anp 64
Plant forming very small subspherical pustules about 1-2 mm. in
diameter, at times crowded into somewhat larger masses; the surface
sparingly convoluted or even, a little viscid, not with an obvious root;
color of most a dull, translucent, light amber or smoky amber and
usually with a slight olive tint especially when young, some plants
mixed with the others are a more conspicuous yellow-amber; texture
rather firmly gelatinous.
PLATE 49
DITIOLA RADICATA. No. 4109 (right
DACRYMYCES MINOR. No. 4105 (left
1920] THe Lower BasipiomyceTEes or NorTH CAROLINA 169
Spores (of No. 3926) pale yellow, curved, divided into (mostly)
four cells, 4-6.6 x 11.1-14.8. Basidia as usual.
In No. 3941 some of the plants were very young and when just
bursting through were covered over by a white flocculent coat through
which they burst at the top or at times carried up for a while as a
little white cap-patch. This we have noticed elsewhere only in D. in-
volutus. In No. 3926 the plants after reaching full size collapsed in
at the top and looked a good deal like small Pezizas, a rupture occurred
in the firmer outer part, the margins of which turned inward and
downward, leaving a crater into the softer part within. This is a
character assigned to D. chrysocomus and this is what usually passes
for that species and which it may in fact be.
There is no doubt that this is Peck’s species, the description and
the type agreeing in all particulars. Peck gives the spores as 5 x
12.7-15.2» (my measurements from part of type kindly sent by Dr.
House are 3.8-4.5 x 10.5-13). They also seem to agree quite well with
plants collected at Asheville by Beardslee and referred by Lloyd to
D. hyalinus (Myc. Notes 58:828. 1919). Beardslee writes me that
his plants also grew on decorticated, deciduous wood. The species
differs from D. Ellisii in smaller size, absence of an obvious root, dif-
ferent color (at least when dry), white coat when just appearing (2),
and spore cells more swollen when sprouting. Dried plants of D.
minor look like minute drops of brownish amber and are almost in-
visible without a lens, while those of D. Ellisii are reddish, larger, and
more conspicuous. It is more than probable that this is the true D.
deliquescens. Lloyd has seen our plants and refers them to that
species, and from Bulliard’s description and figure there is no reason
to conclude that it grows on coniferous wood. The assumption is
rather to the contrary as he warns against confusing it with droplets
of sap found on certain deciduous trees mentioned. Fries considered
his D. tortus, which grows on coniferous wood, the same as D. deliques-
cens, and there is much confusion in Europe in regard to the latter
species, which is usually said to grow on coniferous or on both conifer-
ous and deciduous wood. For example M. Patouillard who has had
the kindness to give me his conception of D. deliquescens and to send
me a good specimen from his herbarium, writes as follows: ‘‘ Almost
everybody indicates this species only on conifers. But one meets it
also on every sort of rotten wood.’ On examination we find this
specimen to agree in all essentials with our D. minor. Bresadola is
170 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [June
also of the opinion that it grows on both kinds of wood, and notes its
occurrence on Quercus, Carpinus, and Pinus sylvestris (Ann. Mye.
1:115. 1903.) Brefeld (i.e. p. 141) deseribes D. deliquescens eare-
fully, and there are no serious discrepancies between his plants and
our D. minor. ~ He gives the spores as faintly yellow, 5 x 15; the plants
erowing on deciduous wood and seated directly on the wood, not on
bark. Bresadola gives the spores of D. deliqwescens as 12-15 x 5-6p.
It seems even less doubtful that Tremella lacrymalis Pers. is
not different from D. minor. Persoon’s figure (leon. Fung. Pl. 10,
fig. 3, 1803) looks about right, the plants growing on deciduous wood,
the largest one about 4 mm. broad. He describes it as rounded to
somewhat irregular, pezizoid, small, pellucid, yellow. Occasional on
putrescent wood. He refers to Bulliard’s Tremella deliquescens as
related (Syn. Fung. p. 628. 1801). Brefeld describes a new species
D. lutescens very near D. deliquescens but differing in the absence of
fruiting bodies which bear gemmae, in the clear orange color, and
the larger spores, 10 x 284. Dacrymyces cerebriformis Bref. is some-
what similar to the two preceding, but is smaller, prefers birch, and
has 4-celled spores more curved than the other two, 8 x 25-28. There
are still two other little species described by Brefeld, one D. longi-
sporus, seareely larger than a pin head, found on old fences; it is pale,
yellow, spores 12- to 15-celled, 15 x 35-40; the other, D. ovisporus,
a remarkable form with oval spores, 15 x 20-25, which are divided
into many cells by walls in all directions. Otherwise the species, he
says, cannot be distinguished from the preceding and occurs with it.
3926. On an old oak chip, December 22, 1919.
3941. On twig of deciduous tree, December 22, 1919.
3945. On Ligustrum chinense in Arboretum, January 16, 1920. Many of the
young cushions have an olive tint added to the amber. Spores about
4.8x 12.5, not divided into cells when first shed.
4012. On a fallen branch of osage orange (Maclura), January 23, 1920. Spores
creamy yellow, curved, 4-5 x 10-13, mostly divided into four cells which
soon sprout, forming either small sporidia or mycelial threads.
4105. On a decorticated branch of osage orange, February 13, 1920. Spores
3.7-5 x 10-12.5. Photo.
4165. On corticated dogwood branch, February 23, 1920. Growing mostly in
lines across the twigs through circumcissile cracks in the bark. Washed
out to almost hyaline. Spores 6-7.4 x 13-15.5, 4-celled.
4166. On decorticated oak branches, February 23, 1920.
4181. On decorticated sycamore wood, February 26, 1920. Spores 3.7-5 x 9.3-11.2,
4-celled.
4200. On crepe myrtle, March 5, 1920.
—
——————
1920 | THe Lower BastpioMyceTes OF NoRTH CAROLINA 171
7. Dacrymyces pallidus n. sp.
PuateE 61
Bursting through cracks in the bark of pine and forming elongated,
irregular, pulvinate, convoluted patches up to 1.5 em. long, 2.5-4 mm.
broad and 2-3mm. high. Texture firmly gelatinous. Color varying
from nearly hyaline (a very pale, watery amber) to a pallid amber-
elay or faint smoky amber. The patches are attached by a flattened
root which passes through the bark and spreads out a little on the
wood, but does not enter it.
Spores (of No. 4072) 44.5 x 10-13, long, occasionally septate with
one cross wall.
This is quite different from any of the other species. It is the
palest. The absence of orange color and the shorter spores separate
it easily from D. aurantius and D. involutus, the shorter spores and
different form from D. abietinus, the absence of orange color and
growth on pine from D. Ellisii and the quite different form, larger
size, distinct root and growth on pine from D. minor. There is no
exposed stalk.
4072. On a pine branch with bark on, February 4, 1920. Photo and drawings.
Type.
4162. On corticated fallen pine branch, February 22, 1920.
8. Dacrymyces fuscominus n. sp.
PuaTE 63
Minute, fiattish, convoluted clusters up to 5mm. long and 1-2 mm.
wide, less than 1 mm. thick; color sordid smoky, with clay tints in
places, almost the color of the bark, very firmly gelatinous, almost
waxy, the fibers closely packed and not separated by jelly.
Spores elongated, a little bent, 3.5.x 8.5-10.5p. Basidia forked.
This is nearest D. pallidus which differs in larger size, lighter
color, less hard consistency and slightly longer spores, also in growth
on pine. The very firm texture of the plant distinguishes it from all
other species of Dacrymyces and it would perhaps be better to refer
it to the genus Ceracea except that the few described species of that
genus form very thin, completely effused plates which are not con-
voluted, having the habit of a Sebacina, a waxy consistency, and the
basidia of a Dacrymyees. Ceracea vernicosa Cragin, found in Kansas,
covers with a thin coat undeveloped plants of a Polyporus (see Am.
Mye. 1:58. 1885). Ceracea Lagerheimii Pat. grows on wood in the
172 JOURNAL OF THE MITCHELL Society [June
eastern tropics, is ochraceous, waxy, resupinate, 2-5 em. long; basidia
5 x 40-602; spores 5 x 10-12n, with one septum in the center (Bull.
Soe. Mye. de Fr. 9:141, Pl. 8, fig. 5. 1893). In the Curtis Herbarium
is a collection from Schweinitz (Bethlehem on Acer) labelled D. vires-
cens Fr., which looks a good deal like our No, 4075. His plants are
very small, pulvinate, much convoluted, blackish when dry, sordid,
smoky ochraceous when wet; texture waxy or dense. I could get no
spores from the plants and no distinet basidia.
4075. On oak bark, back of Athletic Field, February 4, 1920. Type.
We include the following notes for the convenience of students:
Dacrymyces syringicola B. & C. pe ae
1920] Tue Lower Bastpiomycetes oF NortH CAROLINA 173
not as the variety, in both Syn. Car. (No. 1147) and Syn. Am. Bor. (No.
1121). We have this little plant in plenty at Chapel Hill and find it in no
way related to this group of fungi, the only resemblance being the sub-
gelatinous texture and external form. The plants are very small, deep red,
searcely as large as a clover seed, scattered or approximated. Dacrymyces
macrosporus B. & Br. is apparently the same. No one seems to know what the
original T. fragiformis of Persoon is.
The following are translations of Schweinitz’s original descriptions
of species of Dacrymyces:
Dacrymyces pellucidus Schw. (No. 1129. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p, 186: 1832):
“‘Large, extending 3 inches in length and breadth, white, subpellucid, in the
growing state, resembling the early stage of a gelatinous Hydnum; the form
is also gyrose like a Tremella, variously lobed, with thick blunt lobes. The
internal structure is entirely that of a Dacrymyces. In the dry state it
presents a hard thick membrane, plicate-veined, pellucid. Large, rather rare
on wood at Salem; also seen near Philadelphia.’’ A good plant in the Sch-
weinitz Herbarium shows this to be a Tremella or Exidia with 4-celled basidia
about 9.5 thick. It is probably T. fuciformis.
Dacrymyces capitatus Schw. No. 1130. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p, 186): ‘‘Stipi-
tate, penetrating the stem (of Brassica) with its stalk, base tomentose, thick,
seurfy (resembling a Ditiola), ending in a globose head, often compressed,
sometimes plicate, reddish golden in color. It grows scatteringly. Internal
structure exactly that of this genus. Seen on the stem of Brassica, Bethle-
hem.’’ Possibly a true Dacrymyces, but a slide shows no spores nor developed
basidia.
Dacrymyces difformis Schw. (No. 1130. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p, 186): ‘‘ Multi-
form, variously contorted, bursting from the epidermis almost like a Myxo-
trichus, reddish golden, subexpanded. Internal structure as in the others.
Rare on the twigs of rose clusters, Bethlehem.’’ A collection from Philadel-
phia by Schweinitz shows a few small plants on a rose branch about one
centimeter thick. A slide shows nothing decisive.
Dacrymyces epiphyllus Schw. (1132. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186): ‘‘It
immediately recalls a Sclerotium, but afterward slowly shows the internal
Daerymyces structure. Gregarious, subrotund or oblong, yellowish, minute,
one-half line broad, sub-pulvinate, as if inherent, often subconfluent. Seen on
the leaves of Galium at Salem.’’ A good collection in Philadelphia shows no
evidence of being a Dacrymyces. It scarcely swells when wet, and the internal
structure is unlike this genus.
Dacrymyces viticola Schw. (No. 1133. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186): ‘‘Two-
formed. Bursting forth from the cortex or epidermis, provided with a thick
stalk, base obscured or covered with tomentum, expanded above into a reddish-
orange gyrose head. Also on decorticated wood, effused, gyrose-plicate, thin,
of the same color. Each form preserves the internal structure of a Dacry-
myces. Rare, bursting forth from the epidermis of dead grape, Bethlehem.’’
In Philadelphia both forms are represented. A slide of the second form
174 JOURNAL OF THE MitcHELL Society [June
shows basidia and spores of the Dacrymyces type, the latter, few in number,
about 4.4.x 1lu, apparently 4-celled. (Lloyd says there is a specimen of this
at Kew.)
Dacrymyces azaleae Schw. (No. 1134. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p, 186): ‘‘Scat-
tered, minute, bursting from the bark as a Myxosporium, yellowish-golden,
pellucid, expanded into a subpalmately-lobed head, — short. Internal
structure as above. Rare on dead branches of Azalea nudiflora. Bethlehem.’’
The type in Philadelphia shows minute globules, barely visible without a lens,
reddish, scattered, pale and toughly gelatinous when wet and seen to be com-
pounded. Probably a true species. A preparation has the general appearance
ot Dacrymyces, but no spores nor good basidia were found.
Dacrymyces cinnabarinus Schw. (No. 1127. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p: 186):
“*Small, erumpent, attached closely to the epidermis, at first convex, at
length coneave and subpezizoid, color brilliant cinnamon, often confluent, and
covering the branches with large colonies, longitudinally effused. It is easily
shaken off, separating from the substratum. When soaked in water the interior
appears distinctly floccose. Frequent on Willow branches, Bethlehem.’’ We
have examined the type and find it to be a typical Aveomyeets, with plentiful
asci containing eight spores.
DACRYOMITRA
Plant stalked, the stalk smooth, gelatinous, enlarged above into a .
more or less flattened, convoluted, viscid head, which is more or less
bent over and is covered by the gelatinous hymenium. Spores elon- |
gated, orange, divided into four cells before sprouting, Basidia as |
in Dacrymyees. Distinguished from Ditiola by the larger size, dif- |
ferent shape and the larger, four-celled spores; from Dacryopsis by
the large size, more convoluted head, more gelatinous texture and
larger spores. We have but one species.
Dacryomitra dubia Lloyd
2Dacryomytra glossoides (Pers.) Bref.
2Dacrymyces flabellus Ellis
PuatTes 23 AND 64
Plant 12 mm. high, the stalk 9 mm. long and 3.5 mm. thick, orange-
yellow, smooth, gelatinous; the cap irregular, flattened, and bent over,
6.5 mm. broad, 3 mm. thick, convoluted, orange, gelatinous.
Spores large, orange, resembling those of Dacrymyces, 6.3-8.1x
13.3-17, rarely up to 20u, average 7 x 16n, divided into four cells
before sprouting. Basidia slender and two-forked, about 4.4, thick.
DACRYOPSIS CERACEA,. No. 4121.
DITIOLA RADICATA, No. 4183.
4. DACRYMYCES ELLISII. No. 4170.
3s. | & 6 DACRYMYCES INVOLUTUS. No. 397%
1920 | Tue Lower Basipiomycetes or NortH CAROLINA 175
The plant is distinctly viscid when wet. The stalk sits flat on the
wood to which it is attached by a flat, tough, whitish plate which en-
ters the wood vertically. Quite young plants are filiform at first,
the head not apparent.
This agrees perfectly with D. dubia as figured and described by
Lloyd (Mye. Notes 52 :742, fig. 1114. 1917). Lloyd does not state on
what kind of wood his plant grows, but the European D. glossoides
is said to grow on beech. This is apparently the only serious discrep-
ancy in the habit or structure of that species and ours. Our plant is
much more gelatinous than Dacryopsis nuda.
3969. On a pine log, woods back of athletic field, January 17, 1920. Painting.
DACRYOPSIS
Plant stalked and rooted, the stalk short, smooth or granular, sub-
cartilaginous, capped above by a rounded or horizontally flattened,
smooth or only slightly convoluted, viscid, toughly gelatinous head.
Often compounded by branching of the root or stalk. Spores elon-
gated, divided into two or four cells before sprouting. Basidia as in
Daecrymyces. We have but one species (but see note under Ditiola
radicata). For D. gyrocephala (B. & C.) Massee, from South Caro-
lina, and for other species of Dacryopsis see Jour. Mye. 6:181. 1890.
Dacryopsis ceracea n. sp.
Puates 50 AND 65
Plant 4-6mm. high, mostly compound from a flattened, tough,
whitish rooting base, branched at once into a few stout stems which
expand and crimp above where they are capped and covered by a
glabrous, shining hymenium, which is deep wax-yellow and descends
irregularly from the tip only about 2 mm. at most. Stem finely granu-
lar, dull, distinctly demarked from the hymenium and a little paler.
Spread of the largest clump in our collection 1.3 x 1.9 em.; a few simple
plants stand alone with the unbranched stems capped with the smooth
hymenium. Tips thick, bluntly rounded, about 1.5 mm. thick. Tex-
ture gelatinous, elastic, subtranslucent, the rooting base tougher.
The base penetrates cracks in the bark and flattens out on the wood
below. The hymenium is scarcely more convoluted than is neces-
sary to follow the wavy apex it is situated on. In a few of the broader
tips the hymenium is depressed and a little convoluted in the center.
The plant has the habit of Sparassis Herbstii on a minute scale.
176 JOURNAL OF THE MiTcHELL Society [June
Spores (of No. 4121, print) smooth, wax-colored, slightly bent-
elliptic, divided into two cells before sprouting, 3.7-44 x 7.4-10p.
The spores sprout by short sterigmata which bear single subspherical
sporidia. Basidia divided into two prongs, slender, 3.4-4» thick.
This seems certainly Dacryopsis, and of the described species only
D. Ulicis (Plowr.) Sace. is at all near in color, but that has spores
4-celled, 5 x 15-18 and is otherwise different (Trans. Brit. Mye. Soce.,
1:55, Pl. 2, figs. 2-6. 1898). Dacryopsis Ellisiana Mass. (Coryne Ellisii
Berk.) was described from New York on decaying basswood log.
*
s
1920 | Tue Lower Basmpiomycrtes oF NorTH CAROLINA 179
which is about 1.5-3 mm. broad, often depressed by a central wrinkle
with the margin a little lobed or at times deeply constricted to form
a compound head or two separate heads, or further compounded and
crowded by branching of the stem below; the exposed stalk short,
only up to 1mm. long and 1-1.5 mm. thick, unless compounded, not
visible plainly except in youth, usually flattened, descending through
the bark by a flattened, whitish root about 2-3 mm. long, tough and
hardly subgelatinous. Texture of cap firm and toughly gelatinous,
softer on exposure in age.
Spores (of No. 4183) bent-elliptie, 4-celled before sprouting, 5-6.6 x
11-16.6; basidia slender, two-forked.
The head is distinetly viscid when wet, and when young is covered
with an inconspicuous, subhyaline, outer coat which softens in water
and seems to be washed off in particles. After disappearing from the
top a remnant of it may be seen when soaked as a little area of fringe
around the margin of the head. The stalk penetrates holes and cracks
in the bark as a root and disappears into more or less obvious plates
of mycelium. The root is often branched from the base or further up
to form a compound row or group. It is usually glabrous on exposed
part, and where protected by bark it is whitened and somewhat fibrous
with mycelium. The smaller or younger plants have very little, if
any, free stem above the bark. As parts of the bark are easily removed
in handling, one might be misled as to what part of the stem-root was
exposed. On drying the plant shrinks, but retains its form unless
old and softened; the color of the cap becomes a translucent red, with
the exposed stalk about the same color or more brown, while the root-
ing part remains whitish. Old plants exposed to rain lose much of
their color and dry pale and membranous.
Our plant is most like Dacrymyces aurantius, but differs from it
in the less ample and less plate-like root, viscid head, and shorter
spores with only four cells. Large and mature plants cannot be dis-
tinguished with certainty from it without reference to the spore
characters.
Lloyd has seen my plants, and I am following him in calling this
Ditiola radicata, as he has collected that species in Sweden and should
know it. There are discrepancies between our plants and the deserip-
tions of this species. For example, Fries says it is covered with a
floceulent white coat when young, and the spores are given by Hen-
nings as two-ceiled, 3.8-4x8-10n. Plants in the Curtis Herbarium
180 JOURNAL OF THE MircHELL Society [June
from Fries labelled D. radicata are not like my plants, but more like
small specimens of my Dacryopsis ceracea. Spores, if present, are
collapsed and shapeless. Plants in the same herbarium from Society
Hill, 8. C., on pine labelled Ditiola gambosa B. & C. looks just like
our collections, but no spores could be found. It is also to be noted
that collections from Europe in New York Botanical Garden Herba-
rium are on old, decorticated, weathered wood, and seem different
from ours.
This agrees well with Massee’s description of Dacryopsis nuda
(Jour. Myc. 6:182. 1891), and looks exactly like the figures of a plant
collected by Beardslee at Asheville and referred by Lloyd to D. nuda
(Mye. Notes 57 :841, figs. 1406-1408. 1919). According to Hennings’s
description also our plant agrees better with D. nuda. He gives
spores of the latter as 4-celled, 5 x 14p.
3968. On corticated pine wood, back of Athletic Field, January 17, 1920. Spores
not septate when shed, 6.3-7.4 x 16.3-20u.
4025. On decayed cedar limb, January 24, 1920. Spores curved-elliptic, some
4-celled, 6-7.4 x 12.9-16.6y.
4109. On a fallen corticated pine branch, February 13, 1920. Photo.
4155. On corticated pine branch, February 21, 1920. Spores orange, curved--
elliptic, 4-celled, 6-7.5 x 12.2-17u.
4175. On corticated pine branch, February 21, 1920, Spores 5.5-6.
4180. On corticated pine limb, February 26, 1920. Spores 5.5-
celled.
4183. On corticated pine, February 25, 1920.
4192. On corticated pine limb. February 26, 1920.
5 x 11.3-18.5p.
7x11-1%, 4
2. Ditiola albizziae n. sp.
Puate 64
Very small, centrally attached by a point, scarcely stalked, spread-
ing out like a Peziza with the top flat, pale dull yellow (about clay
color), hardly 1.5 mm. broad at top and less than 1 mm. high. Texture
of cup waxy, toughish, the hymenium gelatinous; not reviving well
when moistened.
Spores elliptic, two-celled, 4.5 x 8.5-9.5n. Basidia slender, two-
forked. See drawing.
This cannot be D. sulcata Schw., as a specimen from his herbarium
(New England, Torrey) now in Curtis Herbarium has long, allantoid
spores, 7.5 x 34p long.
3996. On a dead branch of Albizzia Julibrissin (Mimosa) in Arboretum, Janu-
ary 21, 1920. Type.
1920) Tue Lower BasiploMyceTes OF NORTH CAROLINA 181
CALOCERA
Plants growing on wood, upright, more or less terete throughout,
simple or often branched, small, rarely up to 6 em. high, often in rows
from cracks; firm, tough, pliable, viscid, subgelatinous when very wet,
orange or yellow, the hymenium covering all the plant except the
whitish base (amphigenous). Basidia terete, elongated, forked into
two long prongs each of which bears a spore; spores smooth, yellowish,
sausage-shaped, divided into two cells before sprouting.
The hymenium is much denser than the inner flesh and is com-
posed of densely fascicled groups of horizontal basidia which do not
mature simultaneously. The plants resemble the Clavarias in form
and are separated from them by their tough and more gelatinous
structure, viscid surface and long-forked basidia.
Key TO THE SPECIES
Growing on pine, gold or orange color, up to 6 em. high..C. viscosa (1)
Growing on pine, yellow, minute, only up to 2 mm. high... cornea var. minima (3)
Growing on deciduous WOOAS.............:cceeescececeeeesceeceeceetsceee C. cornea (2)
1. Calocera viscosa (Pers.) Fr.
This plant has the form of a Clavaria, about 2-6 em. high, slender,
stalked, several times branched, the tips acute; color deep golden
yellow or orange yellow, orange when dry, surface very viscid ; texture
tough and pliable, the base extending into a slender whitish root.
Spores oblong, curved, smooth, probably light yellow, about 4.5 x
9-11, divided into two eelis before sprouting.
Not rare on pine stumps and usually in rows from cracks. We
have seen it at Chapel Hill, but failed to make notes. The above de-
scription is therefore compiled from others. Distinguished from
C. cornea by growth on pine, larger size and deeper color.
For good illustrations in color see Gillet, Pl. 85 (118), fig. 1; and
Massee: British Fungi and Lichens. Pl. 27, fig. 8.
2. Calocera cornea (Batsch.) Fr.
PLATE 65
Cespitose and often fused at base, forming clumps or extended
rows from eracks in the bark, about 5-15 mm, high, cylindrical, pointed
at the tips, simple or a few times branched or pronged like an antler
182 JOURNAL OF THE MITCHELL SOCIETY [June
above; viscid; color ochraceous yellow, or when very wet and swollen
a paler soaked yellow; texture tough, subgelatinous when very wet.
Spores (of No. 3834) creamy yellow, smooth, bent, 3.8-4.8x
9.3-11.1p. ;
The plants are horny and reddish when dry or blackish when old.
The base is subtomentose from the mycelium. The color of the fresh
plants is removable by soaking in water overnight. The water be-
comes yellow and the plants when taken out dry whitish. With us
the species is not rare on deciduous wood. See Gillet, Pl. 85 (118),
fig. 2. Calocera palmata is probably the same. See Myce. Notes 62:
figs. 1656 and 1657 (as C. palmata) and fig. 1658 (as C. cornea). 1920.
A very delicate plant on pines and cedar that we find here may be
a different species, but the spores and basidia are the same as in the
above. Lloyd thinks it only a form. As extensive colonies run all
about the same size and never cespitose, I have decided to treat it as
a variety of C. cornea, as below.
3824. On fallen branches of Liriodendron, December 5, 1919. Spores creamy-
yellow, smooth, mostly bent-elliptic, 3.7-4.8 x 7.4-10y.
3834. On rotting oak limb, woods east of cemetery, December 7, 1919.°
3. Calocera cornea var. minima n. var.
PLATE 65
Minute, 1.5-2 mm. high, slender, densely gregarious, but not cespi-
tose, simple or a few forked near apex or at any point, very rarely one
branched into several prongs; stalk pale yellow or whitish, flatly and
broadly attached, round, smooth, several times longer than the yel-
low, slightly enlarged, pointed, hymenium-bearing apex which looks
not unlike that of Mutinus caninus in shape. This head may be a
little rough or even knobbed or forked. Texture tough, subeartilagin-
~ ous; surface viscid. Base pentrating the wood by a distinct root.
Spores (of No. 4088) elliptic, a little bent, yellowish under the
microscope, two-celled a few days after falling, 3.8-5.5 x 7.4-l]u. Ba-
sidia forked, about 3, thick.
4088. On a decorticated pine branch, February 4, 1920. Drawings.
CHAPEL Hi, N. C.
PLATE 52
GYMNOSPORANGIUM GERMINALE. No. 2786a. Figs. 1-3, teliospores and basidia.
G. JUNIPERI-VIRGINIANAE. No. 2307a.+ Figs. 4, 5, teliospores and basidia.
G. NIDUS-AVIS. No. 2772a. Figs. 6-8, teliospores and basidia.
All x 715.
PLATE 53
SACCOBLASTIA OVISPORA VAR. CAROLINIANA. No. 4078. Figs, 1, 2, 4, 5, basidia
showing spores and sacs; fig. 3, sprouting spores.
AURICULARIA AURICULA-JUDAE. No. 3835. Fig. 6, spores; fig. 7, basidia.
Fig. 6 x 2160, others x 1080
PLATE 54
PLATYGLOEA CAROLINIANA. No. 4044. Figs. 1, 3, 4, 6, basidia; fig. 2, sporidia ;
fig. 5, sprouting spores; fig. 7, spores.
PLATYGLOEA LAGERSTROEMIAE No. 4062. Fig. 8, spores; figs. 9-12, basidia; fig. 13,
threads among basidia; fig. 14, sprouting spores. j
Figs. 7, 8 x 2160, others x 1080.
PLATE 55
»
STROBASIDIUM BREFELDIANUM.
No. 4104. Figs. 1-3, basidia in chains; fig. 4, spores
and sporidia.
EXIDIA GLANDULOSA. No. 3878. Fig. 5, sprouting
EXIDIA GELATINOSA. No. 3854. le
spores; fig. 6, spores; fig
basidium; fig
Pig. r. 8, spores.
Figs 6 and 8 x 2160, others x 1080
. 9, basidia,
EXIDIA BEARDSLEEI. No.
NAEMATELIA NUCLEATA.
Fig. 5, spores.
TREMELLA FUCIFORMIS.
TREMELLA ASPERA. No. 3
TREMELLA FRONDOSA. No. 4173
TREMELLA RETICULATA.
Mos
Figs. 2,
PLATE 56
3930, Fig. 1, basidium; fig. 2, spores.
No. 3956. Fig. 3, basidia; fig. 4, sprouting spore. No.
No. 1408. Fig. 6, basidia; fig. 7, spores
950. Fig. 8, spores; fig. 9, basidia.
Fig. 10, spores; No. 2456. Fig. 11, basidia
No. 2690. Fig. 12, spores.
2. 5, 8, 10, 12 x 2160, others x 1080.
3959,
PLATE 57
TREMELLA LUTESCENS. Fig. 1, spores; fig. 2, conidiophore (of No. 4069) ;
fig. 4, basidia. No. 3916. ‘ basidium,
TREMELLA VIRENS. No. 3070. Fig. 5, basidia; fig. 6, spores.
Figs. 1 and 6 x 2160, others x 1080.
PLATE 58
NAEMATELIA QUERCINA. No. 3935. Fig. 1, basidia; fi
TREMELLA SUBANOMALA. No, 4005. Fig
TREMELLA PINICOLA. No. 4050. Fig. 4, basidia.
Figs. 2, 5 x 2160, others x 1080.
oO
basidia; fig. 5, spores.
PLATE 59
>
TREMELLA CARNEOALBA. No. 3877. Fig. 1, sprouting spores; figs. 2, 3, basidia.
TREMELLODON GELATINOSUM. No. 912. Fig. 4, basidia and spores.
TREMELLODENDRON CANDIDUM. No. 1385. Fig. 5, spores.
EBICHLERIELLA LEVEILLIANA. No. 3829. Fig. 6, section of hymenial surface, fig.
spores.
Figs. 5 7 x 2160, others x 1080.
PLATE 60
SEBACINA CALCEA. No. 3963. Fig. 1, section of hymenial surface.
SEBACINA SP. No. 4119. Fig. 2, section of hymenial surface; fig. 4, spores.
SEBACINA SP. No. 4118. Fig. 3, section of hymenial surface; fig. 5, spores.
Figs. 4, 5, x 2160, others x 1080.
PLATE 61
SEBACINA SP. No. 4116. Figs. 1, 2, basidia; fig. 3, section of hymenial surface, showing
the large crystals; fig. 4, sprouting spores; fig. 5, spores.
DACRYMYCES PALLIDUS. No. 4072. Fig. 6, basidium; fig. 7, spores.
Fig. 3 x 370, figs. 5, 7 x 2160, others x 1080.
PLATE 62
|
|
\
\
TREMELLA AURICULARIA. No. 4159. Fig. 1, sporidia with remains of old spore; fig. 2,
spores; fig. 3, basidia.
DACRYMYCES PEDUNCULATUS. No. 4158. Fig. 4, basidia; fig. 5, spores bearing sporidia.
lnvease, aly ayes 2160, others x 1080.
PLATE 63
DACRYMYCES FUSCOMINUS N. SP. No. 4075.
DACRYMYCES ABIETINUS. No. 383: Z
Fig. 1, spores; fig. 2, basidium.
3832. Fig. 3, basidium; fig. 4, spores.
DACRYMYCES AURANTIUS. No. 3500. Fig. 6, basidium and spore; fig. 7, spore.
DACRYMYCES ELLISII. No. 3861. Fig. 8, spores and sporidia.
DACRYMYCES INVOLUTUS. No. 3972. Fig. 9,
DITIOLA RADICATA. No. 4183. Fig. 5, spores
Figs. 1, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 x 2160, others x 2080.
basidium; No. 4179. Fig. 10,
spore.
PLATE 64
DACRYMYCES MINOR. No.
DACRYOMITRA DUBIA.
GUEPINIA SPATHULARIA.
fabsidia.
DITIOLA ALBIZZIAE. No. 3996.
Figs. 2, 4, 5,
3926. Wig. 1
No. 3969. Fis
; basidium; No. 4200. Fig. 2, spores
3, basidium; fig. 4, spores.
No. 3892. Fig. 5, spores; No. 3852. Fig. 6, spores; fig.
Fig. 7, spores; fig. 8, basidia.
6 x 2160, others x 1080.
+
PLATE 65
CALOCERA CORNEA var. MINIMA. No. 4088. Fig. 1, spores; fig. 2, basidium.
DACRYOPSIS CERACEA. No. 4121. Fig. 3, spores; fig. 4, basidium.
CALOCERA CORNEA. No. 3834. Fig. 5, basidium; fig. 6, spores.
SEPTOBASIDIUM RETIFORME. No. 4279. Fig. 7, cross section of hymenial surface.
Figs. 1, 3, 6 x 2160, others x R080.
PLATE 66
SEPTOBASIDIUM RETIFORME. No. 4279. Fig. 1, spores.
SEPTOBASIDIUM PSEUDOPEDICELLATUM. No. 4286. Fig. 2, cross section of hymenial
surface; fig. 3, spores.
Figs. 1, 3, x 2160, fig. 2 x 1080.
PLATE 67
SEPTOBASIDIUM PSEUDOPEDICELLATUM. No. 4293. Fig. 1, spores and sporidia.
SEPTOBASIDIUM RETIFORME. No. 4294. Fig. 2, section of surface showing origin of
basidia; figs. 3-7, basidia forming spores.
Fig. 1 x 2160, others x 1080.
- ‘i Povey Hen ae
‘ : nat iY, ee am ait at
1; yt et mi Un) ; y
“
-
‘A Elisha Mitchell Scientific
Ey Society, Chapel Hill, N.C.
; Journal
Vv. 34-35
Physica] &
Applied Sci,
Serials
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
STOR, GE
loceans rey
Settee
= or Saat atatitrorenr ea tare
Snee “za : : erences
Speers on str bemrcten ream nae ham nn anime ieee an etalon!
Conteh ne tie eta Oa ne eae hg oti de oe te fh aetene tele, Aare teens pe tune ee Peete